Ami International Visa Consulting Office in Osaka@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@Visa Application and Legal Consulting Services | ||||||||
@ |
||||||||
@ | ||||||||
@ |
Civil Code of Japan (This translation reflects the recent amendment effective 1st
April, 2020 as long as the Article 1 thru 724-2 are concerned. Regarding
Article 725 thru 1044 the translation does not necessarily reflects the recent
amendment yet which is to follow.) Part I
General Provisions Chapter ‡T Common Provisions ˜1@iFundamental Principles) (1) Private rights must be congruent with the public welfare. (2) The exercise of rights and performance of duties must be done
in good faith. (3) Abuse of rights is not permitted. ˜2@(Standards
for Construction) This Code must be construed so as to honor the dignity of
individuals and the essential equality of both sexes. Chapter ‡U Persons Section 1
Capacity to Hold Rights ˜3@iCapacity to Hold Rightsj (1) The enjoyment of private rights commences at birth. (2) Unless otherwise prohibited by applicable laws, regulations, or
treaties, foreign nationals enjoy private rights. Section 2 Capacity to Act ˜4@iAge of Majority) The
age of majority is 18 years of age. (since 1/Apr./2022) ˜5@(Juridical Acts by Minors) (1) A minor must obtain the consent of the minor's legal
representative to perform a juridical act; provided, however, that this does
not apply to a juridical act for merely acquiring a right or being released
from an obligation. (2) A juridical act in contravention of the provisions of para (1)
is voidable. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), a minor may freely
dispose of property that the legal representative has permitted the minor to
dispose of for a specified purpose, to an extent that falls within the scope of
that purpose. The same applies if the minor disposes of property that the legal
representative has permitted the minor to dispose of without specifying a
purpose. ˜6@(Permission for Minors to Conduct Business) (1) A minor who is permitted to conduct one or multiple types of
business has the same capacity to act as an adult as far as that business is
concerned. (2) In a case as referred to para 1, if there are grounds that make
the minor unable to sustain that business, the legal representative may revoke
or limit the permission therefor in accordance with the provisions of Part IV
(Relatives). ˜7@(Decisions
for Commencement of Guardianship) The family court may decide to commence a guardianship in respect
of a person who constantly lacks the capacity to appreciate the person's own
situation due to a mental disorder, at the request of the person in question,
that person's spouse, that person's relative within the 4th degree
of kinship, the person's guardian of a minor, the person's supervisor of a
minor's guardian, the person's curator, the person's curator's supervisor, the
person's assistant, the person's assistant's supervisor, or a public
prosecutor. ˜8@(Adult
Wards; Adult Guardians) A
person subject to a decision for commencement of
guardianship becomes an adult ward, and an adult guardian is appointed for that
person. ˜9@(Juridical
Acts by Adult Wards under Guardianship) A juridical act performed by an
adult ward is voidable; provided, however, that this does not apply to the
purchase of daily necessities or to any other act involved in day-to-day life. ˜10@(Rescission
of Decisions for Commencement of Guardianship) If the grounds prescribed in Art 7
cease to exist, the family court must rescind the decision for the commencement
of guardianship at the request of the person in question, that person's spouse,
that person's relative within the 4th degree of kinship, the
guardian (meaning a minor's guardian or an adult guardian), the guardian's
supervisor (meaning the supervisor of a minor's guardian or the adult
guardian's supervisor), or a public prosecutor. ˜11@(Decisions
for Commencement of Curatorship) The family court may decide to commence a curatorship in respect of
a person whose capacity to appreciate their own situation is extremely
inadequate due to a mental disorder, at the request of the person in question,
the person's spouse, the person's relative within the 4th degree of
kinship, the guardian, the guardian's supervisor, the assistant, the
assistant's supervisor, or a public prosecutor; provided, however, that this
does not apply to a person in respect of whom a cause set forth in Art 7
exists. ˜12@(Persons
under Curatorship; Curators) A person subject to a decision for
commencement of curatorship becomes a person under curatorship, and a curator
is appointed for that person. ˜13@(Acts Requiring Consent of Curator) (1) A person under curatorship must obtain the consent of the
curator in order to perform any of the following acts; provided, however, that
this does not apply to an act provided for in the proviso of Art 9: (i)receiving or using any property
producing civil fruit; (ii)borrowing money or guaranteeing
an obligation; (iii)performing an act with the
purpose of acquiring or losing any right regarding immovables or other significant property; (iv)suing any procedural act; (v)giving a gift, reaching a
settlement, or entering into an arbitration agreement (meaning an arbitration agreement as provided in Art 2 para
(1) of the Arbitration Act); (vi)accepting or renouncing a
succession or dividing an estate; (vii)refusing an offer of a gift,
renouncing a legacy, accepting an offer of gift with burden, or accepting a legacy with burden; (viii)constructing a new building,
renovating, expanding, or undertaking major repairs; (ix)granting a lease for a term
that exceeds the period set forth in Article 602; or (x)performing any of the acts set
forth in the preceding items as a legal representative of a person with qualified legal capacity (meaning a
minor, adult ward, or person under curatorship or a person under assistance who is subject to a
decision as referred to in Art 17 para (1); the same applies hereinafter). (2) At the request of a person as referred to in the main clause of
Art 11 or the curator or curator's supervisor, the family court may decide that
the person under curatorship must also obtain the consent of the curator before
performing an act other than those set forth in each of the items of para (1);
provided, however, that this does not apply to an act provided for in the
proviso to Art 9. (3) If the curator does not consent to an act for which the person
under curatorship must obtain the curator's consent even though it is unlikely
to prejudice the interests of the person under curatorship, the family court
may grant permission that operates in lieu of the curator's consent at the
request of the person under curatorship. (4) An act for which the person under curatorship must obtain the
curator's consent is voidable if the person performs it without obtaining the
curator's consent or a permission that operates in lieu of it. ˜14@(Rescission of Decisions for Commencement of Curatorship) (1) If the grounds prescribed in the main clause of Art 11 cease to
exist, the family court must rescind the decision for the commencement of
curatorship at the request of the person in question, that person's spouse,
that person's relative within the fourth degree of kinship, the guardian of a
minor, the supervisor of a minor's guardian, the curator, the curator's
supervisor, or a public prosecutor. (2) At the request of a person provided for in the preceding
paragraph, the family court may rescind all or part of the decision referred to
inArt 13 para (2) e. ˜15@(Decisions for Commencement of Assistance) (1) The family court may decide to commence an assistance in
respect of a person whose capacity to appreciate their own situation is
inadequate due to a mental disorder, at the request of the person in question, that
person's spouse, that person's relative within the fourth degree of kinship,
the guardian, the guardian's supervisor, the curator, the curator's supervisor,
or a public prosecutor; provided, however, that this does not apply to a person
with respect to whom there are grounds as prescribed in Art 7 or the main
clause of Art 11. (2) The issuance of a decision for commencement of assistance at
the request of a person other than the person in question requires the consent
of the person in question. (3) A decision for commencement of assistance must be made
concurrent with a decision as referred to in Art 17 para (1) or a decision as
referred to in Arte 876-9 para (1). ˜16@(Persons
under Assistance; Assistants) A person subject to a decision for
commencement of assistance becomes a person under assistance, and an assistant
is appointed for that person. ˜17@(Decisions Requiring Person to Obtain Consent of Assistant) (1) At the request of the person referred to in the main clause of
Art 15 para (1) or the assistant or assistant's supervisor, the family court
may decide that the person under assistance must obtain the consent of the
person's assistant in order to perform a specific juridical act; provided,
however, that the acts that such a decision may establish as those for which
the person must obtain the consent of the assistant are restricted to a part of
the acts provided for in Art 13, para (1). (2) In order to decide as referred to in para (1) at the request of
a person other than the person in question requires the consent of the person
in question. (3) If the assistant does not consent to an act for which the
person under assistance must obtain the assistant's consent even though it is
unlikely to prejudice the interests of the person under assistance, the family
court may grant permission that operates in lieu of the assistant's consent, at
the request of the person under assistance. (4) An act for which the person under assistance must obtain the
assistant's consent is voidable if the person performs it without obtaining the
assistance's consent or a permission that operates in lieu of it. ˜18@(Rescission of Decisions for Commencement of Assistance) (1) If the grounds prescribed in the main clause of Art 15 para (1)
cease to exist, the family court must rescind the decision for commencement of
assistance at the request of the person in question, that person's spouse, that
person's relative within the fourth degree of kinship, the guardian of a minor,
the supervisor of a minor's guardian, the assistant, the assistant's
supervisor, or a public prosecutor. (2) At the request of a person as prescribed in para (1), the
family court may rescind all or part of the decision referred to in Art 17 para
(1). (3) If rescinding the decision referred to in Art 17 para (1) and
the decision referred to in Art 876-9, para (1) in their entirety, the family
court must rescind the decision for commencement of assistance. ˜19@(Relationship between Decisions) (1) If the family court decides to commence a guardianship and the person
in question is a person under curatorship or a person under assistance, it must
rescind the decision for commencement of the curatorship or commencement of
assistance respecting that person. (2) The provisions of para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if the court
decides to commence a curatorship and the person in question is an adult ward
or a person under assistance or if the court decides to commence an assistance
and the person in question is an adult ward or a person under curatorship. ˜20@(Right to Demand of the Other Party to Dealings Involving a Person
with Qualified Legal Capacity) (1) After a person with qualified legal capacity who is involved in
dealings with another party becomes a person with the legal capacity to act
(meaning a person whose legal capacity to act is not subject to restrictions;
the same applies hereinafter), the other party to those dealings may fix a
period of one month or longer and demand that the person give a definite answer
within that period of time as to whether the person will ratify an act that the
person may rescind. In such a case, if the person fails to send a definite
answer within that period of time, the person is deemed to have ratified that
act. (2) The second sentence of para (1) also applies if, before the
person with qualified legal capacity becomes a person with the legal capacity
to act, the other party to dealings involving the person with qualified legal
capacity lodges the demand prescribed in para (1) with the legal
representative, curator, or assistant of that person with respect to an act
within the scope of their authority, and they fail to send a definite answer
within the fixed period of time referred to in that paragraph. (3) If a person does not send notice within the period of time set
forth in para (1) & (2) indicating that the person has completed any
special formalities that an act requires, the person is deemed to have
rescinded that act. (4) The other party to dealings involving a person with qualified
legal capacity may lodge a demand with a person under curatorship or with a
person under assistance who is subject to a decision as referred to in Art 17
para (1) to demand that the person get the curator or assistant to ratify an
act within the fixed period referred to in para (1). In such a case, if the
person under curatorship or person under assistance does not send notice within
that period indicating that the person has gotten the curator or assistant to
ratify the act in question, the person is deemed to have rescinded that act. ˜21@(Use of
Fraudulent Means by Persons with Qualified Legal Capacity) If a person with qualified legal
capacity uses fraudulent means to induce another person to believe that the
person is a person with legal capacity to act, the person may not rescind the act
in question. Section 3 Domicile ˜22@iDomicile) A person's principal place of
daily activity is that person's domicile. ˜23@(Residence) (1) If a person's domicile is unknown, the person's residence is
deemed to be the person's domicile. (2) If a person does not have a domicile in Japan, the person's
residence is deemed to be the person's domicile, regardless of whether the
person is a Japanese national or a foreign national; provided, however, that
this does not apply if the law of domicile is to be applied in accordance with
the provisions of the laws that establish the governing law. ˜24@(Temporary
Addresses) If a temporary address is selected
for an act, that temporary address is deemed to be the domicile as far as that
act is concerned. Section 4 Administration
of Absentee Property; Declarations of Disappearance ˜25@(Administration of Absentee Property) (1) If a person who has taken leave of the domicile or residence up
until then ("absentee") has not appointed an administrator for the
person's property ("administrator"), the family court, at the request
of an interested person or a public prosecutor, may order the necessary
dispositions with regard to the administration of that property. The same
applies if the administrator's authority is extinguished during the absence of
the absentee. (2) If an absentee appoints an administrator after an order under
the provisions of para (1) has been issued, the family court must rescind that
order at the request of the person's administrator, an interested person, or a
public prosecutor. ˜26@(Replacing
Administrators) If an absentee has appointed an
administrator but it is unclear whether the absentee is dead or alive, the
family court may replace that administrator with another at the request of an
interested person or a public prosecutor. ˜27@iDuties of Administrators) (1) An administrator appointed by the family court pursuant to the
provisions of Art 25 & 26 must prepare a list of the property that the
administrator is to administer. In such a case, the expenses incurred are paid
from the property of the absentee. (2) If it is unclear whether an absentee is dead or alive and an
interested person or a public prosecutor so requests, the family court may also
order the administrator appointed by the absentee to prepare the list referred
to in para (1). (3) Beyond what is provided for in para (1) & (2), the family
court may order the administrator to make the dispositions that the court finds
to be necessary to preserve the property of the absentee. ˜28@(Administrators'
Authority) If an administrator needs to
perform an act exceeding the authority provided for in Art 103, the
administrator may perform that act after obtaining the permission of the family
court. The same applies if it is unclear whether the absentee is dead or alive
and the administrator needs to perform an act exceeding the authority
established by the absentee. ˜29@iProvision of Security by and Remuneration for
Administrator) (1)The family court may require an administrator to provide
reasonable security with respect to the administration and return of the
property. (2)The family court may grant reasonable remuneration to the
administrator from the property of the absentee based on the relationship
between the administrator and absentee and other circumstances. ˜30@(Declarations of Disappearance) (1) If it has been unclear for 7 years whether an absentee is dead
or alive, the family court may enter a declaration of disappearance at the
request of an interested person. (2) The provisions of para (1) also apply if it has been unclear
whether a person who has entered a war zone, was aboard a vessel that has sunk,
or was otherwise exposed to a danger likely to result in a person's death is
dead or alive, for 1 year after the war has ended, the vessel sank, or such
other danger has passed. ˜31@(Effect of Declarations of Disappearance) A person subject to a declaration of disappearance pursuant to the
provisions of Art 30 para (1) is deemed to have died when the period of time
referred to in that paragraph ended, and a person subject to a declaration of
disappearance pursuant to the provisions of Art 30 para (2) is deemed to have
died when that danger had passed. ˜32@(Rescission
of Declarations of Disappearance) (1)Having received proof that a missing person is alive or that a
missing person died at a time different from the time set forth in the
preceding Article, the family court, at the request of the missing person or an
interested person, must rescind the declaration of that person's disappearance.
In this case, the rescission does not affect the validity of any act performed
in good faith after the declaration of disappearance but before the rescission
thereof. (2)A person who has acquired property due to a declaration of
disappearance loses the rights in question due to its rescission; provided,
however, that the person has the obligation to return that property only to the
extent currently enriched. Section 5
Presumption of Simultaneous Death ˜32-2@iPresumption of Simultaneous Deathj If more than one person dies and
it is unclear whether one of them was still alive after the death of another,
it is presumed that they all died at the same time. Chapter ‡V Juridical
Persons ˜33@(Formation of Juridical
Persons) A juridical person is not formed
other than pursuant to the provisions of this Code or other laws ˜34@(Incorporation of Public
Interest Corporations) An not-for-profit association or foundation that is involved in
academic activities, art, charity, worship, religion, or any other matter of
public interest may be established as a juridical person with the permission of
the competent government agency. ˜35@(Restrictions on the Use of
Names) A person that is neither an incorporated association nor an
incorporated foundation must not use in its name the characters "ŽÐ’c–@l", "à’c–@l", or other characters likely to be
mistaken for them. ˜36@(Foreign Juridical Persons) (1) With the exception of states, administrative divisions of
states, and commercial companies, the formation of foreign juridical persons is
not permitted; provided, however, that this does not apply to a foreign
juridical persons that is permitted pursuant to the provisions of a law or
treaty. (2) A foreign juridical person permitted pursuant to the provisions
of the preceding paragraph possesses the same private rights as those possessed
by a juridical person of the same kind that has been formed in Japan; provided, however, that this does not apply to a right that a
foreign national is not entitled to enjoy or to any right for which there are
special provisions in a law or treaty. ˜37@(Articles of Incorporation) (1) A person seeking to establish an incorporated association must
prepare articles of incorporation and include in it the following particulars: (i) its purpose; (ii) its name; (iii) the locality of its office; (iv) provisions on assets; (v) provisions on the appointment
and dismissal of managing administrators; and (vi) provisions on the acquisition
and loss of membership. (2) If a change has been made to a particular set forth in one of
the items of para 1, a registration of the change must be made within 3 weeks.
In such a case, a change may not be duly asserted against a third party before
its registration. (3) If an order of provisional disposition suspending the execution
of duties by a representative or appointing a person to execute duties in place
of a representative is issued or if a ruling modifying or revoking such an
order of provisional disposition is issued, it must be registered. In such a
case, the provisions of the 2nd sentence of para 2 apply mutatis mutandis. (4) If something that must be registered pursuant to the provisions
of para 2 & 3 occurs in a foreign state, the period for registration is
counted from the day on which notice of this reached the relevant person. (5) When a foreign juridical person establishes an office in Japan
for the first time, a third party may decline to recognize that corporation's
formation until it has been registered in the locality of that office. (6) Having relocated its office, a foreign juridical person must
register the relocation within 3 weeks in the former locality and register the
particulars set forth in the items of para (1) within 4 weeks in the new
locality. (7) If a foreign corporation relocates its office within the
jurisdictional district of the same registry office, it is sufficient for it to
register its relocation. (8) If the representative of a foreign juridical person fails to
complete the registration provided for in this Article, the representative is
subject to a civil fine of not more than 500,000 yen. Chapter ‡W
Things ˜85@iDefinition) The term "things" as used in this Code means
tangible objects. ˜86@(Immovables and Movables) (1)Land and any fixtures thereto are immovables. (2)Things other than immovables are movables. ˜87@(Principal Things and Appurtenances) (1)If the owner of a first thing attaches a second thing that the
owner owns to the first thing to serve the ordinary use of the first thing, the
thing that the owner attaches is an appurtenance. (2)An appurtenance is disposed of together with the principal thing
if the principal thing is disposed of. ˜88@(Natural Fruits and Civil Fruits) (1)Products obtained from the intended use of a thing are its
natural fruits. (2)Money and other things that may be obtained in exchange for the
use of any thing are civil fruits. ˜89@(Ownership of Fruits) (1)The ownership of natural fruits is acquired by the person
entitled to obtain them when they are separated from the original thing. (2)A person acquires civil fruits in proportion to the duration of
the right to obtain them, as calculated on a prorated, daily basis. Chapter V
Juridical Acts Section 1
General Provisions ˜90@(Public Policy) A juridical act that is against public policy is void. ˜91@(Manifestations of Intention Inconsistent with Default Rules) If a party to a juridical act manifests an intention that is
inconsistent with the provisions of laws and regulations that are not related
to public policy, that intention prevails. ˜92@(Customs
Inconsistent with Default Rules) If a custom is
inconsistent with the provisions of laws and regulations that are not related
to public policy and it is found that the party to the juridical act has the
intention to abide by that custom, that custom prevails. Section 2 Manifestations of Intention ˜93@(Mental
Reservations) (1) The validity of a
manifestation of intention is not impaired even if the person making it does so
while knowing that it does not reflect
that person's true intention;provided, however, that if the other party knew or
could have known that the manifestation was not the true intention of the
person who made it, that manifestation of intention is void. (2) The nullity of a manifestation
of intention under the provisions of the proviso to para (1) may not be duly
asserted against a third party in good faith. ˜94@(False
Manifestations of Intention) (1) A false manifestation of intention that a person makes in
collusion with another person is void. (2) The nullity of a manifestation of intention under the
provisions of para (1) may not be duly asserted against a third party in good
faith. (i) a mistake wherein the person
lacks the intention that corresponds to the manifestation of intention; or (ii) a
mistake wherein the person making the manifestation of intention holds an
understandings that does not correspond to the truth with regard to the
circumstances which the person has taken as the basis for the juridical act. (2) A manifestation of intention under the provisions of para (1)
item (ii) may be rescinded only if it has been indicated that the circumstances
in question are being taken as the basis for the juridical act. (3) If a mistake is due to gross negligence on the part of the
person making the manifestation of intention, that person may not rescind a
manifestation of intention as under para (1), except in the following cases: (i) if the other party knew, or did
not know due to gross negligence, of the mistake on the part of the person
making the manifestation of intention; or (ii) if the other party was under
the same mistake as the person making the manifestation of intention. (4) The rescission of a manifestation of intention under the
provisions of para (1) may not be duly asserted against a third party in good
faith acting without negligence. ˜96@iFraud or Duress) (1) A manifestation of intention based on fraud or duress is
voidable. (2) If a third party commits a fraud inducing a first party to make
a manifestation of intention to a second party, that manifestation of intention
is voidable only if the second party knew or could have known that fact. (3) The rescission of a manifestation of intention induced by fraud
under the provisions of para (1) & (2) may not be duly asserted against a
third party in good faith acting without negligence. ˜97@(Timing of Entry into Effect of Manifestations of Intention) (1) A manifestation of intention becomes effective at the time
notice thereof reaches the other party. (2) If the other party prevents notice of a manifestation of
intention from reaching them without a legitimate reason, the notice is deemed
to have reached that party at the time it would have normally reached them. (3) The effect of a manifestation of intention is not impaired even
if the person making it dies, loses mental capacity, or becomes subject to
restrictions on their legal capacity to act after having sent the notice. ˜98@(Manifestation of Intention by Public Notice) (1) A manifestation of intention may be made by means of public
notice if the person making it is unable to ascertain who the other party is or
is unable to ascertain the whereabouts thereof. (2) Public notice as referred to in para (1) is effected by a
notice being posted in the posting area of the relevant court and an indication
that that posting has been made being published in the Official Gazette at
least once, in accordance with the provisions of the Code of Civil Procedure on service by
publication; provided, however, that if the court finds it to be suitable, it
may order that a notice be posted in the posting area of the city office, ward
office, town hall, or any facility equivalent to these in lieu of the relevant
information being published in the Official Gazette. (3) A manifestation of intention by public notice is deemed to have
reached the other party once 2 weeks have passed since the day when the
relevant information was last published in the Official Gazette or once 2 weeks
have passed since the day on which the relevant information started to be
posted in lieu of being so published; provided, however, that the effect of a
manifestation of intention having reached the other party does not arise if the
person making it was negligent in not ascertaining the other party or the
whereabouts thereof. (4) If the person making a manifestation of intention is unable to
ascertain who the other party is, the procedures involved in public notice are
under the jurisdiction of the summary court that has jurisdiction over the
locality where the person making the manifestation of intention is domiciled;
if the person making a manifestation of intention is unable to ascertain the
whereabouts of the other party, the procedures involved in public notice are
under the jurisdiction of the summary court that has jurisdiction over the
locality of the last known domicile of the other party. (5) The court must have the person making a manifestation of
intention prepay the expenses associated with a public notice. ˜98-2@(Capacity
to Receive Manifestations of Intention) Any person may not assert a manifestation of intention against the
other party thereto if that other party had no mental capacity or was a minor
or an adult ward at the time of receiving it; provided, however, that this does
not apply after either of the following persons learns of the manifestation of
intention: (1)
the
legal representative of the other party; or (ii) the other party, after that other party's mental capacity has
been restored or after that other party has become a person with capacity to
act. Section 3 Agency ˜99@iRequirements and Effect of Acts of
Agency) (1)A manifestation of intention that an agent makes indicating that
they will be making a manifestation of intention on behalf of the principal
within the scope of the agent's authority binds the principal directly. (2)The provisions of para (1) apply mutatis mutandis to a
manifestation of intention that a third party makes to an agent. ˜100@(Manifestation of Intention That the Agent Does Not
Indicate as Being Made on Behalf of the Principal) A manifestation of intention that
an agent makes without having indicated that they will be acting on behalf of
the principal is deemed to be one that the agent has made on their own account;
provided, however, that if the other party knew or could have known that the
agent was acting on behalf of the principal, the provisions of Art 99 para (1)
apply mutatis mutandis. ˜101@(Defects
in Acts of Agency) (1 )If the validity of a manifestation of intention that an agent
has made to the other party is to be influenced by the absence of intention; by
mistake, fraud, or duress; or by the knowledge of or negligence in not knowing
of a particular circumstance; whether or not any such fact was present is
decided as it concerns the agent. (2) If the validity of a manifestation of intention that the other
party has made to the agent is to be influenced by the recipient's knowledge of
or negligence in not knowing of a particular circumstance, whether or not any
such fact was present is decided as it concerns the agent. (3) If an agent who has been entrusted with performing a specific
juridical act performs that act, the principal may not assert that the agent
did not know of any particular circumstance of which the principal knew. The
same applies to any circumstance of which the principal did not know due to the
principal's own negligence. ˜102@iAgent's Capacity to Act) An act that a person with
qualified legal capacity performs as an agent of another person may not be
rescinded on the grounds of qualified legal capacity; provided, however, that
this does not apply to an act performed by a person with qualified legal
capacity as a legal representative of another person with qualified legal
capacity. ˜103@(Authority
of an Agent with No Specifically Defined Authority) An
agent who has no specifically defined authority has
the authority to perform the following acts only: (i)@acts of
preservation; and (ii)@with the purpose of using or
improving a thing or right that is the subject matter of the agency, to the
extent that this does not change the nature of that thing or right. ˜104@(Appointment
of Subagents by Agents) An agent appointed by mandate may
not appoint a subagent unless the authorization of the principal is obtained or
there is a compelling reason to do so. ˜105@(Appointment
of Subagents by Legal Representatives) A legal representative may appoint
a subagent on its own responsibility. In such a case, if there is a compelling
reason to do so, the legal representative is only liable to the principal for
the appointment and supervision of the subagent. ˜106@(Authority
of Subagents) (1) A subagent represents the principal with respect to acts within
the scope of the authority thereof. (2) A subagent has the same rights and obligations as an agent in
relation to the principal and third parties within the scope of that subagent's
authority. ˜107@(Abuse
of Authority to Represent) If an agent performs an act that
falls within the scope of that agent's authority to represent for the purpose
of benefiting the agent's own interests or the interests of a third party, and
the other party knew of or could have ascertained that purpose, that act is
deemed to be an act performed by a person without authority to represent. ˜108@(Self-Contracting
and Representation of Both Parties) (1) An act that a person performs as an agent of the counterparty
or as agent of both parties for the same juridical act is deemed to be an act
performed by a person without authority to represent; provided, however, that
this does not apply to the performance of an obligation or to an act authorized
by the principal in advance. (2) Beyond what is provided for in the main clause of para (1), an
act for which the interest of the agent conflicts with the interest of the
principal is deemed to be an act performed by a person without authority to
represent; provided, however, that this does not apply to an act authorized by
the principal in advance. ˜109@(Apparent Authority Due to Indication of Grant of Authority to
Represent) (1) A person who indicates to a third party that the person granted
certain authority to represent to another person is liable for an act performed
between that other person and that third party within the scope of the
authority to represent; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
third party knew or did not know due to negligence that the other person has
not been granted the authority to represent. (2) If a person who indicates to a third party that the person
granted authority to represent to another person is, pursuant to the provisions
of para (1), liable for acts performed by that other person in relation to the
third party within the scope of the authority to represent, and the other
person performs in relation to the third party an act beyond the scope of the
authority to represent, the person who makes the indication is liable for that
act only if the third party has reasonable grounds for believing that the other
person has authority to represent in that act. ˜110@iApparent Authority of Act Exceeding Authority) The provisions of the main clause
of Art 109 para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if an agent performs an act
exceeding the agent's authority to represent and a third party has reasonable
grounds for believing that the agent has the authority as an agent. ˜111@(Ground
of Extinction of Authority to Represent) (1) The authority to represent ceases to exist upon: (i) death of the principal; and (ii) death of the agent, or being
given an order commencing bankruptcy proceeding or a decision for commencement of guardianship
against the agent. (2)
The
authority to represent by mandate ceases to exist, other than on the grounds
set forth in the respective items of para (1), upon the termination of the
mandate. ˜112@(Apparent Authority After Extinction of Authority to Represent) (1) A person that grants authority to represent to another person
is liable towards a third party for an act performed between that other person
and the third party within the scope of the authority to represent after the
extinction of the authority to represent if that third party does not know the
fact that the authority to represent has ceased to exist; provided, however,
that this does not apply if the third party does to not know due to negligence
the fact. (2) If a person that grants authority to represent to another
person is, pursuant to the provisions of para (1), liable for an act performed
between that other person and a third party within the scope of the authority
to represent after the extinction of that authority to represent, and the other
person performs in relation to the third party an act beyond the scope of the
authority to represent, the person that grants authority to represent is liable
for that act only if the third party has reasonable grounds for believing that
the other person has authority to represent for the act. ˜113@(Unauthorized Agency) (1) A contract concluded by a person who acts as the agent of
another person but has no authority to represent does not bind the principal
unless the principal ratifies it. (2) The ratification or refusal to ratify may not be duly asserted
against the counterparty unless it is made to that counterparty; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the counterparty has come to know the ratification
or refusal to ratify. ˜114@(Right
to Demand of Counterparty of Unauthorized Agency) In the case referred to in Art 113,
the counterparty may demand, by specifying a reasonable period of time, that
the principal give a definite answer on whether or not the principal will
ratify within that period of time. In this case, if the principal fails to give
a definite answer within that period, the principal is deemed to have refused
to ratify. ˜115@iRight to Rescind of Counterparty of
Unauthorized Agency) A counterparty may rescind a contract
that a person without the authority to represent has concluded until the
principal ratifies it; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
counterparty knew at the time of the conclusion of the contract that the agent
had no authority to represent. ˜116@iRatification of Act of Unauthorized Agency) Ratification is retroactive to the
time of the conclusion of the contract unless a particular intention is
manifested; provided, however, that this may not prejudice the rights of a
third party. ˜117@(Liability
of Unauthorized Agency) (1) A person who concludes a contract as an agent of another person
is liable to the counterparty for the performance of the contract or
compensation for loss or damage, as chosen by the counterparty, unless the
person proves the authority to represent or the principal ratifies the
contract. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply in the following cases: (i) if the counterparty knew that
the person who concluded the contract as an agent of the other person had no
authority to represent; (ii) if the counterparty was
negligent in not knowing that the person who concluded the contract as an agent
of the other person had no authority to represent; provided, however, that this
does not apply if the person who concluded a contract as an agent of the other
person knew themselves to have no authority to represent; or (iii) if the legal capacity to act
of the person who concluded the contract as an agent of the other person was
subject to restrictions. ˜118@iUnauthorized Agency in Unilateral Juridical Act) With respect to a unilateral
juridical act, the provisions of Art 113 thru Art 117 apply mutatis mutandis
only if the counterparty, at the time of the act, either agrees for the person
holding themselves out as an agent to act without the authority to represent or
does not contest the authority to represent of that person. The same applies if
a person does a unilateral juridical act vis-a-vis a person without authority
to represent with the consent of that person. Section 4
Nullity and Rescission ˜119@(Ratification
of Void Acts) A void act does not become
effective by ratification; provided, however, that if a party ratifies an act
knowing that the act is void, it is deemed that the party did a new act. ˜120@(Holder
of Right to Rescind) (1) An act that is voidable on the grounds of the qualified legal
capacity to act of the person who did the act may be rescinded only by the
person with qualified legal capacity (in the case of an act performed by the
person as a legal representative of another person with limited capacity,
including that other person with limited capacity), or an agent or successor
thereof, or a person who has the authority to give consent thereto. (2) An act that is voidable on the grounds of a mistake, fraud or
duress may be rescinded only by the person who made the defective manifestation
of intention, or an agent or successor thereof. ˜121@iEffect of Rescission) An
act that has been rescinded is deemed void ab initio. ˜121-2@(Obligation of Restoration) (1) A person that has received payment or delivery as the
performance of an obligation based on a void act has an obligation to restore
the other party to the original state. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), if a person that
receives payment or delivery as the performance of an obligation based on a
void gratuitous act did not know that the act was void at the time of receiving
the payment or delivery (or if the person did not know that the act was
voidable at the time of receiving the payment or delivery in the case of an act
which is deemed void ab initio pursuant to the provisions of Art 121 after the
receipt of the payment or delivery), has an obligation to return to the extent
currently enriched by the act. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), a person who has no
mental capacity at the time of performing an act has an obligation to return to
the extent currently enriched by the act. The same applies to a person who is a
person with qualified legal capacity at the time of performing an act. ˜122@iRatification of Voidable Acts) A voidable act may not be rescinded after the person prescribed in
Art 120 ratifies it. ˜123@iMethod of Voidance and Ratification) If the counterparty to a voidable
act is identified, the voidance or ratification of that act is made by the
manifestation of intention to the counterparty. ˜124@iRequirements for Ratification) (1) The ratification of a voidable act does not become effective
unless it is made after the circumstances that made the act voidable cease to
exist and the person ratifying the act becomes aware of the right to rescind
it. (2) In the following cases, the ratification referred to in the
preceding paragraph is not required to be made after the circumstances that
made the act voidable cease to exist: (i) if a legal representative or a
curator or assistant of a person with qualified legal capacity ratifies the act; or (ii) if a person with qualified
legal capacity (excluding an adult ward) makes the ratification with the consent of a legal representative,
curator or assistant. ˜125@(Statutory Ratification) If, at or after the time when it becomes possible to ratify an act,
any of the following facts occur with respect to a voidable act, it is deemed
that the act has been ratified; provided, however, that this does not apply if
an objection is reserved: (i) full or partial performance; (ii) request for the performance; (iii) novation; (iv) provision of a security; (v) assignment of a part of or the whole of a right acquired by the
voidable act; or (vi) compulsory execution. ˜126@iLimitation on Period of Right to Rescind) The
right to rescind an act is extinguished by the operation of the prescription if
it is not exercised within 5 years from the time when it becomes possible to
ratify the act. The same applies if 20 years have
passed from the time of the act. Section 5
Conditions and Time Limit ˜127@iEffect of Fulfillment of Conditions) (1) A juridical act subject to a condition precedent becomes
effective upon fulfillment of the condition precedent. (2) A juridical act that is subject to a condition subsequent
ceases to be effective upon fulfillment of the condition subsequent. (3) If the party manifests an intention to make the effects
retroactive to the time of or any time prior to the time of the fulfillment,
that intention prevails. ˜128@(Prohibition of Infringement of Interest of
Counterparty Pending Fulfillment of Conditions) While it is uncertain whether or not a condition will be fulfilled,
a party to a juridical act that is subject to a condition may not prejudice the
other party's interests that would arise from the juridical act upon
fulfillment of the condition. ˜129@iDisposition of Rights Pending Fulfillment of
Conditions) While it is uncertain whether or
not a condition will be fulfilled, the rights and obligations of the party concerned
may be disposed of, inherited or preserved, or a security may be provided
therefor, in accordance with the general provisions. ˜130@iPrevention of Fulfillment of Conditions) (1) If a party that would suffer a detriment as a result of the
fulfillment of a condition intentionally prevents the fulfillment of that
condition, the counterparty may deem that the condition has been fulfilled. (2) If a party who would enjoy a benefit as a result of the
fulfillment of a condition wrongfully has that condition fulfilled, the
counterparty may deem that the condition has not been fulfilled. ˜131@iFulfilled Conditions) (1) If a condition has already been fulfilled at the time of a
juridical act and that condition is a condition precedent, the juridical act
constitutes an unconditional juridical act; if that condition is a condition
subsequent, the juridical act is void. (2) If it has already been established at the time of a juridical
act that a condition will not be fulfilled and that condition is a condition
precedent, the juridical act is void; if that condition is a condition
subsequent, the juridical act constitutes an unconditional act. (3) In the cases referred to in the provisions of para(1) &
(2), the provisions of Art 128 & 129 apply mutatis mutandis until the
relevant party becomes aware that the condition has been or has not been fulfilled. ˜132@iUnlawful Conditions) A juridical act subject to an unlawful condition is void. The same
applies to a juridical act subject to the condition that an unlawful act not be
performed. ˜133@iImpossible Conditions) (1) A juridical act subject to an impossible condition precedent is
void. (2) A juridical act subject to an impossible condition subsequent
is an unconditional juridical act. ˜134@(Potestative Conditions) A juridical act subject to a
condition precedent is void if the condition is dependent only upon the
intention of the obligor. ˜135@iEffect of Arrival of Assigned Time) (1) If a time of commencement is assigned to a juridical act, the
performance of that juridical act may not be demanded before the arrival of
that assigned time. (2) If time of expiration is assigned to a juridical act, that
juridical act expires upon the arrival of that assigned time. ˜136@(Benefit of Time and Waiver) (1) The time stipulation is presumed to be provided for the benefit
of the obligor. (2) The benefit of time stipulation may be waived; provided,
however, that the waiver may not prejudice the interest of the counterparty. ˜137@(Acceleration) The obligor may not assert the benefit of time stipulation if: (i) the obligor has become subject to the order commencing
bankruptcy proceeding; (ii) the obligor has lost, damaged, or diminished the security; or (iii) the obligor fails to provide security when it has the
obligation to do so. Chapter VI Computation of Period of Time ˜138@iCommon Rules on Computation of Period
of Time) The method of computation of a
period of time is governed by the provisions of this Chapter unless otherwise
provided in the laws and regulations or a judicial order, or unless otherwise
provided for by the relevant juridical act. ˜139@iCommencement of Period) When a period is provided for in hours, the period commences
immediately at the specified time. ˜140@iCommencement of Period) When a period is provided for in
days, weeks, months, or years, the first day of the period is not included in
the computation; provided, however, that this does not apply when the period
commences at 12 midnight. ˜141@iExpiration of Period) In the case referred to in Art 140, the period expires at the end
of the last day. ˜142@iExpiration of Period) If the last day of a period falls
on a Sunday, a holiday as provided in the Act on
National Holidays, or any other holiday, only when it is customary
not to do business on the relevant day, the period expires on the immediately
following day. ˜143@(Computation
of Period with Reference to Calendar) (1) If a period is provided for in weeks, months, or years, the
period is calculated in accordance to the calendar. (2) If a period does not commence at the beginning of the week,
month, or year, that period expires on the day immediately preceding the day
which corresponds to the commencement day in the last week, month or year;
provided, however, that if the period is provided for in months or years and
the last month does not contain a corresponding day, the period expires on the
last day of that month. Chapter VII Prescription Section 1
General Provisions ˜144@iEffect of Prescription) The prescription is retroactive to
the commencement day. ˜145@iInvocation of Prescription) The court may not make a judicial decision relying on prescription
unless a party (in the case of extinctive prescription, including a guarantor,
third-party collateral provider, third party acquirer, or any other person with
a legitimate interest in the extinction of a right) invokes it. ˜146@iWaiver of Benefits of Prescription) The benefits of the prescription may not be waived in advance. ˜147@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period and Renewal of Prescription Period on the
Ground of Demand by Litigation) (1) If any of the following grounds exists, the period of
prescription does not expire until the ground ceases to exist (if the ground
ceases to exist while the right remains undetermined by a final and binding
judgment or anything that has the same effect as a final and binding judgment,
until 6 months have passed from the time of cessation): (i) demand by litigation; (ii) demand for payment; (iii)
settlement referred to in Art 275 para (1) of the Code of Civil Procedure or mediation under
the Civil Conciliation Act or the Domestic Relations Case Procedure Act; or (iv) participation in bankruptcy
proceeding, rehabilitation proceeding or reorganization proceeding. (2) In the case referred to in para (1), if a right is determined
by a final and binding judgment or anything that has the same effect as a final
and binding judgment, a new period of prescription commences to run at the time
when the grounds set forth in the items of that paragraph cease to exist; ˜148@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period and Renewal of Prescription Period on the Ground
of Compulsory Execution) (1) If any of the
following grounds exists, the prescription period does not expire until those
grounds cease to exist (or until 6 months after those grounds cease to exist,
if they cease to exist due to the withdrawal of a petition or the rescission of
a petition for failure to comply with the provisions of the law): (i) compulsory execution; (ii) enforcement of a security
right; (iii) auction under the rules of an
auction for the enforcement of a security right prescribed in Art 195 of the Civil Execution Act; or (iv) asset disclosure procedure
prescribed in Art 196 of the Civil Execution Act. (2) In the case referred to in para (1), a new period of
prescription commences to run at the time when the grounds set forth in the
items of that paragraph cease to exist; provided, however, that this does not
apply if the grounds cease to exist due to the withdrawal of a petition or the
rescission of a petition for the failure to comply with the provisions of the
law. ˜149@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period on the Ground of Provisional Seizure) If either of the following grounds exists, the prescription period
does not expire until 6 months have passed from the time when the ground ceases
to exist: (i) provisional seizure; or (ii) provisional disposition. ˜150@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period on the Ground of Demand) (1) If a demand is made, the prescription period does not expire
until 6 months have passed since the time of the demand. (2) A second demand made during the postponement of expiry of the
prescription period granted on the ground of the first demand does not have the
effect of postponement of expiry of prescription period under the provisions of
para (1). ˜151@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period on the Ground of Agreement on Holding
Discussion) (1) If an agreement on holding a discussion concerning a right is
made in writing, the prescription period does not expire until the earliest of
the following points in time: (i) when 1 year has passed from the
time of the agreement; (ii) if the period during which the
parties are to hold a discussion is specified by the agreement (limited to a
period less than 1 year): when that period has expired; or (iii) if one of the parties
notifies the other party in writing of refusal to continue the discussion: when
6 months have passed from the time of
the notice. (2) If an agreement referred to in para (1) is made a second time
during the postponement of expiry of the prescription period granted pursuant
to the provisions of that paragraph, the second agreement has the effect of
postponement of expiry of prescription period under the provisions of para (1);
provided, however, that the period of that effect may not exceed 5 years in
total from the time when the prescription period should have expired had the
postponement of expiry of the prescription period not been granted. (3) An agreement referred to in para (1) which is made during the
postponement of expiry of the prescription period granted on the ground of a
demand does not have the effect of postponement of expiry of prescription
period under the provisions of that paragraph. The same applies to a demand
made during the postponement of expiry of the prescription period granted
pursuant to the provisions of that paragraph. (4) If an agreement referred to in para (1) is made by means of an
electronic or magnetic record, the agreement is deemed to have been made in
writing and the provisions of para (1) thru (3) apply thereto. (5) The provisions of para (4) apply mutatis mutandis to the notice
referred to in para (1) item (iii). ˜152@(Renewal
of Prescription Period on the Ground of Acknowledgment) (1) If a right is acknowledged, a new period of prescription
commences to run at the time of the acknowledgment. (2) With respect to the disposition of the right of the other
party, an acknowledgment referred to in para (1) does not require unlimited
capacity to act or authority. ˜153@(Scope
of Persons Affected by Postponement of Expiry of Prescription Period or Renewal
of Prescription Period) (1) The postponement of the expiry of prescription period or the
renewal of prescription period under the provisions of Art 147 or 148 is
effective only between the parties with respect to whom grounds to postpone the
expiry of prescription period or to renew prescription period have arisen and
their successors. (2) The postponement of expiry of prescription period under the
provisions of Art 149 thru 151 is effective only between the parties with
respect to whom grounds to postpone the expiry of prescription period have
arisen and their successors. (3) The renewal of prescription period under the provisions of Art
152 is effective only between the parties with respect to whom grounds to renew
prescription period have arisen and their successors. ˜154@(Scope
of Persons Affected by Postponement of Expiry of Prescription Period or Renewal
of Prescription Period) If the procedure regarding any of
the grounds set forth in the items of Art 148, para (1) or the items of Art 149
is not carried out in relation to a person that is to receive the benefit of
prescription, it does not have an effect of postponement of expiry of
prescription period or renewal of prescription period under the provisions of
Art 148 or Art 149 unless the person is notified of it. ˜158@(Minor
or Adult Ward and Postponement of Expiry of Prescription Period) (1) If a minor or an adult ward has no legal representative during
the period of 6 months preceding the expiration of the period of prescription,
the prescription period does not expire with respect to that minor or adult
ward until 6 months pass from the time when that minor or adult ward becomes a
person with a capacity to act, or a legal representative assumes the position. (2) If a minor or an adult ward has a right vis-a-vis the minor's
or the adult ward's father, mother, or guardian who manages the property, the
prescription period does not expire with respect to that right until 6 months
have passed from the time when that minor or adult ward becomes a person with
capacity to act, or a succeeding legal representative assumes the position. ˜159@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period of Rights Between Husband and Wife) With respect to rights which the
husband or wife has vis-a-vis the other spouse, the prescription period does
not expire until 6 months have passed from the time of the dissolution of their
marriage. ˜160@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period Regarding Estate) With respect to an estate, the
prescription period does not expire until 6 months have passed from the time
when the heir is identified, the administrator is appointed, or commencement of
bankruptcy proceeding is ordered. ˜161@(Postponement
of Expiry of Prescription Period Due to Natural Disaster) If it is impossible to carry out
the procedure regarding any of the grounds set forth in the items of Art 147,
para (1) or the items of Art 148, para (1) upon the expiration of the period of
prescription due to a natural disaster or other unavoidable grave incident, the
prescription period does not expire until 3 months have passed from the time
when that impediment ceases to exist. Section 2 Acquisitive Prescription ˜162@iAcquisitive Prescription of Ownership) (1) A person that possesses the property of another for 20 years
peacefully and openly with the intention to own it acquires ownership thereof. (2) A person that possesses the property of another for 10 years
peacefully and openly with an intention to own it acquires ownership thereof if
the person was acting in good faith and was not negligent at the time when the
possession started. ˜163@iAcquisitive Prescription of Property Rights Other
Than Ownership) A person that exercises a property
right other than ownership peacefully and openly with the intention to do so on
the person's own behalf acquires that right after the passage of 20 years or 10
years, according to the distinction provided for in Art 162. ˜164@(Renewal
of Acquisitive Prescription Due to Discontinuation of Possession) The prescription under the
provisions of Art 162 is renewed if the possessor discontinues the possession
voluntarily or is deprived of that possession by another person. ˜165@(Renewal
of Acquisitive Prescription Due to Discontinuation of Possession) The provisions of Art 164 apply mutatis mutandis to the case under
Art 163. Section 3
Extinctive Prescription ˜166@(Extinctive
Prescription of Claims) (1) A claim is extinguished by prescription in the following cases: (i) if the obligee does not
exercise the right within 5 years from the time when the obligee came to know that it was exercisable; or (ii) if the obligee does not
exercise the right within 10 years from the time when it became exercisable. (2) A claim or property right other than ownership is extinguished
by prescription if not exercised within 20 years from the time when the right
became exercisable. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not preclude the
commencement of acquisitive prescription for the benefit of a third party that
possesses the subject matter of a right with a time of commencement or a right
subject to a condition precedent, at the time of commencing the possession;
provided, however, that the holder of the right may demand acknowledgment from
the possessor at any time to renew the prescription period. ˜167@(Extinctive
Prescription of Claim for Compensation for Loss or Damage Resulting from Death
or Injury to Person) To apply the provisions of Art 166
para (1) item (ii) to the extinctive prescription of a claim for damages
arising from the death or injury to persons, the phrase "10 years" in
that item is deemed to be replaced with "20 years". ˜168@(Extinctive
Prescription of Claims for Periodic Payments) (1) A claim for periodic payments is extinguished by prescription
in the following cases: (i) if the obligee does not
exercise each claim for the delivery of things such as money arising from the claim for periodic payments within
10 years from the time when the obligee comes to know that each claim is exercisable; or (ii) if the obligee does not
exercise each claim prescribed in item (i) within 20 years from the time when
it becomes exercisable. (2) The obligee of periodic payments may require its obligor at any
time to issue a written acknowledgment in order to acquire the evidence of the
renewal of the prescription period. ˜169@(Extinctive Prescription of Right Determined by Judgment) (1) The period of prescription of a right determined by a final and
binding judgment or anything that has the same effect as a final and binding
judgment is 10 years even if a period of prescription shorter than 10 years is
provided for. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply to a claim which is not
yet due and payable at the time when it is determined. PART II
Real Rights Chapter I
General Provisions ˜175@iEstablishment of Real Rights) No real right may be established other than those prescribed by
laws including this Code. ˜176@iCreation and Transfer of Real Rights) The creation and transfer of a
real right becomes effective solely by the manifestations of intention of the
parties. ˜177@(Requirements of Perfection of Changes in Real
Rights on Immovables) Acquisitions of, losses of and
changes in real rights on immovables may not be duly asserted against any third
parties, unless the same are registered pursuant to the applicable provisions
of the Real Property Registration Act and other laws regarding
registration. ˜178@(Requirements
of Perfection of Transfer of Real Rights Concerning Movables) The transfer of a real right on movables may not be duly asserted
against a third party, unless the movables are delivered. ˜179@(Merger
of Rights) (1) If ownership and another real right on the same thing are
acquired by the same person, the other real right is extinguished; provided,
however, that this does not apply if that thing or the other real right is the
object of the right of a third party. (2) If a real right other than ownership and another right for
which that real right is the object are acquired by the same person, the other
right is extinguished. In this case, the provisions of the proviso to para (1)
apply mutatis mutandis. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply to possessory
rights. Chapter II
Possessory Rights Section 1
Acquisition of Possessory Rights ˜180@iAcquisition of Possessory Rights) Possessory
rights are acquired by possessing a thing with the
intention to do so on one's own behalf. ˜181@iPossession through Agents) Possessory
rights may be acquired through an agent. ˜182@iActual Delivery and Summary
Delivery) (1) The transfer of possessory rights is effected by the delivery
of the thing possessed. (2) If a transferee or the agent of a transferee is actually
holding the thing under possession, the transfer of possessory rights may be
effected by the parties' manifestations of intention alone. ˜183@(Constructive
Transfer with Retention of Possession) If an agent manifests the
intention to thenceforward possess a thing under the agent's own possession on behalf
of the principal, the principal thereby acquires the possessory rights ˜184@iTransfer of Possession by Instruction) If a thing is possessed through an
agent, the principal orders that agent to thenceforward possess that thing on
behalf of a third party, and that third party consents thereto, the third party
acquires the possessory rights. ˜185@iChange in Nature of Possession) If it is assumed, due to the
nature of the title, that a possessor does not have the intention to own, the
nature of the possessor's possession does not change unless that possessor
manifests the intention to own to the person that put the thing under that
person's possession, or commences possession under a new title with an
intention to own from that time. ˜186@(Presumption
Regarding Nature of Possession) (1) A possessor is presumed to possess a thing with the intention
to own, in good faith peacefully and openly. (2) If there is evidence of possession at two different points in
time, it is presumed that possession continued during that interval. ˜187@iSuccession to Possession) (1) A successor to a possessor may, as the successor chooses,
assert either the successor's own possession only, or the successor's own
possession together with that of the predecessor. (2) If a person asserts the possession of the predecessor together
with the person's own, that person also succeeds to defects in the same. Section 2
Effect of Possessory Rights ˜188@(Presumption of Lawfulness of Rights Exercised
with Respect to
Possessed Thing) The possessor is presumed to lawfully
have the rights that a possessor exercises with respect to the thing under
possession. ˜189@iAcquisition of Fruits by Possessor in Good
Faith) (1) A possessor in good faith acquires fruits derived from the
thing under possession. (2) If a possessor in good faith is defeated in an action on the
title that legally supports the possession, that possessor is deemed to be a
possessor in bad faith as from the time when the action is filed. ˜190@(Return of Fruits by Possessors in Bad Faith) (1) A possessor in bad faith has the obligation to return fruits,
and reimburse the price of fruits that the possessor has already consumed,
damaged due to negligence, or failed to collect. (2) The provisions of para (1) apply mutatis mutandis to a person
who takes possession of a thing through assault or duress or through
concealment. ˜191@iCompensation for Loss or Damage by Possessors) If a possessed thing has been lost
or damaged due to grounds attributable to the possessor, a possessor in bad
faith is liable to compensate the person recovering the thing for the entire
loss or damage, and a possessor in good faith is liable to compensate that
person for the loss or damage to the extent currently enriched as a result of
that loss or damage; provided, however, that a possessor that is without the
intention to own the thing must compensate the person for the entire loss or
damage, even if the possessor has acted in good faith. ˜192@(Good
Faith Acquisition) A person that commences the
possession of movables peacefully and openly by a transactional act acquires
the rights that are exercised with respect to the movables immediately if the
person possesses it in good faith and without negligence. ˜193@iRecovery of Stolen or Lost Property) In the cases provided for in Art
192, if the possessed thing constitutes stolen or lost property, the victim or
the person that lost the thing may demand the return of that thing from the
possessor within 2 years from the time of the loss or theft. ˜194@iRecovery of Stolen or Lost Property) If a possessor has purchased
stolen or lost property in good faith at an auction, in a public market, or
from a merchant that sells similar things, the victim or the person that lost
the thing may not recover the thing without reimbursing the possessor for the
price paid. ˜195@iAcquisition of Rights through Possession of
Animals) A person possessing a non-domestic
animal bred by another person acquires the rights to exercise with respect to
that animal if the person possessing it was acting in good faith at the
beginning of the possession and the owner of the animal does not demand its
return from that person within one month from the time when that animal left
the possession of its owner. ˜196@iPossessors' Claims for Reimbursement of
Expenses) (1) If a possessor returns a thing in the possession thereof, the
possessor may have the person recovering the thing reimburse the possessor for
the costs the possessor has paid for its preservation and other necessary
expenses; provided, however, that if the possessor has acquired fruits,
ordinary and necessary expenses are borne by the possessor. (2) With respect to the costs paid for by a possessor to improve
the thing in the possession thereof and other beneficial expenses, the
possessor may have the person recovering the thing reimburse the possessor for
either the costs the possessor has paid or the amount of the increased value,
whichever the person recovering the thing chooses, but only if there is a
current increase in value; provided, however, that with regard to a possessor
in bad faith, the court may, at the request of the person recovering the thing,
grant a reasonable period of time for the same. ˜197@iPossessory Actions) A
possessor may file a possessory action in accordance with the provisions of Art
198 thru Art 202. The
same applies to a person that takes possession on behalf
of another person. ˜198@iActions for Maintenance of Possession) If a possessor is obstructed from
possession, the possessor may claim for the discontinuation of the obstruction
and compensation for loss or damage by filing an action for maintenance of
possession. ˜199@iActions for Preservation of Possession) If a possessor is likely to be
obstructed from possession, the possessor may demand either the prevention of
the obstruction or for the submission of security for the compensation for loss
or damage by filing an action for preservation of possession. ˜200@iActions for Recovery of Possession) (1) If a possessor is forcibly dispossessed, the possessor may
demand the restitution of the thing and compensation for loss or damage by
filing an action for recovery of possession. (2) An action for recovery of possession may not be filed against a
specific successor of a person that forcibly takes possession; provided,
however, that this does not apply if that successor had knowledge of the fact
that the person has unlawfully taken the possession. ˜201@(Periods
of Time for Filing Possessory Actions) (1) An action for maintenance of possession must be filed during
the obstruction or within 1 year after the obstruction stops; provided,
however, that if the possessed thing has been damaged due to construction work
and either 1 year has passed from the time when the construction was started or
the construction has been completed, the action may not be filed. (2) An action for preservation of possession may be filed so long
as the danger of obstruction exists. In this case, the provisions of the
proviso to para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if the possessed thing is likely to
be damaged by the construction work. (3) An action for recovery of possession must be filed within1 year
from the time when a possessor was forcibly dispossessed. ˜202@iRelationship with Actions on Title) (1) A possessory action does not preclude an action on title that
legally supports the possession, and an action on title does not preclude a
possessory action. (2) With respect to possessory actions, no judicial decision may be
made on grounds relating to title that legally supports the possession. Section 3
Extinction of Possessory Rights ˜203@iGrounds for Extinction of Possessory Rights) Possessory rights are extinguished
when the possessor renounces the intention to possess, or loses possession of
the possessed thing; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
possessor files an action for recovery of possession. ˜204@iGrounds for Extinction of
Agent's Possessory Rights) (1) If a person possesses a thing through an agent, possessory
rights are extinguished on the grounds set forth below: (i) renunciation by the principal
of intention to have agent possess; (ii) manifestation of intention to
the principal of an agent to hold the thing possessed on behalf of the agent itself or a third party; or (iii) the agent has ceased to hold
the thing possessed. (2) Possessory rights are not extinguished solely as a result of
the extinction of the authority to represent. Section 4 Quasi-Possession ˜205@iQuasi-Possession) The provisions of this Chapter apply mutatis mutandis if a person
exercises their property rights with the intention to do so on their own
behalf. Chapter III Ownership Section 1 Extent of Ownership Subsection 1 Content and Scope of Ownership ˜206@iContent of Ownership) An owner has the rights to freely
use, profit from and dispose of the thing owned, within the limits of laws and
regulations. ˜207@iScope of Ownership in Land) Ownership in land extends to above
and below the surface of the land, within the limits of laws and regulations. Subsection
2 Neighboring Relationships ˜209@iRequests for Use of Neighboring Land) (1) An owner of land may request the use of the neighboring land to
the extent necessary for constructing or repairing walls or buildings on or in
the vicinity of the boundary; provided, however, that the owner may not enter
the dwelling house of the neighbor without the approval of the same. (2) In the case referred to in para (1), if the neighbor sustained
damage, the neighbor may claim compensation. ˜210@(Right-of-Way
over Other Land for Access to Public Roads) (1) An owner of land that is surrounded by other land and has no
access to a public road may pass through the other land that surrounds that
owner's land to reach a public road. (2) Para (1) also applies if an owner cannot reach a public road
without passing over a pond, lake, river, waterway, or sea, or if there is an
extreme difference in height between the land and the public road on account of
a cliff. ˜211@(Right-of-Way
over Other Land for Access to Public Roads) (1) In the cases referred to in Art 210, the location and method of
passage must be chosen so as to meet the needs of the person that is entitled
to the right-of-way under the provisions of that Article and cause the least
damage to the other land. (2) A person that holds the right-of-way under the provisions of
Art 210 may construct a road if necessary. ˜212@(Right-of-Way
over Other Land for Access to Public Roads) A person that is entitled to the right-of-way under the provisions
of Art 210 must pay compensation for damage caused to the other land that the
same person passes through; provided, however, that except for damage arising
from the construction of a road, compensation may be paid on an annual basis. ˜213@(Right-of-Way
over Other Land for Access to Public Roads) (1) If the
partition of land creates a parcel of land that has no access to public roads,
the owner of that parcel of land may pass to the public roads only through the
lands owned by another person that participated in the partition. In this case,
it is not necessary to pay compensation. (2) The provisions of para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if the owner
of land transfers part of the land to another person. ˜214@iProhibition of Obstruction of Natural Water
Streams) A landowner may not interfere with
a natural water stream flowing from a neighboring land. ˜215@iRemoval of Impediments to Water Streams) If a stream is blocked at
low-lying ground due to a natural disaster or other unavoidable grave incident,
an owner of a higher land may carry out construction work necessary to remove
the impediment to the stream at that owner's own expense. ˜216@iRepairs of Structures Related to Streams) If a land suffers or is likely to
suffer damage due to destruction or blockage of a structure installed on other
land to store, discharge or draw water, the owner of that land may have the
owner of that other land repair the structure or remove the impediments, or, if
necessary, have the same carry out preventive construction work. ˜217@iCustoms with Respect to Allocation of Expenses) In the cases
provided for in Art 215 &
˜216, if there are other customs with respect to the allocation of expenses,
those customs prevail. ˜218@(Prohibition of Installation of Structures That Discharge Rainwater to Neighboring Lands) A landowner may not install a roof
or other structures that discharge rainwater directly onto neighboring land. ˜219@iChanges to Streams) (1) An owner of a channel, moat, or other such land containing a
stream may not change the course or width of the same if the land on the other
side is owned by another person. (2) If the land on both sides of a stream is owned by the owner of
the land containing the stream, that owner may change the course or the width
of the same; provided, however, that the owner must return the stream to its
natural course at the point where the stream meets a neighboring land. (3) If there are customs that differ from the provisions of para
(1) & (2), those customs prevail. ˜220@iRunning Water through Lower Ground for
Discharge) An
owner of a higher ground may run water through lower grounds to dry out his
higher ground in cases where that land is flooded, or to discharge surplus
water for household or agricultural or industrial use until the water meets a
public stream or sewage system. In such cases, the location and method that
cause the least damage to the lower ground must be selected. ˜221@iUse of Structures to Direct Water) (1) A landowner may use a structure installed by the owner of
higher or lower land in order to cause water from the landowner's land to pass
through that land. (2) In the cases referred to in para (1), the person using the
other person's structure must bear the expenses of the installation and
preservation of the structure in proportion to the benefit that person enjoys. ˜222@iConstruction and Use of Dams) (1) If an owner of land containing a stream needs to construct a
dam, that owner may construct that dam by fixing it to the other side even if
the land on the other side is owned by another person; provided, however, that
the owner must pay compensation for damage arising as a result. (2) The owner of land on the other side of a dam may use the dam
referred to in para (1) if that owner owns part of the land containing the
stream. (3) The provisions of Art 221 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis to
the cases referred to in para (2). ˜223@iInstallation of Boundary Markers) A
landowner may install boundary markers, sharing the expenses with the owner of
the neighboring land. ˜224@iExpenses of Installation and Preservation of
Boundary Markers) The expenses of installation and
preservation of boundary markers are borne equally by neighbors; provided,
however, that measuring expenses are borne in proportion to the area of each
land. ˜225@iInstallation of Fences) (1) If two buildings are owned by different owners and there is an
open lot between them, each owner may install a fence on the boundary, sharing
the expenses with the other owner. (2) If no agreement is reached between the parties, the fence
referred to in para (1) must be a wooden fence, a bamboo fence or a fence made
of similar material and must be 2 meters high. ˜226@iExpenses of Installation and Preservation of
Fences) The expenses of installation and
preservation of the fences under Art 225 are borne equally by the neighbors. ˜227@iInstallation of Fences by One of Neighbors) One of neighboring owners may
install a fence using materials better than those provided for in Art 225 para
(2) or elevating the height provided for under that paragraph; provided,
however, that the relevant owner must bear the increase in expenses arising as
a result of the same. ˜228@iCustoms Relating to Installation of Fences) If there are customs that differ
from the provisions of Art 225 thru 227, those customs prevail. ˜229@iPresumption of Co-ownership of Boundary
Markers) Boundary markers, fences, walls,
channels and moats installed on boundary lines are presumed to be co-owned by
the neighbors. ˜230@iPresumption of Co-Ownership of Boundary
Markers) (1) The provisions of the preceding Art 229 do not apply to a wall
on a boundary line that constitutes part of a building. (2) If the height of a wall that separates two neighboring
buildings of different heights is higher than the height of the lower building,
para (1) also applies with respect to that portion of that wall that is higher
than the lower building; provided, however, that this does not apply to fire
walls. ˜231@iConstruction Work Raising Height of Co-Owned
Walls) (1) One of neighboring owners may raise the height of a co-owned
wall; provided, however, that if the wall cannot withstand the construction
work, the relevant owner must reinforce that wall as necessary or rebuild the
same at the owner's own expense. (2) If the height of a wall is raised pursuant to the provisions of
para (1), the raised portion is owned solely by the owner that carried out the
construction work. ˜232@iConstruction Work Raising Height of Co- Owned Walls) In the cases provided for in Art
231, if a neighbor suffers damage, that neighbor may claim compensation for the
same. ˜233@iCutting of Branches and Roots of Trees and
Bamboo) (1) If a tree or bamboo branch from neighboring land crosses a
boundary line, the landowner may have the owner of that tree or bamboo sever
that branch. (2) If a tree or bamboo root from neighboring land crosses a
boundary line, the owner of the land may sever that root. ˜234@(Restrictions
on Buildings Near Boundary Lines) (1) In order to construct a building, the building must be
distanced 50 cm or more away from the boundary line. (2) If a person attempts to construct a building in violation of
the provisions of para (1), the owner of the neighboring land may have the
construction suspended or changed; provided, however, that if 1 year passes
from the time when that construction started or if that building is completed,
the owner may only claim compensation for loss or damage. ˜235@iRestrictions on Buildings Near Boundary Lines) (1) A person that installs a window or porch (including a veranda)
at a distance of less than 1 meter from a boundary line allowing the
observation of the residential land of another person must put up a privacy
screen. (2) The distance referred to in para (1) is calculated by measuring
the length of a straight line from the point on the window or porch closest to
the neighboring land, to where it reaches the boundary line at a right angle. ˜236@iCustoms Relating to Construction Near Boundary Lines) If there are customs that differ from the provisions of Art 234
& 235, those customs prevail. ˜237@(Restrictions on Digging Near Boundary Lines) (1) In order to dig a well, service water pit, sewage pit or compost
pit, the same must be distanced two or more meters from the boundary line, and
in order to dig a pond, cellar or human waste pit, the same must be distanced 1
or more meters from the boundary line. (2) In order to bury water pipes, or dig a channel or moat, the
same must be distanced from the boundary line by a measurement equivalent to at
least half the depth of the same; provided, however, that the distance is not
required to be exceeding 1 meter. ˜238@iDuty of Care Regarding Digging
Near Boundary Lines) When carrying out a construction
referred to in Art 237 near a boundary line, necessary care must be taken to
ensure the prevention of earth collapses or leakages of water or contaminated
liquids. Section 2
Acquisition of Ownership ˜239@(Ownership in Ownerless Property) (1) Ownership of movables without an owner are acquired by
possessing the same with the intention to own. (2) Ownerless immovables belong to the National Treasury. ˜240@iFinding of Lost Property) If the owner of lost property is
not identified within 3 months of the time when public notice thereof is
effected as prescribed by the Lost Property Act, the person who found the lost property
acquires ownership of the same. ˜241@iDiscovery of Buried Things) If the owner of a buried thing is
not identified within 6 months of the time when public notice thereof is
effected as prescribed by the Lost Property Act, the finder acquires ownership of the same;
provided, however, that with respect to a buried thing discovered inside a
thing that belongs to another person, the finder and that other person acquire
equally proportionate ownership of that buried thing. ˜242@iAccession to Immovables) The owner of immovables acquires
ownership of a thing that has been attached thereto as its appurtenance;
provided, however, that the rights of the other person that attached that thing
by virtue of a title are not prejudiced. ˜243@iAccession to Movables) If two or more movable properties with different owners can no
longer be separated without damage due to accession, the ownership of the
composite thing belongs to the owner of the principal movable property. The
same applies if excessive expense is required to separate the movables. ˜244@iAccession to Movables) If the distinction of principal
and accessory cannot be made between the movables united by accession, the
owner of each movable property co-owns the composite thing in proportion to the
respective price current at the time of the accession. ˜245@iMixture) The provisions of Art 243 & 244 apply mutatis mutandis if the
things of different owners are mixed together and can no longer be
distinguished. ˜246@iProcessing) (1) If a person ("processor") adds labor to another
person's movables, the ownership of the processed thing belongs to the owner of
the material; provided, however, that if the value derived from the work
significantly exceeds the value of the material, the processor acquires
ownership of the processed thing. (2) In the cases prescribed in para (1), if the processor provides
a portion of the materials, the processor acquires ownership of the processed
thing only if the value of provided materials added to the value derived from
the labor exceeds the value of the other person's materials. ˜247@iEffect of Accession, Mixture or Processing) (1) If the ownership of a thing is extinguished pursuant to the
provisions of Art 242 thru 246, other rights existing on that thing are also
extinguished. (2) In the cases prescribed in para (1), if the owner of a thing
has become the sole owner of the thing formed by accession or appurtenance,
mixture or processing ("composite thing"), other rights existing on
that thing thereafter exist on the composite thing, and if the owner of the
thing becomes a co-owner of the composite thing, other rights existing on that
thing thereafter exist on that owner's interest in the same. ˜248@(Demands for Compensation for
Accession, Appurtenance, Mixture or Processing) A person that suffers loss because
of the application of the provisions of Art 242 thru Art 247 may demand
compensation in accordance with the provisions of Art 703 & Art 704. Section 3
Co-Ownership ˜249@iUse of Property in
Co-Ownership ) Each co-owner may use the entire property in co-ownership in
proportion to each co-owner's interest. ˜250@iPresumption of Proportion of Co-Ownership
Interests) Each co-owner's interest is presumed
to be equal. ˜251@iChanges to Property in
Co-Ownership) No
co-owner may make any alteration to the property in co-ownership without the
consent of the other co-owners. ˜252@iManagement of Property in
Co-Ownership) The particulars of the management of
property in co-ownership are determined by a majority according to the value of
the interests of the co-owners, except for cases provided for in Art 251; provided, however, that any of the co-owners may perform acts of preservation alone. ˜253@(Obligations
to Bear Burdens Regarding Property in Co-Ownership) (1) Each co-owner pays the expenses of management and bears burdens
regarding the property in co-ownership, in proportion to each co-owner's
interest. (2) If a co-owner does not perform the obligations referred to in
para (1) within 1 year, other co-owners may acquire that co-owner's interest by
paying a reasonable compensation. ˜254@iClaims on Property in
Co-Ownership) A claim that one of the co-owners
holds against other co-owners with respect to the property in co-ownership may
be exercised against their specific successors. ˜255@(Waiver
of Interests and Death of Co-Owners) If one of co-owners waives
interest or dies without an heir, the-waived interest belongs to the other
co-owners. ˜256@iDemands for Partition of Property
in Co-Ownership) (1) Each co-owner may demand the partition of property in
co-ownership at any time; provided, however, that this does not preclude
concluding a contract agreeing not to partition that property for a period not
exceeding 5 years. (2) The contract under the proviso to para (1) may be renewed;
provided, however, that the period thereof may not exceed 5 years from the time
of the renewal. ˜257@iDemands for Partition of Property
in Co-Ownership) The provisions of Art 256 do not apply to the property in
co-ownership provided for in Art 229. ˜258@iPartition of Property in
Co-Ownership by Judicial Decision) (1) If no agreement is reached among co-owners with respect to the
partition of property in co-ownership, a request for partition of the same may
be submitted to the court. (2) In cases referred to in para (1), if the property in
co-ownership cannot be partitioned in kind, or it is likely that the value
thereof will be significantly reduced by the partition, the court may order the
sale of the same at auction. ˜259@(Payment
of Claims Regarding Co-Ownership) (1) If one of the co-owners holds a claim regarding co-ownership
against other co-owners, upon partition, the portion of the property in
co-ownership that belongs to the obligor may be appropriated for the payment of
the same. (2) If it is necessary to sell the portion of the property in
co-ownership that belongs to the obligor to obtain the payment referred to in
para (1), the obligee may demand the sale of the same. ˜260@iParticipation in Partition of Property
in Co-Ownership) (1) A person that holds a right with respect to property in
co-ownership and a creditor of any of the co-owners may participate in
partitions at their own expense. (2) If, notwithstanding a request for participation under the
provisions of para (1), partition is effected without allowing the
participation of the person that submitted the request, that partition may not
be duly asserted against the person that submitted the request. ˜261@iCo-Owners' Warranties upon Partitions) Each co-owner provides the same
warranty as that of a seller in proportion to each co-owner's interest, with
regards to the thing other co-owners have acquired by the partition. ˜262@iInstruments
Regarding Property in Co-Ownership) (1) When a partition is completed, each of the persons that
participated in the partition must retain the instruments regarding things each
of them acquired. (2) Instruments regarding a thing that is partitioned for some or
all co-owners must be retained by the person that acquired the largest portion
of that thing. (3) In the cases referred to in para (2), if no person acquired the
largest portion, the person that is to retain the instruments is determined by
agreement among the persons that participated in the partition. If no agreement
is reached, the court designates the same. (4) A person that is to retain instruments must allow other persons
that participated in the partition to use the instruments at the request of the
same. ˜263@iRights of Common with Nature of Co-Ownership) Rights of common that have the
nature of co-ownership are governed by local customs and are otherwise subject
to the application of the provisions of this Section. ˜264@iQuasi Co-Ownership) The provisions of this Section
apply mutatis mutandis if two or more persons share property rights other than
ownership; provided, however, that this does not apply if otherwise provided by
laws and regulations. Chapter IV
Superficies ˜265@iContent of Superficies) A superficiary has the right to
use another person's land in order to own structures, or trees or bamboo, on
that land. ˜266@iRents) (1) The provisions of Art 274 thru 276 apply mutatis mutandis if
the superficiary must pay periodical rent to the owners of the land. (2) Beyond what is provided for in para (1), provisions on
leasehold apply mutatis mutandis to rent to the extent that application is not
inconsistent with the nature of the same. ˜267@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions Regarding Neighboring Relationships) The
provisions of Subsection 2, Section 1 of Chapter 3 (Neighboring Relationships)
apply mutatis mutandis between superficiaries or between a superficiary and a
landowner; provided, however, that the mutatis mutandis
application of the provisions of Art 229 to superficiaries is limited to cases
where structures on the boundary line are installed after the establishment of
the superficies. ˜268@iDuration of Superficies) (1) If the duration of superficies is not fixed by the act that
established the same and there are no relevant customs, the superficiary may
waive that right at any time; provided, however, that if rent must be paid, the
superficiary must give notice 1 year or more in advance or pay rent for 1 year
that has not yet become due and payable. (2) If the superficiary does not waive that right pursuant to the
provisions of para (1), the court may, at the request of the parties concerned,
fix a duration of 20 years or more but not more than 50 years, taking into
consideration the kind and status of the structures, or trees or bamboo and
other circumstances at the time of the creation of the superficies. ˜269@iRemoval of Structures) (1) When the right of the superficiary is extinguished, the
superficiary may restore the land to its original state and remove structures
and trees or bamboo on the same; provided, however, that if the owner of the
land gives notice that the owner will purchase the same by offering to pay an
amount equivalent to the market value, the superficiary may not refuse that
offer without reasonable grounds. (2) If there are customs that differ from the provisions of para
(1), those customs prevail. ˜269-2@iSuperficies for Underground or Airspace) (1) An underground space or airspace may be established as the
subject matter of superficies for ownership of structures, through the
specification of upper and lower extents. In such a case, restrictions on the use
of that land may be added in the act that establishes superficies for the
purpose of facilitating the exercise of the superficies. (2) The superficies referred to in para (1) may be established even
if third parties hold the rights to use or profit from the land provided that
all persons holding those rights or rights on them give their consent. In such
a case, persons that hold the rights to use or profit from the land cannot
prevent the exercise of the superficies to the same. Chapter V Farming
Rights (Emphyteusis) ˜270@iContent of Farming Rights) A farming right
holder (emphyteuta) has the right to
pay rent and engage in cultivation or livestock farming on another person's
land. ˜271@(Limitations
on Alterations to Land by Farming Right Holders) A farming right holder may not make any alteration of the land that
results in irreparable damage. ˜272@(Assignment
of Farming Rights or Leasing of Land) A farming right holder may assign
the holder's right to another person or lease the land during the duration of
the right to cultivate or farm livestock; provided, however, that this does not
apply if those acts are prohibited by the act that established that right. ˜273@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions Regarding Lease) Beyond what is
provided for in this Chapter and those provided for in the act of
establishment, provisions regarding lease apply mutatis mutandis to the
obligations of a farming right holder, to the extent that application is not
inconsistent with the nature of the same. ˜274@iRent Reductions or Releases) A farming right
holder may not demand release from or reduction in the rent even if there is a
loss of profits due to force majeure. ˜275@iWaiver of Farming Rights) If a farming right holder has
gained no profit whatsoever for 3 or more consecutive years or has gained
profits less than the rent for 5 or more consecutive years due to force
majeure, that holder may surrender waive that right. ˜276@iDemand for Extinction of Farming
Rights) If a farming right holder fails to
pay the rent for two or more consecutive years, the landowner may demand the
extinction of the farming right. ˜277@iCustoms Regarding Farming
Rights) If there are customs that differ
from the provisions of Art 271 thru 276, those customs prevail. ˜278@iDuration of Farming Rights) (1) The duration of a farming right is 20 years or more and 50
years or less. Even if an act of establishment provides for a period longer
than 50 years, the duration is 50 years. (2) The establishment of farming right may be renewed; provided,
however, that the duration of that right may not exceed 50 years from the time
of renewal. (3) If an act of establishment does not provide for the duration of
the farming right, the duration of that right is 30 years unless there are
other customs to the contrary. ˜279@iRemoval of Structures) The provisions of Art 269 apply
mutatis mutandis to farming rights. Chapter VI Servitudes ˜280@iContent of Servitudes) A servitude holder has the right to use another person's land for
the convenience of their own lands in accordance with purposes prescribed in
the act establishing the servitude; provided, however, that this right must not
violate the provisions (limited to those that relate to public policy) under
Section 1 of Chapter 3 (Extent of Ownership). ˜281@iAppurtenant Nature of Servitudes) (1)@Servitudes
are appurtenant to ownership in the dominant land (land of a person entitled to
a servitude, enjoying benefits from the land of others) and shall be
transferred together with that ownership, or shall be the subject of other
rights that exist in relation to the dominant land; provided, however, that
this shall not apply if the act establishing the servitude provides otherwise. (2)@Servitudes
may neither be assigned nor made the subject of other rights apart from the
dominant land. ˜282@iIndivisibility of Servitudes) (1)@One of the
co-owners of land may not extinguish, with respect to his own share, a
servitude that exists on behalf of or in relation to the land. (2)@In cases
where land is partitioned or a portion thereof is assigned to others, a
servitude shall exist on behalf of or in relation to the respective portions of
the same; provided, however, that this shall not apply if the servitude, by its
nature, relates only to a portion of the land. ˜283@iAcquisition of Servitudes by Prescription) A servitude may be acquired by
prescription so long as it is continuously exercised and can be externally
recognized. ˜284@iAcquisition of Servitudes by Prescription) (1) If one of the co-owners of land acquires a servitude by
prescription, the other co-owners also acquire the same servitude. (2) Renewal of prescription period does not become effective
against co-owners unless it is made against each co-owner that exercises the
servitude. (3) If there are two or more co-owners that exercise a servitude,
even if there is any ground for postponement of expiry of prescription period
with respect to one of them, the prescription runs in favor of each co-owner. ˜285@iWater Servitude) (1) If water on servient land (meaning a land of a person other
than the servitude holder, made available for the benefit of the dominant land)
subject to a servitude for water use is insufficient for the demand of the
dominant land and the servient land, the water is to be used in proportion to
the demand on each parcel of land, firstly for household purposes with the
remaining portion used for other purposes; provided, however, that this does
not apply if the act establishing the servitude provides otherwise. (2) If more than one servitude for water use is created with
respect to the same servient land, the subsequent servitude holders may not
prevent the use of water by the previous servitude holders. ˜286@iObligations of Owners of Servient Land to
Install Structures) If the owner of servient land has
borne obligations to install or repair structures for the exercise of a
servitude at that owner's own expense by the act establishing the servitude or
by a contract concluded after the establishment, specific successors of the
owner of the servient land also bear those obligations. ˜287@iObligations of Owners of Servient Land to
Install Structures) An owner of servient land may be
exempted from obligations of Art 286 at any time by abandoning the ownership in
the portion of the land necessary for the servitude and transferring the same
to the servitude holder. ˜288@iUse of Structures by the Owner of Servient
Lands) (1) The owner of a servient land may use structures installed on
the servient land for the exercise of the servitude to the extent the use does
not obstruct the exercise of that servitude. (2) In the cases referred to in para (1), the owner of the servient
land must bear the expense for the installation and preservation of the
structures in proportion to the benefit that owner receives. ˜289@(Extinction of Servitude by Acquisition by
Prescription of Servient Lands) If a possessor of servient land
has possessed that land in conformity with the necessary requirements for
acquisitive prescription, the servitude is extinguished thereby. ˜290@(Extinction of Servitude by Acquisition by
Prescription of Servient Lands) The extinctive prescription under
Art 289 is renewed by the servitude holder exercising the relevant rights. ˜291@iExtinctive Prescription of Servitudes) The period of the extinctive prescription provided for in Art 166
para (2) commences upon the final exercise of the servitude if the servitude is
not exercised continuously, and upon the occurrence of a fact that prevents the
exercise of the servitude if the servitude is exercised continuously. ˜292@iExtinctive Prescription of Servitudes) If dominant land is co-owned by more than one person, and expiry of
prescription period is postponed or prescription period is renewed in favor of
one co-owner, the postponement of expiry of prescription period or the renewal
of prescription period is also effective for the benefit of other co-owners. ˜293@iExtinctive Prescription of Servitudes) If a servitude holder does not
exercise a portion of that holder's rights, only that portion is extinguished
by prescription. ˜294@iRights of Common without the Nature of
Co-Ownership) Rights of common that do not have the nature of co-ownership are
governed by local customs and are otherwise subject to the mutatis mutandis
application of the provisions of this Chapter. Chapter VII
Rights of Retention ˜295@iContent of Rights of Retention) (1) If a possessor of a thing belonging to another person has a
claim that has arisen in relation to that thing, that possessor may retain that
thing until that claim is satisfied; provided, however, that this does not
apply if the relevant claim has not yet fallen due. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply if possession commenced
by means of a tortious act. ˜296@iIndivisibility of Rights of Retention) A holder of a right of retention may exercise that holder's rights
against the whole of the thing retained until the relevant claim is satisfied
in its entirety. ˜297@iCollection of Fruits by Holders of Rights of
Retention) (1) A holder of a right of retention may collect fruits derived
from the thing retained, and appropriate the same to the satisfaction of that
holder's own claim prior to other obligees. (2) The fruits referred to in para (1) must be appropriated first
to the payment of interest on the claim, and any remainder must be appropriated
to the satisfaction of the principal. ˜298@(Custody
of Thing Retained by Holders of Rights of Retention) (1) The holder of a right of retention must possess the thing
retained with the due care of a prudent manager. (2) The holder of the right of retention may not use, lease or
provide as a security the thing retained unless that holder obtains the consent
of the obligor; provided, however, that this does not apply to uses necessary
for the preservation of that thing. (3) If the holder of a right of retention violates the provisions
of para (1) & (2), the obligor may demand that the right of retention be
terminated. ˜299@(Demands for Reimbursement of Expenses by
Holders of Rights of Retention) (1) If the holder of a right of retention incurs necessary expenses
with respect to the thing retained, that holder may have the owner reimburse
the same. (2) If the holder of a right of retention incurs beneficial
expenses with respect to the thing retained, to the extent that there is
currently an increase in value as a result of the same, that holder may have
the expenses incurred or the increase in value reimbursed at the owner's
choice; provided, however, that the court may, at the request of the owner,
grant a reasonable period of time for the reimbursement of the same. ˜300@(Exercise of Rights of Retention and
Extinctive Prescription of Claims) The exercise of a right of retention does not preclude the running
of extinctive prescription of claims. ˜301@iExtinction of Rights of Retention by Provision of Security) An obligor may demand that a right
of retention be terminated by providing a reasonable security. ˜302@iExtinction of Rights of Retention by Loss of
Possession) A right of retention is
extinguished if the holder of the right of retention loses possession of the
thing retained; provided, however, that this does not apply if the thing
retained is leased or it is made the subject of a pledge pursuant to the
provisions of Art 298 para (2). Chapter VIII
Statutory Liens Section 1
General Provisions ˜303@iContent of Statutory Liens) The holder of a statutory lien has the rights to have that holder's
own claim satisfied prior to other obligees out of the assets of the relevant
obligor in accordance with the provisions of laws including this Act. ˜304@iExtension of Security Interest to Proceeds of
Collateral) (1) A statutory lien may also be exercised against things including
monies that the obligor is to receive as a result of the sale, lease or loss
of, or damage to, the subject matter of the statutory lien; provided, however,
that the holder of the statutory lien must attach the same before the payment
or delivery of the monies or other thing. (2) The provisions of para (1) also apply to the consideration for
real rights created by the obligor on the subject matter of the statutory lien. ˜305@iIndivisibility of Statutory Liens) The
provisions of Art 296 apply mutatis mutandis to statutory liens. Section 2
Kinds of Statutory Liens Subsection
1 General Statutory Lien ˜306@iGeneral Statutory Lien) A person that has a claim arising from the causes set forth below
has a statutory lien over the entire assets of the obligor: (i) expenses for the common benefit; (ii) an employer-employee relationship; (iii) funeral expenses; or (iv) the supply of daily necessaries. ˜307@iStatutory Liens for Expenses for Common
Benefit) (1) Statutory liens for expenses for the common benefit exist with
respect to the expenses of preservation, liquidation or distribution of the
assets of the obligor incurred for the common benefit of all obligees. (2) With respect to expenses referred to in para (1) that were not
beneficial for all obligees, the statutory lien exists solely in relation to
obligees that benefited from those expenses. ˜308@iStatutory Liens for Employer-Employee
Relationships) Statutory liens for employer-employee relationships exist with
respect to salaries and other claims that arise from the employer-employee
relationship between the obligor and the employee. ˜309@(Statutory
Liens for Funeral Expenses) (1) Statutory liens for funeral expenses exist with respect to the
reasonable expenses of a funeral held for the obligor. (2) The statutory lien referred to in para (1) also exists with
respect to the reasonable expenses of a funeral held by the obligor for a
relative whom the obligor is bound to support. ˜310@iStatutory Liens for Daily Necessaries) Statutory liens for daily necessaries exist with respect to the
supply of food and drink items, fuel and electricity for the most recent 6
months required for the household of the obligor or cohabiting relatives whom
the obligor is bound to support and the domestic servants of the same. Subsection
2 Statutory Liens over Movables ˜311@iStatutory Liens over Movables) A person that has a claim arising from the causes set forth below
has a statutory lien against specific movables of the obligor: (i) a lease of immovables; (ii) a lodging at a hotel; (iii) the transportation of passengers or luggage; (iv) the preservation of movables; (v) the sale of movables; (vi) the supply of seeds and seedlings or fertilizer (including
eggs of silkworms or mulberry leaves provided to feed silkworms); (vii) agricultural labor; or (viii) industrial labor. ˜312@iStatutory Liens for Leases of Immovables) Statutory liens for a lease of immovables exist against the
movables of the lessee in connection with the rent of the relevant immovables
and other obligations of the lessee that arise from that lease relationship. ˜313@(Scope of Subject Matter of Statutory Liens
for Leases of Immovables) (1) The statutory lien of a lessor of land exists against movables
furnished to that land or buildings for the use of that land, movables provided
for the use of that land, and fruits of that land in the possession of the
lessee. (2) The statutory lien of a lessor of a building exists against
movables furnished to that building by the lessee. ˜314@(Scope of Subject Matter of Statutory Liens
for Leases of Immovables) In the case of an assignment of lease or subleasing, the statutory
lien of the lessor extends to the movables of the assignee or sublessee. The
same applies to monies that the assignor or sublessor is to receive. ˜315@(Scope of Secured Claims under Statutory Liens
for Leases of Immovables) When all of the lessee's assets
are to be liquidated, the statutory lien of the lessor exists only with respect
to the rent and other obligations for the previous, current and next terms, and
obligations to compensate for loss or damage that arise in the previous and
current terms ˜316@(Scope of Secured Claims under Statutory Liens
for Leases of Immovables) If a lessor has received a security deposit prescribed in Art 622-2
para (1), the lessor has a statutory lien solely against the portion of the
lessor's claim that will not be satisfied by that security deposit. ˜317@iStatutory Liens for Lodging at Hotels) Statutory lien for lodging at hotels exist against the hand luggage
of a hotel guest left at that hotel, in connection with room charges, and food
and beverage charges, that should be borne by the hotel guest. ˜318@iStatutory Liens for Transportation) Statutory liens for transportation exist against luggage in the
possession of the carrier, in connection with transportation charges for
passengers or freight charges for luggage and expenses incidental to the same. ˜319@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions on Good
Faith Acquisition) The provisions of Art 192 thru 195
apply mutatis mutandis to statutory liens under the provisions of Art 312 thru
318. ˜320@(Statutory Liens for Preservation of Movables) Statutory liens for the
preservation of movables exist against movables, in connection with expenses
required for the preservation of those movables, or expenses required for the
preservation, approval or enforcement of rights regarding those movables. ˜321@iStatutory Liens for Sale of Movables) Statutory liens for the sale of
movables exist against movables, in connection with the price of those movables
and interest on the same. ˜322@iStatutory Liens for Supply of Seeds
and Seedlings or
Fertilizer) Statutory liens for the supply of
seeds and seedlings or fertilizer exist against fruits (including eggs of silk
worms or any thing derived from the use of mulberry leaves provided to feed
silkworms) derived from land where the seeds and seedlings or fertilizer were
used, within 1 year of that use, in connection with the price of those seeds
and seedlings or fertilizer and interest on the same. ˜323@iStatutory Liens for Agricultural Labor) Statutory liens for agricultural
labor exist against fruits derived from labor, in connection with the most
recent year's wages of the person who engages in that labor. ˜324@iStatutory Liens for Industrial Labor) Statutory liens for industrial
labor exist against manufactured things derived from labor, in connection with
the most recent 3 months' wages of the person who engages in that labor. Subsection
3 Statutory Liens for Immovables ˜325@iStatutory Liens for Immovables) A person that has a claim arising from the causes set forth below
has a statutory lien over specific immovables of the obligor: (i) the preservation of immovables; (ii) construction work for immovables; or (iii) the sale of immovables. ˜326@iStatutory Liens for Preservation of
Immovables) Statutory liens for the preservation of immovables exist against
the relevant immovables, in connection with the expenses required for the
preservation of the immovables or the expenses required for the preservation,
approval or enforcement of rights regarding the immovables. ˜327@iStatutory Liens for Construction Work for
Immovables) (1) Statutory lien for construction work for immovables exists,
with respect to immovables, in connection with the expenses of construction
work performed by a person that designs, constructs or supervises construction
regarding the immovables of the obligor. (2) The statutory liens referred to in para (1) exist with respect
to the relevant increased value alone, but only if there is a current increase
in the value of the immovables resulting from the construction work. ˜328@iStatutory Liens for Sales of Immovables) Statutory liens for sales of immovables exist, with respect to
immovables, in connection with the price of the immovables and interest on the
same. Section 3
Order of Priority of Statutory Liens ˜329@iOrder of Priority of General Statutory Liens) (1) If there are competing general statutory liens, the order of
priority follows the order set forth in each item of Art 306. (2) If there are competing a general statutory lien and a special
statutory lien, the special statutory lien has priority over the general
statutory lien; provided, however, that statutory liens on expenses for the
common benefit have priority being effective against all obligees who benefit
from the same. ˜330@iOrder of Priority of Statutory Liens over
Movables) (1) If there are competing special statutory liens against the same
movables, the order of priority follows the order set forth below. In this
case, if there are two or more preservers with respect to the statutory liens
for preservation of movables set forth in item (ii), a new preserver has
priority over previous preservers: (i) statutory liens for leases of
immovables, lodging at hotels and transportation; (ii) statutory liens for the
preservation of movables; and (iii) statutory liens for the sale
of movables, the supply of seeds and seedlings or fertilizer, agricultural labor and industrial labor. (2) In the cases referred to in para (1), if a holder of a
statutory lien ranked first knew at the time of acquiring the relevant claim of
the existence of a holder of a statutory lien of the 2nd or 3rd rank, that
holder may not exercise the relevant rights of priority against those persons.
The same applies to the exercise against persons that have preserved things on
behalf of the holder of a statutory lien of the first rank. (3) Regarding fruits, the first rank belongs to persons who engage
in agricultural labor, the second rank belongs to persons that supply seeds and
seedlings or fertilizer, and the third rank belongs to lessors of land. ˜331@iOrder of Priority of Statutory Liens over
Immovables) (1) If there is conflict among special statutory liens against the
same immovables, the order of priority follows the order set forth in the items
of Art 325. (2) If the same immovables are subject to successive sales, the
order of priority of the statutory liens for the sale of the immovables among
sellers follows the chronological order of the sales. ˜332@iStatutory Liens with Same Priority) If there are two or more holders
of statutory liens with the same priority with respect to the same object, the
holders of statutory liens are paid in proportion to the amounts of their
claims. Section 4
Effect of Statutory Liens ˜333@iStatutory Liens and Third Party Acquirers) Statutory liens may not be
exercised against the movables that are the subject matter of the same after
the obligors have delivered those movables to third party acquirers. ˜334@iConflict between Statutory Liens and Pledges on Movables ) If there is conflict between a
statutory lien and a pledge on movables, the pledgee of those movables has the
same rights as those of the holder of a statutory lien of the first rank under
Art 330. ˜335@iEffect of General Statutory Liens) (1) Holders of general statutory liens cannot be paid out of
immovables unless they are first paid out of property other than immovables and
a claim that is not satisfied remains. (2) With respect to immovables, holders of general statutory liens
must first be paid out of those that are not the subject matters of special
security. (3) If holders of general statutory liens fail to participate in
distributions in accordance with the provisions of para (1) & (2), they may
not exercise their statutory liens against registered third parties with
respect to amounts that would have been paid to them if they had participated
in the distribution. (4) The provisions of para (1) thru (3) do not apply if the
proceeds of immovables are distributed prior to the proceeds of assets other
than immovables, or if the proceeds of immovables that are the subject matter
of a special security are distributed prior to the proceeds of other
immovables. ˜336@iPerfection of General Statutory Liens) General statutory liens may be
duly asserted against obligees without special security, even if the liens are
not registered with respect to the relevant immovables; provided, however, that
this does not apply to registered third parties. ˜337@(Registration of Statutory Liens for
Preservation of Immovables) In order to preserve the
effectiveness of statutory liens for preservation of immovables, registration
must be carried out immediately after the completion of the act of
preservation. ˜338@(Registration of Statutory Liens for
Construction Work for Immovables) (1) In order to preserve the effectiveness of statutory liens for
construction work for immovables, the budgeted expenses of the construction
work must be registered prior to the commencement of the same. In this case, if
the expenses of the construction work exceed the budgeted amount, a statutory
lien does not exist with respect to the amount in excess of the same. (2) The amount of increase in value of immovables that resulted
from construction work must be evaluated by an appraiser appointed by the court
at the time of the participation in the distribution. ˜339@iRegistered Statutory Liens for Preservation of
Immovables or
Construction Work for Immovables) Statutory liens registered in
accordance with the provisions of Art 337 & 338 may be exercised prior to
mortgages. ˜340@iRegistration of Statutory Liens for Sales of Immovables) In order to preserve the
effectiveness of statutory liens for the sale of immovables, a statement to the
effect that the price of the immovables or interest on the same has not been
paid must be registered simultaneously with the execution of the sales
contract. ˜341@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions
regarding Mortgages) Beyond what is provided for in
this Section, the provisions regarding mortgages apply mutatis mutandis to the
effects of statutory liens, provided that it is not inconsistent with the
nature of the same. Chapter IX
Pledges Section 1
General Provisions ˜342@iContent of Pledges) Pledgees shall have the right to possess Thing received from
obligors or third parties as security for their A pledgee has the right to possess a thing received from an obligor
or a third party as security for their claims and to have their own claims paid
prior to other obligees out of that thing. ˜343@iSubject Matter of Pledges) A thing that cannot be transferred to another person may not be
made the subject of a pledge. ˜344@iCreation of Pledges) The creation of a pledge becomes effective thru delivery of the
subject matter of the pledge to the obligee. ˜345@iProhibition of Possession thru Pledgors as Agents) A pledgee may not allow a pledgor
to possess the thing pledged on behalf of the pledgee. ˜346@iScope of Secured Claims under Pledges) A pledges secures the principal,
interest, penalties, expenses of enforcing the pledge, expense of preserving
the thing pledged and the compensation of loss or damage arising from failure
to perform obligations or latent defects in the thing pledged; provided, however, that this does not apply if the act establishing the pledge provides otherwise. ˜347@iRetention of the Thing Pledged) The pledgee may retain the thing
pledged until the claims provided for in Art 346 are satisfied; provided, however, that this right
cannot be duly asserted against an obligee that has
priority over the pledgee. ˜348@iSubpledges) The pledgee may subpledge the
thing pledged within the duration of the pledgee's right, upon the pledgee's
own responsibility. In this case, the pledgee is responsible for any loss
arising from the subpledge even if the same is caused by force majeure. ˜349@iProhibition on Disposition of the Thing
Pledged by Contract) The pledgor may not, either by the acts establishing pledges or by
contracts made prior to the due dates for the obligations, allow the pledgee to
acquire ownership of the thing pledged as satisfaction of the obligations, nor
promise to allow the pledgee to dispose of it in any manner other than is
prescribed by law. ˜350@(Mutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions on
Rights of Retention and Statutory Liens) The provisions of Art 296 thru 300 and those of Art 304 apply
mutatis mutandis to pledges. ˜351@(Third-Party
Collateral Providers' Rights to Reimbursement) If a person that creates a pledge to secure an obligation of
another person performs that obligation or loses ownership of the thing pledged
due to the enforcement of the pledge, that person has the right to
reimbursement from the obligor in accordance with the provisions regarding
guarantee obligations. Section 2
Pledges on Movables ˜352@iRequirements for the Perfection of Pledges on Movables) A pledgee of movables cannot duly assert the pledge against third
parties unless that pledgee is in continuous possession of the thing pledged. ˜353@iRecovery of Possession of the Thing Pledged ) A pledgee of movables may, if the pledged thing is usurped, recover
the same solely by filing an action for recovery of possession. ˜354@(Enforcement
of Pledges on Movables) If the claim of a pledgee of movables is not satisfied, the pledgee
may make a request to the court seeking the immediate appropriation of the
thing pledged for the satisfaction of that claim in accordance with the
evaluation of an appraiser only when there are reasonable grounds. In this
case, the pledgee of movables must notify the obligor in advance of the
request. ˜355@iOrder of Priority of Pledges on Movables) If more than one pledge is created with respect to the same
movables, the order of priority of those pledges follow the chronological order
of their creation. Section 3
Pledges of Immovables ˜356@(Use of
and Obtaining Profit from Immovables by Pledgees) The pledgee of immovables may use and profit from the immovables
that are the subject matter of a pledge in line with the way the relevant
immovables are used. ˜357@(Management Expenses Borne by Pledgees of Immovables) The pledgee of immovables pays the
expenses of management and otherwise bear burdens in relation to the
immovables. ˜358@(Prohibition
on Demanding Interest by Pledgees of Immovables) The pledgee of immovables may not demand interest on the relevant
claim. ˜359@(Special
Provisions in Act of Establishment) The provisions of Art 356 thru 358
do not apply if the acts establishing pledges provide otherwise or execution
against earnings from the immovable collateral (referring to the execution
against earnings from immovable collateral provided for in Art 180, item (ii)
of the Civil Execution Act) has been commenced. ˜360@iDuration of Pledges of Immovables) (1) The duration of pledges of immovables may not exceed 10 years.
Even if a longer period is provided for in the act establishing the pledge, the
duration of the same is 10 years. (2) The creation of pledges of immovables may be renewed; provided,
however, that the duration of the same may not exceed 10 years from the time of
the renewal. ˜361@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions on
Mortgages) Beyond what is provided for in this Section, the provisions of the
next Chapter (Mortgages) apply mutatis mutandis to pledges of immovables,
provided that it is not inconsistent with the nature of the same. Section 4
Pledges of Rights ˜362@iSubject Matter of Pledges of Rights) (1)
A
pledge may have a property right for its subject matter. (2) Beyond what is provided for in this Section, the provisions of
Section 1 thru 3 (General Provisions, Pledges on Movables and Pledges of
Immovables) apply mutatis mutandis to pledges referred to in para (1), provided
that it is not inconsistent with the nature of the same. ˜364@iRequirements for Perfection of Pledges over
Claims) The creation of a pledge over a claim
(including a pledge over a claim which has not yet arisen) may not be duly
asserted against a third party obligor and other third parties unless notice of
the creation of the pledge is given to that third party obligor in accordance
with the provisions of Art 467, or unless that third party obligors gives
consent to the same. ˜366@iCollection of Claims by Pledgees) (1) A pledgee may directly collect the claim that is the subject
matter of the pledge. (2) If monies are the subject
matter of a pledged claim, the pledgee may collect the same to the extent of
the portion that corresponds to the amount of the pledgee's own claim. (3) If the due date of the pledged
claim referred to in para (2) arrives prior to the due date of the claim of the
pledgee, the pledgee may have the third party obligor deposit with official
depository that amount to be paid to the pledgee. In this case, the pledge
exists over the amount so deposited. (4) If the subject matter of the pledged claim is not monies, the
pledgee has the pledge over the thing received for the satisfaction of the
claim. Chapter X
Mortgages Section 1
General Provisions ˜369@iContent of Mortgages) (1) A mortgagee has the right to have the mortgagee's claim
satisfied prior to other obligees out of the immovables that the obligor or a
third party provided to secure the obligation without transferring possession. (2) Superficies and farming rights may be the subject matter of a
mortgage. In this case, the provisions of this Chapter apply mutatis mutandis. ˜370@iScope of Effect of Mortgages) A mortgage extends to the things
that form an integral part of the immovables that are the subject matter of the
mortgage ("mortgaged immovables") except for buildings on the
mortgaged land; provided, however, that this does not apply if the act
establishing the mortgage provides otherwise or the rescission of fraudulent
act may be demanded as prescribed in Art 424 para (3) with regard to the act of
the obligor. ˜371@iScope of Effect of Mortgages) If there is a default with respect
to a claim secured by a mortgage, the mortgage extends to the fruits of the
mortgaged immovables derived after the default. ˜372@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions on
Right of Retention) The provisions of Art 296, 304 and 351 apply mutatis mutandis to
mortgages. Section 2
Effect of Mortgages ˜373@iOrder of Priority of Mortgages) If
more than one mortgage is created with respect to the same immovables, the order of priority of those mortgages follows the
chronological order of their registration. ˜374@iChanges in Order of Priority of Mortgages) (1) The order of priority of mortgages may be changed with the
agreement of all mortgagees; provided, however, that if there are interested
persons, the consent of the same must be obtained. (2 The changes in order referred to in para (1) do not become
effective unless registered. ˜375@iScope of Secured Claims under Mortgages) (1) If a mortgagee has the right to demand periodic payments including
interest, that mortgagee may exercise the mortgage solely with respect to
payments of the last 2 years before maturity; provided, however, that with
respect to prior periodic payments, if special registration is effected after
maturity, the mortgagee is not precluded from exercising the mortgage as from
the time of that registration. (2) If the mortgagee has the right to claim compensation for loss
or damage resulting from defaults in obligations, the provisions of para (1)
also apply mutatis mutandis to the loss or damage of the most recent 2 years;
provided, however, that the aggregate period including the interest and other
periodic payments may not exceed 2 years. ˜376@iDisposition of Mortgages) (1) A mortgagee may apply the mortgage to secure other claims, or
assign or waive that mortgage, or its order of priority, for the benefit of
other obligees of the same obligor. (2) In the cases referred to in para (1), if a mortgagee disposes
of the mortgage for the benefit of two or more persons, the order of priority
of the rights of persons who benefit from that disposition follows the
chronological order of supplemental registration in the registration of the
mortgage. ˜377@iRequirements for Perfection of Disposition of
Mortgages) (1) In the cases in Art 376, the mortgagee may not duly assert the
disposition of mortgages against principal obligors, guarantors, mortgagors or
their respective successors unless the disposition is notified to the principal
obligors or the principal obligors consent to that disposition in accordance
with the provisions of Art 467. (2) If the principal obligors have received the notice or given the
consent pursuant to the provisions of para (1), payments made without the consent of the persons who
benefit of the disposition of the mortgage may not be duly asserted against
those beneficiaries. ˜378@(Direct
Satisfaction of Mortgage with Purchase Price) If a third party that purchases the ownership or superficies of a
mortgaged immovables pays the price of the same to a mortgagee at the request
of the same mortgagee, that mortgage is terminated for the benefit of that
third party. ˜379@iClaims for Extinguishment of Mortgages) A third party acquirer of a
mortgaged immovables may make a claim for the extinguishment of a mortgage as
prescribed in Art 383. ˜380@iClaims for Extinguishment of Mortgages) No principal obligor, guarantor or successor of the same may make a
claim for the extinguishment of a mortgage. ˜381@iClaims for Extinguishment of Mortgages) A third party acquirer of a
mortgaged immovables that is subject to a condition precedent may not make a
claim for the extinguishment of a mortgage while it is uncertain whether or not
the condition precedent will be fulfilled. ˜382@iTiming of Claims for Extinguishment of Mortgages) A third party acquirer of a
mortgaged immovables must make a claim for the extinguishment of a mortgage
before attachment under auction procedure as a result of the enforcement of the
mortgage takes effect. ˜383@(Procedures
for Claims for Extinguishment of Mortgages) If a third party acquirer of a mortgaged immovables makes a claim
for the extinguishment of a mortgage, that third party must send the documents
set forth below to each registered obligee: (i)a document that specifies the cause and date of the acquisition,
the name and address of the assignor and the acquirer, the nature, location and
price of the mortgaged immovables and burdens of the acquirer; (ii) a certificate of registered information regarding the
mortgaged immovables (limited to certificates certifying all registered
information currently in effect); and (iii) a document to the effect that, if an obligee does not enforce
the mortgage by filing a petition for auction within 2 months, the third party
acquirer of the mortgaged immovables will pay the price provided for in item
(i) or an amount specifically fixed in accordance with the order of priority of
claims, or will deposit the price or that amount with official depository. ˜384@iDeemed Approval of Obligees) In the cases set forth below, the obligee that has received the
documents set forth in each item of Art 383 is deemed to have approved the
price or amount that the third party acquirer of the mortgaged immovables has
offered as stated in the document set forth in item (iii) of that Article: (i) if the obligee does not enforce the mortgage by filing a
petition for auction within 2 months after receipt of the documents set forth
in each item of Art 383; (ii) if the obligee withdraws a petition under item (i); (iii) if a decision dismissing a petition under item (i) has become
final and binding; or (iv) if a decision rescinding auction procedures based on a
petition under item (i) (excluding rulings under the provisions of Art 63 para
(3) or Art 68-3 para (3) of the Civil Execution Act applied mutatis
mutandis under Art 188 of that Act, or under the provisions of Art 183, para
(2) of that Act if the certified copy under para (1), item (v) of that Article
is submitted) has become final and binding. ˜385@iNotice of Petitions for Auction) If an obligee that has received
the documents set forth in each item of Art 383 files a petition under Art 384 item
(i), that obligee must give notice to that effect to the obligor and assignor
of the mortgaged immovables within the period under that item. ˜386@iEffect of Claims for Extinguishment of Mortgages) A mortgage is extinguished if all
registered obligees approve the price or amount offered by the third party
acquirer of the mortgaged immovables, and the third party acquirer of the
mortgaged immovables has paid or deposited with the official depository the
price or amount approved. ˜387@(Perfection of Leases with Registered Consent
of Mortgagees) (1) A registered lease may be duly asserted against mortgagees that
hold mortgages registered prior to the registration of that lease if all
mortgagees that hold those mortgages give their consent and those consents are
registered. (2) For a mortgagee to give the consent referred to in para (1),
the approval of the persons that hold rights for which the mortgage is the
subject matter and other persons that will suffer detriment as a result of the
consent of the mortgagee must be obtained. ˜388@iStatutory Superficies) If the land and a building on that
land belong to the same owner, a mortgage is created with respect to that land
or building, and the enforcement of that mortgage causes them to belong to
different owners, it is deemed that a superficies has been created with respect
to that building. In this case, the rent is fixed by the court at the request
of the parties.
˜389@iAuction of Buildings on Mortgaged Lands) (1) If a building is constructed on a mortgaged land after the
creation of a mortgage, the mortgagee may auction the building together with
the land; provided, however, that the right of priority of that mortgagee may
be exercised solely against the proceeds of the land. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply if the owner of that
building has rights with respect to the possession of the mortgaged land that
may be duly asserted against the mortgagee. ˜390@(Purchases of Mortgaged Immovables by Third Party Acquirers) A third party acquirer of a mortgaged immovables may be the
purchaser at the auction of the same. ˜391@iClaims for Reimbursement of Expenses by Third
Party Acquirers of Mortgaged Immovables) If a third party acquirer of a
mortgaged immovables has incurred necessary or beneficial expenses with respect
to the mortgaged immovables, that third party may obtain reimbursement of the
same out of the proceeds of the mortgaged immovables prior to other obligees,
in accordance with the distinctions in Art 196. ˜392@(Distribution
of Proceeds in Cases of Joint Mortgages) (1) If an obligee holds mortgages on several immovables to secure
the same claim, and the proceeds of those immovables are to be distributed
simultaneously, the burden of the claim is divided in proportion to the value
of each of the immovables. (2) If an obligee holds mortgages on several immovables to secure
the same claim, and the proceeds from only one of the immovables are to be
distributed, the mortgagee may receive the payment of the entire claim out of
those proceeds. In this case, subordinated mortgagees may exercise their
mortgages in subrogation of that mortgagee, up to the amount that that
mortgagee that receives payment would otherwise be entitled to receive from the
proceeds of other immovables, in accordance with the provisions of para (1). ˜393@(Supplemental
Registration of Subrogation in Case of Joint Mortgages) A person that exercises a mortgage
by way of subrogation pursuant to the provisions of the second sentence of Art
392 para (2) may note that subrogation in the registration of that mortgage. ˜394@(Payment from Assets Other than Mortgaged
Immovables) (1) A mortgagee may receive payment from assets other than the
mortgaged immovables only for the portion of that mortgagee's claim that is not
paid from the proceeds of the relevant mortgaged immovables. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply if the proceeds of
other assets are to be distributed prior to the proceeds of the mortgaged
immovables. In these cases, each other obligee may demand that the amount to be
distributed to the mortgagee be deposited in order to have the mortgagee
receive payment under the provisions of that paragraph. ˜395@iSuspension of Delivery by Users of Mortgaged
Buildings) (1) A person that uses or profits from a building subject to a
mortgage by virtue of a lease that cannot be duly asserted against the
mortgagee, and that is set forth as follows ("mortgaged building
user") is not required to deliver that building to the purchaser thereof
until 6 months have passed from the time when the purchaser purchased that
building at auction: (i) a person that has been using or
profiting from the building since prior to the commencement of auction procedures; or (ii) a person that is using or
profiting from the building by virtue of a lease given after the commencement of auction procedures by the
administrator of compulsory administration or execution against earnings from immovable collateral. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply if the purchaser,
specifying a reasonable period of time, issues a notice to the mortgaged
building user demanding payment of consideration for a period of 1 month or
more with respect to the use of the building referred to in that paragraph that
has been made after the time of purchase by the purchaser, and no payment is
made within that reasonable period of time. Section 3
Extinction of Mortgages ˜396@iExtinctive Prescription of Mortgages) No mortgage is extinguished by prescription in relation to obligors
and mortgagors unless it is extinguished simultaneously with the claim the
mortgage secures. ˜397@(Extinction of Mortgages by Acquisition by
Prescription of Mortgaged I Immovables) If a person that is neither an
obligor nor a mortgagor has possessed the mortgaged immovables in complete
conformity with the requirements for acquisitive prescription, the mortgage is
extinguished thereby. ˜398@iRenunciation of Mortgaged Superficies) Even if a holder of superficies or
a farming right holder that created mortgage on that holder's superficies or
farming right renounces the relevant rights, the renunciation may not be duly
asserted against the mortgagee. Section 4
Revolving Mortgages ˜398-2@(Revolving Mortgages) (1) Mortgages may be created, by an establishing act, in order to
secure unspecified claims of a certain scope, up to the limit of a maximum
amount. (2) The scope of the unspecified claims to be secured by the
mortgage under the provisions of para (1) ("revolving mortgage") must
be prescribed by limiting the scope to claims arising from specific contracts
with the obligor for continuous transactions or other claims arising from
certain kinds of transactions with the obligor. (3) Claims that arise continuously with the obligor pursuant to a
specific cause, claims under negotiable instruments or checks, or
electronically recorded monetary claims (meaning electronically recorded
monetary claims prescribed in Art 2 para (1) of the Electronically Recorded Monetary Claims Act);
the same applies in Art 398-3 para (2)) may be treated as claims that are to be
secured by a revolving mortgage, notwithstanding the provisions of para (2). ˜398-3@(Scope of Secured Claims under Revolving
Mortgages) (1) A revolving mortgagee may exercise the relevant revolving
mortgage up to the maximum amount with respect to all of crystallized principal
as well as periodic payments including interest and compensation for loss or
damage resulting from failure to perform obligations. (2) If a claim under a negotiable instrument or check or
electronically recorded monetary claim acquired from causes other than the
transactions with the obligor is agreed to be treated as a claim to be secured
by a revolving mortgage, and any of the following grounds exist, that revolving
mortgage may be exercised only with respect to claims acquired before those
grounds arose; provided, however, that even with respect to claims acquired
after the grounds arose, the exercise of the revolving mortgage is not
precluded as far as the claims were acquired without knowledge of those
grounds: (i) the suspension of payments by
the obligor; (ii) a petition to commence
bankruptcy proceeding, the commencement of rehabilitation proceeding, the commencement of reorganization
proceeding or the commencement for special liquidation with respect to the obligor; or (iii) a petition for commencement
of auction procedure in relation to a mortgaged immovables or attachment for disposition of
delinquency. ˜398-4@(Alterations in Scope of Secured
Claims under Revolving Mortgages and of Obligors) (1) The scope of the claims to be secured by a revolving mortgage
may be changed if the change is effected before the principal is crystallized.
The same applies with respect to change of obligors. (2) In order to effect the changes referred to in the preceding
paragraph, it is not required that the approval of third parties including
subordinated mortgagee be obtained. (3) If the change under paragraph (1) is not registered before the
principal is crystallized, it is deemed that the change was not effected. ˜398-5@(Changes in Maximum Amounts of Revolving
Mortgages) Changes in the maximum amount of a revolving mortgage may not be
made unless the consent of the interested parties is obtained. ˜398-6@(Provisions of Principal Crystallization
Date of Revolving Mortgage) (1) With respect to the principal secured by a revolving mortgage,
the date when the principal is to be crystallized may be specified or changed. (2) The provisions of Art 398-4, para (2) apply mutatis mutandis to
the cases referred to in para (1). (3) The date under para (1) must be within 5 years of the day when
the date was prescribed or changed. (4) If registration with respect to a change in the date under para
(1) is not effected before the old date, the principal secured is crystallized
on that old date. ˜398-7@(Assignments of Secured Claims under
Revolving Mortgages) (1) A person that acquires a claim from a revolving mortgagee
before the principal is crystallized may not exercise the revolving mortgage
with respect to that claim. The same applies to a person that made payment for
or on behalf of an obligor before the principal was crystallized. (2) If an obligation is assumed before the principal is
crystallized, the revolving mortgagee may not exercise the revolving mortgage
with respect to the obligation of the person that assumes the obligation. (3) If the assumption of obligation releasing an old obligor is
effected before the principal is crystallized, the obligee may not transfer the
revolving mortgage to the obligation assumed by the new obligor,
notwithstanding the provisions of Art 472-4, para (1). (4) If any novation due to the substitution of the obligee is
effected before the principal is crystallized, the obligee before the novation
may not transfer the revolving mortgage to the obligations after the novation,
notwithstanding the provisions of Art 518 para (1). The same applies to the
obligee in the case of novation due to the substitution of the obligor before
the principal is crystallized. ˜398-8@(Succession of Revolving Mortgagees or
Obligors) (1) If succession involving a revolving mortgagee commences before
the principal is crystallized, the revolving mortgage secures the claims that
exist at the time of the commencement of succession and otherwise secures
claims that were agreed upon by the heirs and the mortgagor of the revolving
mortgage and that an heir acquires after the commencement of succession. (2) If succession involving an obligor commences before the
principal is crystallized, the revolving mortgage secures the obligations that
exist at the time of the commencement of succession and otherwise secures the
claims that were agreed upon by the revolving mortgagee and the mortgagor of
the revolving mortgage and that an heir assumes after the commencement of
succession. (3) The provisions of Art 398-4, para (2) apply mutatis mutandis if
an agreement as referred to in para (1) & (2) is reached. (4) If the agreements referred to in para (1)& (2) are not
registered within 6 months of the commencement of succession, the principal
secured is deemed to have been crystallized at the time of the commencement of
succession. ˜398-9@(Mergers of Revolving Mortgagees or
Obligors) (1) If there is a merger with respect to a revolving mortgagee
before the principal is crystallized, the revolving mortgage secures the claims
that exist at the time of the merger and otherwise secures claims that a
corporation that survives the merger or a corporation that is incorporated by
the merger acquires after the merger. (2) If there is a merger with respect to an obligor before the
principal is crystallized, the revolving mortgage secures the obligations that
exist at the time of the merger and otherwise secures the obligations that a
corporation that survives the merger or a corporation that is incorporated by
the merger assumes after the merger. (3) In the cases provided for in para (1) and (2), the mortgagor of
the revolving mortgage may demand that the principal secured be crystallized;
provided, however, that this does not apply, in the cases referred to in para
(2), if the relevant obligor is the mortgagor of the revolving mortgage. (4) If a demand under the provisions of para (3) is made, the
principal secured is deemed to have been crystallized at the time of the
merger. (5) The demand under the provisions of para (3) may not be made if 2
weeks have passed since the day when the mortgagor of the revolving mortgage
acquired knowledge of the merger. The same applies if 1 month has passed from
the day of the merger. ˜398-10@(Company Splits of Revolving Mortgagees
or Obligors) (1) If, before the principal is crystallized, a company split in
which the relevant revolving mortgagee is the company to be split is effected,
the revolving mortgage secures the claims that exist at the time of the split
and otherwise secures claims acquired after the split by the split company and
the company incorporated by the split, or claims acquired after the split by
the company that succeeded to some or all of the rights and obligations of the
split company regarding its business. (2) If, before the principal is crystallized, a split in which the
relevant obligor is the company to be split is effected, the revolving mortgage
secures the obligations that exist at the time of the split and otherwise
secures obligations that are assumed after the split by the split company and
the company incorporated by the split, or claims acquired after the split by
the company that assumed some or all of the rights and obligations of the split
company regarding its business. (3) The provisions of para (3) thru (5) of Art 398-9 apply mutatis
mutandis to cases under para (1) & (2). ˜398-11@(Disposition of Revolving Mortgages) (1) Before the principal is crystallized, a revolving mortgagee may
not dispose of a revolving mortgage under the provisions of Art 376 para (1);
provided, however, that the revolving mortgagee is not precluded from applying
that revolving mortgage to secure other claims. (2) The provisions of Art 377 para (2) do not apply to payments
made before the principal is crystallized in the cases provided for in the
proviso to para (1). ˜398-12@(Assignments of Revolving Mortgages) (1) Before the principal is crystallized, a revolving mortgagee may
assign a revolving mortgage, with the approval of the mortgagor of the
revolving mortgage. (2) A revolving mortgagee may divide the revolving mortgage into
two revolving mortgages and assign either of the same pursuant to the
provisions of para (1). In this case, the rights for which that revolving
mortgage is the subject matter is extinguished with respect to the revolving
mortgage that was assigned. (3) In order to effect an assignment under the provisions of para
(2), the approval of the person that holds the rights for which that revolving
mortgage is the subject matter must be obtained. ˜398-13@(Partial Assignments of Revolving
Mortgages) Before the principal is crystallized, a revolving mortgagee may,
with the approval of the mortgagor of the revolving mortgage, effect a partial
assignment of the revolving mortgage (meaning assignments of revolving
mortgages that the assignor effects without dividing the revolving mortgage in
order to co-own the same with the assignee; hereinafter the same applies in
this Section). ˜398-14@(Co-Ownership of Revolving Mortgages) (1) Co-owners of a revolving mortgage are paid in proportion to the
amount of their respective claims; provided, however, that if before the
principal is crystallized, a proportion other than the above is agreed upon, or
if it is agreed upon that a certain person will be paid prior to another, that
agreement prevails. (2) A co-owner in a revolving mortgage may, with the consent of the
other co-owners, assign rights of the same pursuant to the provisions of Art
398-12 para (1). ˜398-15@(Assignments or Waivers of Order of
Priority of Mortgages and Assignments or Partial Assignments of Revolving
Mortgages) If a revolving mortgagee that has accepted an assignment or waiver
of the order of priority of a mortgage has assigned or partially assigned that
mortgagee's revolving mortgage, the assignee benefits from the assignment or
waiver of that order of priority. ˜398-16@(Joint Revolving Mortgages) The provisions of Art 392 & 393 apply with respect to a
revolving mortgage only when the fact that the revolving mortgage has been
simultaneously established on several immovable properties to secure the same
claim is registered. ˜398-17@(Changes in Joint Revolving Mortgages) (1) An change in the scope, obligors or maximum amount of the
claims to be secured, or assignment or partial assignment of the revolving
mortgages for which registration is effected in accordance with Art 398-16 does
not take effect unless registration is effected with respect to all immovable
properties over which that revolving mortgages are established. (2) The principal secured by the revolving mortgage for registered
pursuant to Art 398-16 is crystallized even when grounds on which the principal
is crystallized arise only with respect to one immovable property alone. ˜398-18@(Aggregate Revolving Mortgages) A person that has a revolving mortgage on several immovable
properties may exercise the right of priority with respect to the proceeds of
each immovable property up to the respective maximum amounts, except for cases
provided for in Art 398-16. ˜398-19@(Requests for Crystallizing of Principal
of Revolving Mortgages) (1) If 3 years have passed from the time of the creation of a
revolving mortgage, the mortgagor of the revolving mortgage may request the
crystallizing of the principal secured. In this case, the principal secured is
crystallized when 2 weeks have passed since the time of that request. (2) A revolving mortgagee may request the crystallizing of the
principal secured at any time. In this case, the principal secured is
crystallized on the request of the same. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply if the date
on which the principal secured is to be crystallized is specified. ˜398-20@(Grounds for Crystallizing of Principal
of Revolving Mortgages) (1) The principal secured by a revolving mortgage is crystallized
in the following cases: (i) if the revolving mortgagee has
filed, with respect to the mortgaged immovables, a petition for auction or
execution against earnings from immovable collateral or the attachment under
the provisions of Art 304 as applied mutatis mutandis pursuant to Art 372;
provided, however, that this provision applies only if the commencement of
either auction procedures or execution procedures against earnings from
immovable collateral, or an attachment has been effected; (ii) if the revolving mortgagee has
effected an attachment for disposition of delinquency against the mortgaged immovables; (iii) if 2
weeks have passed from the time when the revolving mortgagee acquired knowledge
of the commencement of auction procedures or attachment for disposition of
delinquency against the mortgaged immovables; or (iv) if the obligor or mortgagor of
the revolving mortgage has become subject to an order commencing bankruptcy proceeding. (2) If the commencement of auction procedures, the attachment under
item (iii) of para (1) or the order commencing bankruptcy proceeding under item
(iv) of para (1) ceases to be effective, it is deemed that the principal
secured was not crystallized; provided, however, that this does not apply if a
person has acquired that revolving mortgage or a right for which the revolving
mortgage is the subject matter on the assumption that the principal was
crystallized. ˜398-21@(Requests for Reductions in Maximum
Amount of Revolving Mortgages) (1) After the principal is crystallized, the mortgagor of the
revolving mortgage may request a reduction in the maximum amount of that
revolving mortgage, to the amount of the obligations actually in existence plus
the amount of the periodic payments including interest and the amount of
compensation for loss or damage due to default in obligations that will arise
in the following 2 years. (2) As to the reduction in the maximum amount of a revolving
mortgage registered pursuant to Art 398-16, it suffices to make the request
referred to in para (1) with respect to one of those immovable properties. ˜398-22@(Requests for Extinguishment of Revolving
Mortgages) (1) If the amount of the obligations currently in existence after
the principal is crystallized exceeds the maximum amount of a revolving
mortgage, the person that created the revolving mortgage to secure the
obligations of another person or a third party that has acquired ownership,
superficies, farming rights, or a lease that can be duly asserted against any
third party with respect to the mortgaged immovables may request the
extinguishment of that revolving mortgage on paying or depositing with an
official depository an amount equivalent to that maximum amount. In this case,
that payment or deposit has the effect of performance of the obligation. (2) A revolving mortgage that has been registered pursuant to Art
398-16 is extinguished if the request for extinguishment referred to in para
(1) is made with respect to one immovable property. (3) The provisions of Art 380 and 381 apply mutatis mutandis to the
requests for extinguishment under para (1). Part III
Claims Chapter I
General Provisions Section 1
Subject Matter of Claim ˜399@iSubject Matter of Claim) Even something that cannot be given an estimated monetary value may
be the subject matter of a claim. ˜400@iDuty of Care in Cases of Delivery
of Specific Things) If the subject matter of a claim is the delivery of a specific thing,
the obligor must retain the thing with the due care of a prudent manager, which
is determined in light of the contract or other sources of claims and the
common sense in the transaction, until the delivery. ˜401@iFungible Claim) (1) If the object of a claim is designated only with reference to a
type and its quality cannot be determined in light of the nature of the
juridical act or intention of the parties, the obligor must deliver a thing of
medium quality. (2) In the case referred to in para (1), if the obligor has
completed the acts necessary to deliver the thing, or has designated the thing
the obligor is to deliver with the consent of the obligee, that thing
thenceforth constitutes the subject matter of the claim. ˜402@iMonetary Claim) (1) If the subject matter of a claim is money, the obligor, at the
obligor's own choice, may make the payment in currency of any kind; provided,
however, that this does not apply to if the delivery of a specific kind of
currency is the subject matter of the claim. (2) If the specific kind of currency that is the subject matter of
the claim has lost its mandatory circulating power at the time of the payment,
the obligor must make payment in other currency. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) apply mutatis mutandis if
the delivery of the currency of a foreign state is the subject matter of the
claim. ˜403@iMonetary Claim in Foreign Currency) If the amount of the claim is designated in the currency of a
foreign state, the obligor may make the payment in Japanese currency converted
with the foreign exchange rate at the place of the performance. ˜404@iStatutory Interest Rate) (1) Unless the parties manifest a particular intention with respect
to a claim which bears interest, the rate of the interest is the statutory
interest rate as of the time when the interest first accrues. (2) The statutory interest rate is 3% per annum. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (2), pursuant to the
provisions of Ministry of Justice Order, the statutory interest rate is to
change pursuant to the provisions of para (4) for each term consisting of 3
years. (4) The statutory interest rate for each term is the rate
calculated by adding or deducting the rate equivalent to the difference between
the benchmark rate for the most recent term during which there was a change in
the statutory interest rate pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph
("most recent term of change") and the benchmark rate for the current
term (any part of the ratio which is less than 1% is disregarded), to or from
the statutory interest rate for the most recent term of change. (5) The term "benchmark rate" prescribed in para (4)
means the rate announced by the Minister of Justice as the rate calculated by
dividing, by 60, the sum of the average interest rate for short-term loans for
each month (meaning the average of the interest rates for loans (limited to
loans for a term of less than 1 year) extended by banks in each month)) during
the period from January of the year 6 years prior to the year which contains
the first day of each term to December of the year 2 years prior to the year
which contains the first date of each term (any part of the rate which is less
than 0.1% is disregarded), pursuant to the provisions of Ministry of Justice
Order. ˜405@iIncorporation of Interest into Principal) If the payment of interest corresponding to one year or more is delayed,
and if the obligor does not pay that interest notwithstanding the demand by the
obligee, the obligee may incorporate that interest into the principal. ˜406@iAttribution of Right of Choice in Cases of Alternative Obligation) If the subject matter of the claim is to be determined by a choice
being made from among more than one performance, the right to choose belongs to
the obligor. ˜407@iExercise of Right to Choose) (1) The right to choose under Art406 is exercised by manifesting
the intention to the counterparty. (2) The manifestation of intention referred to in para (1) may not
be withdrawn without the consent of the counterparty. ˜408@iTransfer of Right to Choose) If a claim is due and, notwithstanding a demand by the counterparty
specifying a reasonable period of time, the party that holds the right to
choose does not exercise the right within that period of time, the right to
choose is transferred to the counterparty. ˜409@iRight to Choose of Third
Party) (1) If a third party makes the choice, that choice is made by
manifesting intention to either the obligee or the obligor. (2) In the case prescribed in para (1), if the third party is
unable to make the choice or has no intention to make the choice, the right to
choose is transferred to the obligor. ˜410@iIdentification of Alternative Obligation Due to Impossibility) If a performance included in the subject matter of a claim is
impossible, and the impossibility is by negligence of the party that has the
right to choose, the claim exists to the extent of the remaining performances. ˜411@iEffect of Choice) The choice becomes effective retroactively as of the time of the
accrual of the claim; provided, however, that this may not prejudice the rights
of a third party. Section 2
Effects of Claims Subsection 1
Liability for
Non-Performance ˜412@iTime of
Performance and Delay in Performance) (1) If a fixed due date is assigned to the performance of an
obligation, the obligor is liable for delay from the time that due date
arrives. (2) If an uncertain due date is assigned to the performance of an
obligation, the obligor is liable for delay from the time when the obligor
receives the request for performance after the due date arrives or the time
when the obligor becomes aware of the arrival of that due date, whichever comes
earlier. (3) If no time limit is assigned to the performance of an
obligation, the obligor is liable for delay from the time the obligor receives
the request for performance. ˜412-2@(Impossibility of Performance) (1) If the performance of an obligation is impossible in light of
the contract or other sources of claims and the common sense in the
transaction, the obligee may not request the performance of the obligation. (2) The impossibility of the performance of an obligation based on
a contract as of the time of the formation of the contract does not preclude
claiming compensation for loss or damage that arises from the impossibility of
the obligation pursuant to the provisions of Art 415. ˜413@iObligee's Delay in Acceptance) (1) If the obligee refuses, or is unable, to accept the tender of
the performance of an obligation, and the subject matter of the obligation is
the delivery of a specific thing, it is sufficient for the obligor to retain the
thing by exercising care identical to that the obligor exercises for the
obligor's own property, during the period from the time of the tender of the
performance until the delivery of the thing. (2) If the obligee's refusal or inability to accept the performance
of an obligation results in increasing the expenses for the performance, the
amount of increase is borne by the obligee. ˜413-2@(Impossibility of Performance during Obligor's Delay in Performance
or Obligee's Delay in Acceptance, and Grounds Attributable) (1) If the performance of an obligation becomes impossible due to
grounds not attributable to either party during a period in which the obligor
is liable for delay in performance of the obligation, the impossibility of
performance is deemed to be due to grounds attributable to the obligor. (2) If the obligee refuses or is unable to accept the performance
of an obligation, and the performance of the obligation becomes impossible due
to grounds not attributable to either party after the obligor's tender of the
performance, the impossibility of performance is deemed to be due to grounds
attributable to the obligee. ˜414@(Compelling
Performance) (1) If an obligor voluntarily fails to perform an obligation, the
obligee may request the court to enforce obligor to perform through methods
such as direct compulsion, execution by substitution, or indirect compulsion,
in accordance with the provisions of the Civil Execution Act and other laws and
regulations concerning the procedure for compulsory execution; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the nature of the obligation does not
permit the enforcement. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not preclude claiming
compensation for loss or damage. ˜415@(Compensation
for Loss or Damage Due to Non-Performance) (1) If an obligor fails to perform consistent with the purpose of
the obligation or the performance of an obligation is impossible, the obligee
may claim compensation for loss or damage arising from the failure; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the failure to perform the obligation is
due to grounds not attributable to the obligor in light of the contract or
other sources of obligation and the common sense in the transaction. (2) If the obligee is entitled to claim compensation for loss or
damage pursuant to the provisions of para (1), and any of the following cases
applies, the obligee may claim compensation for loss or damage in lieu of the
performance of the obligation: (i) the performance of the obligation is
impossible; (ii) the obligor manifests the intention
to refuse to perform the obligation; or (iii) the obligation has arisen from a
contract, and the contract is cancelled or the obligee acquires the right to cancel the contract on the ground of the
obligor's failure to perform the obligation. ˜416@iScope of Compensation for
Loss or Damage) (1) The purpose of the claim for compensation for the loss or
damage for failure to perform an obligation is to have the obligor to pay the
compensation for loss or damage which would ordinarily arise from the failure. (2) The obligee may also claim the compensation for damage which
has arisen from any special circumstances if the party did foresee, or should
have foreseen, the circumstances. ˜417@(Method of Compensation for Loss or
Damage) Unless a particular intention is manifested, the amount of the
compensation for loss or damage is determined with reference to monetary value. ˜417-2@(Deduction of Interim Interest) (1) In the case of determining the amount of compensation for loss
or damage in relation to profits to be acquired in the future and deducting an
amount equivalent to interest that is to accrue until the time of acquiring the
profits, the deduction is made by applying the statutory interest rate
applicable as of the time when the claim for the compensation for loss or
damage arises. (2) The para (1) also applies in the case of determining the amount
of compensation for loss or damage to cover expenses to be incurred in the
future and deducting an amount equivalent to interest that is to accrue until the
time of incurring the expenses. ˜418@(Comparative Negligence) If the obligee is negligent regarding the failure to perform the
obligation or the occurrence or spreading of a damage caused thereby, the court
determines the liability for compensation for loss or damage and the amount
thereof by taking these elements into consideration. ˜419@(Special Provisions for Monetary Debt) (1) The amount of the compensation for loss or damage for failure
to perform an obligation to deliver money is determined with reference to the
statutory interest rate as of the time when the obligor first assumes the
responsibility for the delay; provided, however, that if the agreed-upon
interest rate exceeds the statutory interest rate, the agreed-upon interest
rate prevails. (2) The obligee is not be required to prove loss or damage with
respect to the compensation for loss or damage referred to in para (1). (3) The obligor may not raise the defense of force majeure with
respect to the compensation for loss or damage referred to in para (1). ˜420@iLiquidated Damages) (1) The parties may agree on the amount of liquidated damages with
respect to the failure to perform the obligation. (2) The agreement on liquidated damages do not preclude the request
for performance or the exercise of the cancellation right. (3) A penalty is presumed to constitute liquidated damages. ˜421@iLiquidated Damages) The provisions of Art 420 apply mutatis mutandis if the parties
agree in advance to appropriate anything other than money as compensation for
loss or damage. ˜422@iSubrogation for Compensation for
Loss or Damage) If an obligee receives the full value of a thing or right which is
the subject matter of the claim as compensation for loss or damage, the obligor
subrogates the obligee to that thing or right by operation of law. ˜422-2@(Right to Demand Substitute) If the obligor acquires a right or profit as a substitute for the
subject matter of the obligation due to the same cause as the one that has
rendered the performance of the obligation impossible, the obligee may demand
the transfer of the right or reimbursement of the profit from the obligor, to
the extent of the amount of damage sustained thereby. Subsection 2 Obligee's Right of Subrogation ˜423@(Requirements
for Obligee's Right of Subrogation) (1) An obligee may exercise the right of the obligor
("subrogor's right") when it is necessary to do so in order to
preserve the obligee's own claim; provided, however, that this does not apply
to rights which belong exclusively to and are personal to the obligor or rights
which are immune from attachment. (2) The obligee may not exercise the subrogor's right unless and
until the obligee's claim becomes due; provided, however, that this does not
apply to an act of preservation. (3) The obligee may not exercise the subrogor's right if the
obligee's claim is not enforceable by compulsory execution. ˜423-2@(Scope of Exercise by Subrogation) If the obligee exercises the subrogor's right, and the subject
matter of the subrogor's right is divisible, the obligee may exercise the
subrogor's right only to the extent of the amount of the obligee's own claim. ˜423-3@(Payment or Delivery to Obligee) If the obligee exercises the subrogor's right, and the subject
matter of the subrogor's right is the payment of money or delivery of movables,
the obligee may demand that the other party make the payment or delivery to the
obligee. In such a case, if the other party makes the payment or delivery to
the obligee, the subrogor's right is extinguished thereby. ˜423-4@(Defense of the Other Party) If the obligee exercises the subrogor's right, the other party may
duly assert against the obligee any defense that can be asserted against the
obligor. ˜423-5@(Obligor's Authority to Collect and Dispose) Even if the obligee exercises the subrogor's right, the obligor is
not precluded from independently collecting or otherwise disposing of the
subrogor's right. In such a case, the other party is not precluded from
performing the obligation to the obligor with respect to the subrogor's right. ˜423-6@(Notice of Suit to Be Given by Obligee That Has Filed Action
Concerning Exercise of Subrogor's Right) If the obligee files an action concerning the exercise of the
subrogor's right, the obligee must give a notice of suit to the obligor without
delay. ˜423-7@(Obligee's Right of Subrogation to Preserve the Right to Request
Registration) A person that has acquired by assignment from another person a
property for which the acquisition or loss of rights and the change to rights
cannot be duly asserted against a third party unless registered may exercise
the assignor's right to request a third party to complete the registration
procedure if the assignor does not exercise that right. In such a case, the
provisions of Art 423-4 thru 423-6 apply mutatis mutandis. Subsection 3
Obligee's Right to Demand Rescission of Fraudulent Act Division i Requirements for
Obligee's Right to Demand Rescission of Fraudulent Act ˜424@iObligee's Demand for Rescission of Fraudulent
Act) (1) An obligee may demand the court to rescind an act which the
obligor commits knowing that it will prejudice the obligee; provided, however,
that this does not apply if a person that benefits from that act
("beneficiary") does not know, at the time of the act, that the
obligee will be prejudiced. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply to an act with a
subject matter other than property rights. (3) The obligee may make the demand under the provisions of para
(1) ("demand for rescission of fraudulent act") only if the obligee's
claim has arisen from a cause that existed before the act prescribed in para
(1). (4) The obligee may not make demand for rescission of fraudulent
act if the obligee's claim is not enforceable by compulsory execution. ˜424-2@(Special Provisions for Act of Disposing of Property in Exchange
for Reasonable Value) If the obligor commits an act of disposing of a property held
thereby, and, in exchange, acquires a reasonable value from the beneficiary,
the obligee may make demand for rescission of fraudulent act with respect to
that act only if the act satisfies all of the following requirements: (i) the act is actually likely to cause the obligor to engage in a
disposition that will be prejudicial to other obligees such as concealment and
gratuitous conveyance ("concealment or other disposition") by
changing the kind of the property through that disposition such as realization
of immovables; (ii) the obligor, at the time of the act, has the intention to
engage in concealment or other disposition of any property such as money that
the obligor acquires as in exchange for the act; and (iii) the beneficiary, at the time of the act, knows that the
obligor has the intention to engage in concealment or other disposition. ˜424-3@(Special Provisions for Provision of Security to Specific Obligee) (1)The obligee may make demand for rescission of fraudulent act
with respect to an act concerning the provision of a security or extinguishment
of an obligation that is committed by the obligor with regard to an existing
obligation, only if the act satisfies all of the following requirements: (i) the act is committed while the
obligor is unable to pay debts (meaning the condition in which the obligor, due to lack of ability to pay, is generally
and continuously unable to pay debts as they become due); and (ii) the act is committed by the obligor
in collusion with the beneficiary with the intention to prejudice other obligees. (2) If the act prescribed in para (1) is not within the scope of the
obligor's obligation or the time of the act is not such that is required as the
obligor's obligation, and it satisfies all of the following requirements, the
obligee may make demand for rescission of fraudulent act with respect to that
act, notwithstanding the provisions of that paragraph: (i) the act is committed within 30 days
before the obligor became unable to pay debts; and (ii) the act is committed by the obligor
in collusion with the beneficiary with the intention to prejudice other obligees. ˜424-4@(Special Provisions for Substitute Performance for Excessive
Consideration) With respect to an act concerning the extinguishment of an
obligation which has been committed by the obligor, if the value of the payment
or delivery received by the beneficiary exceeds the amount of the obligation
extinguished by that act, and the act satisfies the requirement prescribed in
Art 424, the obligee may make demand for rescission of fraudulent act with
regard to the part other than the part corresponding to the amount of the
obligation extinguished, notwithstanding the provisions of Art 424-3 para (1). ˜424-5@(Demand for Rescission of Fraudulent Act against Subsequent
Acquirer) If the obligee is entitled to make demand rescission for fraudulent
act against the beneficiary, and a person subsequently acquires the property
which has been transferred to the beneficiary, the obligee may also make demand
for rescission of fraudulent act against the subsequent acquirer only in the
situations specified in the following items according to the categories set
forth in the respective items: (i) if the subsequent acquirer acquires the property from the
beneficiary:the subsequent acquirer, at the time of the acquisition, knows that
the obligor's act will be prejudicial to the obligee; or (ii) if the subsequent acquirer acquires the property from another
subsequent acquirer:the relevant subsequent acquirer and all the subsequent
acquirers that previously acquired the property, at the time of their
respective acquisitions, know that the obligor's act will be prejudicial to the
obligee. Division ii Method of Exercising
Right to Demand Rescission of Fraudulent Act ˜424-6@(Demand of Return of Property or Reimbursement of Value) (1) In making demand for rescission of fraudulent act against the
beneficiary, the obligee may demand the rescission of the act committed by the
obligor and also demand the return of the property which has been transferred
to the beneficiary as a result of that act. If it is difficult for the
beneficiary to return the property, the obligee may demand the reimbursement of
its value. (2) In making demand for rescission of fraudulent act against the
subsequent acquirer, the obligee may demand the rescission of the act committed
by the obligor and also demand the return of the property which has been
acquired by the subsequent acquirer. If it is difficult for the subsequent
acquirer to return the property, the obligee may demand the reimbursement of
its value. ˜424-7@(Defendant and Notice of Suit) (1) In an action concerning demand for rescission of fraudulent
act, the person specified in each of the following items according to the
categories set forth in the respective items stands as a defendant: (i) an action concerning demand for
rescission of fraudulent act against the beneficiary: the beneficiary; or (ii) an action concerning demand for
rescission of fraudulent act against the subsequent acquirer: the subsequent acquirer that is the other
party to the demand for rescission of fraudulent act. (2)
If
the obligee files an action concerning demand for rescission of fraudulent act,
the obligee must give notice of suit to the obligor without delay. ˜424-8@(Scope of Fraudulent Act to Be Rescinded) (1) If the obligee makes demand for rescission of fraudulent act,
and the subject matter of the act committed by the obligor is divisible, the
obligee may demand rescission of the act only to the extent of the amount of
the obligee's own claim. (2) The para (1) also applies if the obligee demands the
reimbursement of value pursuant to the provisions of the 2nd
sentence of Art 424-6, para (1) or the 2nd sentence of para (2) of
that Article. ˜424-9@(Payment or Delivery to Obligee) (1) If the obligee demands the return of property from the
beneficiary or subsequent acquirer pursuant to the provisions of the first
sentence of Article 424-6, para (1) or the first sentence of para (2) of that
Article, and the subject matter of the demand for return is the payment of
money or delivery of movables, the obligee may demand that the beneficiary make
the payment or delivery to the obligee or that the subsequent acquirer make the
delivery to the obligee. In such a case, if the beneficiary or subsequent
acquirer makes the payment or delivery to the obligee, they are not required to
make the payment or delivery to the obligor. (2) The para (1) also applies if the obligee demands the
reimbursement of value from the beneficiary or subsequent acquirer pursuant to
the provisions of the 2nd sentence of Art 424-6, para (1) or the 2nd
sentence of para (2) of that Article. Division iii Effect of Exercise of
Right to Demand Rescission of Fraudulent Act ˜425@(Scope of Persons Affected by Upholding Judgment) A final and binding judgment upholding demand for rescission of
fraudulent act is effective against the obligor and all obligees. ˜425-2@(Beneficiary's Right for Counter-Performance Received by Obligor) If an act concerning the disposition of property conducted by the
obligor (excluding an act concerning the extinguishment of an obligation) is
rescinded, the beneficiary may demand that the obligor return the
counter-performance that the beneficiary completed in order to acquire the
property. If it is difficult for the obligor to return the counter-performance,
the beneficiary may demand the reimbursement of its value. ˜425-3@(Restoration of Beneficiary's Claim) If an act concerning the extinguishment of an obligation conducted
by the obligor is rescinded (excluding the case of rescission pursuant to the
provisions of Art 424-4), and the beneficiary returns the payment or delivery
received from the obligor or reimburse its value, this restores the
beneficiary's claim against the obligor to its original state. ˜425-4@(Right of Subsequent Acquirer Subject to Demand for Rescission of
Fraudulent Act) If an act done by the obligor is rescinded by the demand for
rescission of fraudulent act made against the subsequent acquirer, the
subsequent acquirer may exercise the right specified in each of the following
items according to the categories set forth in the respective items; provided,
however, that this is limited to the value of the counter-performance which was
completed by the subsequent acquirer in order to acquire the property from the
predecessor or the value of the claim which was extinguished as a result of the
acquisition of the property by the subsequent acquirer from the predecessor: (i) if the act prescribed in Art 425-2 is rescinded:the
beneficiary's right to demand return of the counter- performance or right to
demand reimbursement of its value from the obligor, which should have arisen
pursuant to the provisions of that Article if the act were rescinded by the
demand for rescission of fraudulent act against the beneficiary; or (ii) if the act prescribed in Art 425-3 is rescinded (excluding the
case of rescission pursuant to the provisions of Art 424-4):the beneficiary's
claim against the obligor, which should have been restored pursuant to the
provisions of Art 425-3 if the act were rescinded by demand for rescission of
fraudulent act against the beneficiary. Division iv Limitation on Period
for Right to Demand Rescission of Fraudulent Act ˜426@iLimitation
on Period for Right to Demand Rescission of Fraudulent Act) No action for demand for rescission of fraudulent act may be filed
if 2 years have passed from the time when the obligee came to know that the
obligor committed the act knowing that it would be prejudicial to the obligee.
The same applies if 10 years have passed from the time of the act. Section 3
Claims and Obligations with Multiple-Parties Subsection 1
General Provisions ˜427@iDivisible Claims and Divisible Obligations) If there are more
than one obligee or obligor, unless a particular intention is manifested, each
obligee or each obligor has rights or obligations in equal ratios. Subsection 2
Indivisible Claims and Indivisible Obligations ˜428@iIndivisible Claim) The provisions of Subsection III (Joint and Several Claims) (excluding
the provisions of Art 433 & 435) apply mutatis mutandis if the subject
matter of a claim is indivisible by nature and the claim is held by two or more
obligees. ˜429@(Novation
or Release between Obligor and One Obligee of Indivisible Claim) Even if there is a novation or release between one of the obligees
of an indivisible claim and the obligor, other obligees may request the obligor
to perform the obligation in whole. In such a case, the benefit which should
have been allocated to that one obligee if that obligee did not lose the
relevant right must be reimbursed to the obligor. ˜430@(Indivisible Obligation) The provisions of Subsection IV (Joint and Several Obligation)
(excluding the provisions of Art 440) apply mutatis mutandis if the subject of
an obligation is indivisible by nature and there are multiple obligors. ˜431@iChanging into Divisible Claims or Divisible
Obligations) If an indivisible claim becomes a divisible claim, each obligee may
request the performance only of the share of the claim to which each obligee is
entitled, and if an indivisible obligation becomes a divisible obligation, each
obligor is liable only for the share of the obligation for which each obligor
is liable. Subsection 3
Joint and Several Claims ˜432@iRequest by Joint and
Several Obligees for Performance) If the subject matter of a claim is divisible by nature, and two or
more persons hold the claim jointly and severally based on the provisions of
laws and regulations or the manifestation of intention of the parties, each
obligee may request the performance in whole or in part for the benefit of all
obligees, and the obligor may perform for each obligee for the benefit of all
obligees. ˜433@(Novation
or Release between Obligor and One Joint and Several Obligee) If there is a novation or release between one of the joint and
several obligees and the obligor, the other obligees may not request
performance of the part concerning the benefit which should have been allocated
to that one obligee if the obligee did not lose the relevant right. ˜434@(Set-Off
between Obligor and One Joint and Several Obligee) If the obligor has a claim against one of the joint and several
obligees, and the obligor invokes a set-off, the set-off becomes effective
against other joint and several obligees as well. ˜435@(Merger
of Obligor with One Joint and Several Obligee) If there is a merger between one of the joint and several obligees
and the obligor, the obligor is deemed to have performed the obligation. ˜435-2@(Principle of Relative Effect) Except in cases prescribed in Art 432 thru 435, any act of one of
the joint and several obligees or any circumstances which have arisen with
respect to one of the joint and several obligees do not become effective in
relation to other joint and several obligees; provided, however, that if one of
the other joint and several obligees and the obligor manifest a particular
intention, their intention prevails with respect to the effect in relation to
the remaining other joint and several obligees. Subsection 4 Joint and Several Obligations ˜436@iRequest
to Joint and Several Obligors for Performance) If the subject
matter of an obligation is indivisible by nature, and two or more persons bear
the obligation jointly and severally based on the provisions of laws and
regulations or the manifestation of intention of the parties, the obligee may
request one of the joint and several obligors, or all of the joint and several
obligors, simultaneously or successively, to perform the obligation, in whole
or in part. ˜437@(Invalidity
of Juridical Act with Respect to One of Joint and Several Obligors) Even if there are grounds for the invalidity or rescission of a
juridical act with respect to one of the joint and several obligors, the
validity of the obligation of other joint and several obligor is not impaired. ˜438@(Novation
between Obligee and One Joint and Several Obligor) If novation takes place between one of the joint and several
obligors and the obligee, the claim is extinguished for the benefit of all
joint and several obligors. ˜439@(Set-Offs
by One Joint and Several Obligor) (1) If one of the joint and several obligors has a claim against
the obligee and invokes a set-off, the claim is extinguished for the benefit of
all joint and several obligors. (2) Until the joint and several obligor that has the claim referred
to in para (1) invokes a set-off, other joint and several obligors may refuse
to perform the obligation to the obligee only to the extent of that joint and
several obligor's share of the obligation. ˜440@(Merger
with One of Joint and Several Obligors) If there is a merger between one of the joint and several obligors
and the obligee, the joint and several obligor is deemed to have performed the
obligation. ˜441@(Principle
of Relative Effect) Except in cases prescribed in Art 438, Art 439 para (1) and Art
440, any circumstances which have arisen with respect to one of the joint and
several obligors is not effective in relation to other joint and several
obligors; provided, however, that if the obligee and one of the other joint and
several obligors manifest a different intention, their intention prevails with
respect to the effect in relation to the remaining other joint and several
obligees. ˜442@iRight to Reimbursement among Joint and Several
Obligors) (1) If one of the joint and several obligors performs the
obligation or otherwise obtain a common discharge in exchange for that
obligor's own property, the joint and several obligor has the right to
reimbursement from other joint and several obligors for the amounts in
proportion to their respective shares of the obligation of the amount of the
property expended by the joint and several obligor in order to obtain the
discharge (if the amount of property exceeds the amount after the common
discharge, the amount thus discharged), regardless of whether the amount
discharged exceeds the amount of the joint and several obligor's own share. (2) The reimbursement under the provisions of para (1) includes the
compensation of the statutory interest which accrues on or after the day of the
performance of the obligation or other discharge, and the compensation for
unavoidable expenses and other loss or damage. ˜443@(Limitation on Reimbursement to Joint and Several
Obligor That Has Failed to Give Notice) (1) If one of the joint and several obligors performs the
obligation or otherwise obtains a common discharge in exchange for that
obligor's own property, while knowing the existence of other joint and several
obligors but without giving notice of the common discharge to the other joint
and several obligors, another joint and several obligor has a defense that can
be duly asserted against the obligee, the other joint and several obligor may
duly assert that defense against the joint and several obligor that obtained
the discharge to the extent of the other obligor's share of the obligation. In
such a case, if the other joint and several obligor duly asserts a set-off as
defense against the joint and several obligor that obtained the discharge, the
joint and several obligor may request the obligee to perform the obligation
which should have been extinguished due to set-off. (2) If one of the joint and several obligors that has performed the
obligation or otherwise obtained a common discharge in exchange for that
obligor's own property, while knowing the existence of other joint and several
obligors, fails to give notice of the acquisition of the discharge to the other
joint and several obligors, and as a result, another joint and several obligor
performs the obligation or performs another act in good faith to obtain
discharge in exchange for that obligor's own property, the other joint and
several obligor may deem that the act performed to obtain the discharge is valid. ˜444@(Allocation of Share of Person
Who Does Not Have Sufficient Financial Resources for Reimbursement) (1) If one of the joint and several obligors does not have the
sufficient financial resources to make the reimbursement, the portion that is
unable to be reimbursed is borne by the joint and several obligor that demands
the reimbursement and the other joint and several obligors that have the
financial resources, in proportion to their respective shares of the
obligation. (2) In the case prescribed in para (1), if neither the joint and
several obligor that demands the reimbursement nor the other obligors that have
the financial resources have shares of the obligation, the portion that is
unable to be reimbursed is borne equally among the joint and several obligor
that demands the reimbursement and the other obligors that have the financial
resources. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1) & (2), if the
joint and several obligor that demands the reimbursement is unable to receive
the reimbursement due to negligence, that joint and several obligor may not
request other joint and several obligors to bear their respective shares of the
obligation. ˜445@iRelease of One Joint and
Several Obligor and Right to Reimbursement) Even if one of the joint and several obligors is released from the
obligation or the prescription period expires for one of the joint and several
obligors, other joint and several obligors may exercise the right to
reimbursement referred to in Art 442 para (1) against that one joint and
several obligor. Subsection 4
Guarantee Obligation Division i
General Provisions ˜446@iResponsibility of Guarantor) (1) A guarantor has the responsibility to perform the obligation of
the principal obligor when the latter fails to perform that obligation. (2) No guarantee contract becomes effective unless it is made in
writing. (3) If a guarantee contract is concluded by electronic or magnetic
record which records the terms thereof, the guarantee contract is deemed to be
made in writing, and the provisions of para (2) apply. ˜447@iScope of Guarantee Obligation) (1) The guarantee obligation includes interest, penalty and
compensation for loss or damage in connection with the principal obligation,
and all other charges secondary to that obligation. (2) A guarantor may stipulate the amount of penalty or compensation
for loss or damage with regard to the guarantor's own guarantee obligation
only. ˜448@(Burden
of Guarantor, and Subject Matter or Terms of Principal Obligation) (1) If the burden of a guarantor is more onerous than the principal
obligation as to either its subject matter or terms, it is reduced to the
extent of the principal obligation. (2) Even if the subject matter or terms of the principal obligation
are made more onerous after the conclusion of a guarantee contract, the burden
of the guarantor remains unchanged. ˜449@iGuarantee of Voidable
Obligations) If a guarantor that guarantees an obligation which may be voidable
due to the principal obligor's limited capacity to act, is aware, at the time
of entering into a guarantee contract, of the cause for its voidability, that
guarantor is presumed to have assumed an independent obligation of the same
subject matter in the event of non-performance by the principal obligor or
rescission of the obligation. ˜450@iRequirements for Guarantor) (1) If an obligor has the obligation to provide a guarantor, that
guarantor must: (i) be a person with capacity to act; and (ii) have sufficient financial resources
to pay the obligation. (2) If the guarantor ceases to meet the requirements set forth in
item (ii) of para (1), the obligee may demand that some other person meeting
the requirements set forth in any item of the same paragraph be substituted for
that guarantor. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply if the
obligee has designated the guarantor. ˜451@iProviding Other Security) If an obligor is unable to provide a guarantor meeting the
requirements set forth in any item of Art 450 para (1), the obligor may provide
other security in lieu thereof. ˜452@iDefense of Demand) If an obligee has requested performance of an obligation from the
guarantor, the guarantor may request the obligee to demand performance of the
principal obligor first; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
principal obligor is subject to an order commencing bankruptcy proceeding or if
the principal obligor's whereabouts are unknown. ˜453@iDefense of Debtor's Financial
Resources) Even after the obligee has made a demand to the principal obligor
in accordance with the provisions of Art 452, the obligee must first execute on
the property of the principal obligor if the guarantor proves that the
principal obligor has the financial resources to pay the obligation and that
the execution can be easily performed. ˜454@iSpecial Provisions for Joint and Several
Guarantee) If a guarantor has assumed an obligation jointly and severally with
the principal obligor, the guarantor does not have the rights set forth in Art
452 & 453. ˜455@iEffect of Defense of Demand and Defense of Debtor's
Financial Resources) If after the guarantor makes a request or gives proof pursuant to
the provisions of Art 452 or 453, the obligee fails to demand or to levy
execution and becomes unable to obtain full performance from the principal
obligor as a result of that, the guarantor is released from the obligation to
the extent that the obligee would have received payment if the obligee had
immediately demanded or levied execution. ˜456@iCases with Multiple
Guarantors) If there are multiple guarantors, the provisions of Art 427 apply
even if their obligations arise from individual acts. ˜457@ (Effect of Circumstance Which
Arises with Respect to the Principal Obligor) (1) The postponement of expiry of prescription period and the
renewal of prescription period due to grounds such as a request for performance
in relation to the principal obligor are also effective in relation to the
guarantor. (2) A guarantor may assert against the obligee a defense that can
be raised by the principal obligor. (3) If the principal obligor has a right to set-off, right to
rescind or right to cancel against the obligee, the guarantor may refuse to
perform the obligation to the obligee to the extent that the principal obligor
should have been released from the obligation by exercising these rights. ˜458@(Effect of Circumstance Which
Arises with Respect to Jointly and Severally Liable Guarantor) The provisions of Art 438, Art 439 para (1), Art 440 & 441
apply mutatis mutandis to circumstances which arise with regard to the
guarantor that bears the obligation jointly and severally with the principal
obligor. ˜458-2@(Obligee's Duty to Provide Information on the Status of Performance
of Principal Obligation) If a guarantor gives a guarantee as requested by the principal
obligor, the obligee, upon request of the guarantor, must provide, without
delay, the guarantor with information concerning whether or not there has been
a default in terms of the principal of the principal obligation or any
interest, penalty or compensation for loss or damage in connection with the
principal obligation or any other charges secondary to the obligation, as well
as the remaining amount of these items and the amount of those already due. ˜458-3@(Obligee's Duty to Provide Information If Principal Obligor
Forfeits the Benefit of Time) (1) If the principal obligor has the benefit of time forfeits the
benefit, the obligee must notify the guarantor to that effect within 2 months
from the time when the obligee comes to know the principal obligor's forfeiture
of the benefit. (2) If the obligee fails to notify the guarantor as referred to in
para (1) within the period referred to that paragraph, the obligee may not
request the guarantor to perform the guarantee obligation for any delay damages
that have accrued after the principal obligor is accelerated and becomes
immediately due until the obligee notifies the guarantor pursuant to the
provisions of that paragraph (excluding those that should have accrued even if
the principal obligor maintains the benefit of time). (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply if the
guarantor is a corporation. ˜459@(Right to Reimbursement of
Guarantor Guaranteeing by Request) (1) If a guarantor gives a guarantee as requested by the principal
obligor, and performs the obligation on behalf of the principal obligor or
performs any other act that causes the obligation to be extinguished in
exchange for the guarantor's own property ("act for extinguishment of obligation"),
the guarantor has a right to reimbursement from the principal obligor for the
amount of property expended for that act (if the amount of property exceeds the
amount of the principal obligation extinguished by the act for extinguishment
of obligation, the amount thus extinguished). (2) The provisions of Art 442, para (2) apply mutatis mutandis to
the cases set forth in para (1). ˜459-2@(Right to Reimbursement in Case of Guarantor Guaranteeing by
Request Who Performed Obligation Before Due Date) (1) If a guarantor gives a guarantee as requested by the principal
obligor and performs an act for extinguishment of obligation before the due
date of the principal obligation, the guarantor has the right to reimbursement
from the principal obligor to the extent that the principal obligor was
enriched at the time of the act. In such a case, if the principal obligor
alleges to have had grounds for set-off prior to the day of the act for
extinguishment of obligation, the guarantor may request the obligee to perform
the obligation which should have been extinguished due to the set-off. (2) Reimbursement under the provisions of para (1) includes the
statutory interest which accrues on and after the due date of the principal
obligation and compensation for loss or damage including expenses which could
not have been avoided even if an act for extinguishment of obligation were
performed on or after the due date. (3) The right to reimbursement referred to in para (1) may not be
exercised before the due date of the principal obligation. ˜460@iRight of Guarantor Guaranteeing by Request
to Reimbursement in Advance) If a guarantor has given a guarantee as requested by the principal
obligor, the guarantor may exercise in advance the right to reimbursement
against the principal obligor if: (i) the principal obligor is subject to an order commencing
bankruptcy proceeding, and the obligee does not participate in the distribution
of the bankruptcy estate; (ii) the obligation is due; provided, however, that no extension of
time granted by the obligee to the principal obligor after the conclusion of
the guarantee contract may be duly asserted against the guarantor; and (iii) the guarantor is, without negligence, rendered a judicial
decision ordering the guarantor to perform the obligation to the obligee. ˜461@iCases in Which a Principal Obligor Reimburses Guarantor) (1) If a principal obligor reimburses a guarantor pursuant to the
provisions of Art 460, the principal obligor may demand the guarantor to
provide security or to obtain an exemption for the principal obligor until the
obligee receives the full satisfaction of the entire obligation. (2) In the case prescribed in para (1), the principal obligor may
be released from the obligation for reimbursement by making a deposit with an
official depository, by providing security, or by procuring the discharge of
the liabilities of the guarantor. ˜462@(Right to Reimbursement of Guarantor Guaranteeing
without Request by Principal Obligor) (1) The provisions of Art 459-2, para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if
a person, that has given guarantee without the request of the principal
obligor, performs an act for extinguishment of obligation. (2) A person that has become a guarantor against the will of the
principal obligor has the right to reimbursement only to the extent currently
enriched. In this case, if the principal obligor asserts to have grounds for
set-off against the obligee prior to the day of the demand for reimbursement,
the guarantor may demand that the obligee perform the obligation which would
have been extinguished by that set-off. (3) The provisions of Art 459-2, para (3) apply mutatis mutandis to
the exercise of the right to reimbursement if the guarantor referred to in para
(1) & (2) performs an act for extinguishment of obligation before the due
date of the principal obligation. ˜463@(Limitation
on Reimbursement for Guarantor Who Failed to Give Notice) (1) If a guarantor gives a guarantee as requested by the principal
obligor and performs an act for extinguishment of obligation without giving
prior notice to the principal obligor, the principal obligor may assert against
the guarantor any defense that could have been asserted against the obligee. In
such a case, if the principal obligor asserts a set-off against the guarantor,
the guarantor may request the obligee to perform the obligation which should
have been extinguished due to the set-off. (2) If a guarantor gives a guarantee as requested by the principal
obligor and performs an act for extinguishment of obligation in good faith
because of the principal obligor's failure to notify the guarantor of the
principal obligor's performance of an act for extinguishment of obligation, the
guarantor may deem that the guarantor's own act for extinguishment of
obligation is valid. (3) If the principal obligor performs an act for extinguishment of
obligation after the guarantor has performed an act for extinguishment of
obligation, the principal obligor may deem that the guarantor's own act for
extinguishment of obligation is valid, not only if the guarantor has given
guarantee against the will of the principal obligor but also if the principal
obligor has performed an act for extinguishment of obligation in good faith
because of the guarantor's failure to notify the principal obligor of the
guarantor's performance of act for extinguishment of obligation. ˜464@(Right to Reimbursement of
Guarantor for Joint and Several Obligation or Indivisible Obligation) A person that has become a guarantor for one of the joint and
several obligors or for one of the indivisible obligors has the right to
reimbursement from the other obligors only to the extent of that person's share
of the obligation. ˜465@iRight of Joint Guarantors to Reimbursement for
One Obligation) (1) If there are multiple guarantors, and one guarantor has paid
the entire amount of the obligation or any amount exceeding that guarantor's
share because the principal obligation is indivisible, or because there is a
special provision to the effect that each guarantor should pay the entire
amount, the provisions of Art 442 thru 444 apply mutatis mutandis. (2) Except in the cases prescribed in para (1), if one of the
guarantors that are not jointly and severally liable has paid the entire amount
or any amount exceeding that guarantor's share, the provisions of Art 462 apply
mutatis mutandis. Division ii
Contract for Revolving
Guarantee by Individual ˜465-2@(Liability
of Guarantor of Contract for Revolving Guarantee by Individual) (1) A guarantor to a guarantee contract under which the principal
obligation is one or more unidentified obligations within a certain specified
scope ("contract for revolving guarantee") and the guarantor is not a
corporation ("contract for revolving guarantee by an individual") is
liable to perform the obligation in terms of the amounts of the principal of
the principal obligation, any interest, penalty and compensation for loss or
damage in connection with the principal obligation, and all the other charges
secondary to the obligation, as well as the amount of any penalty or
compensation for loss or damage which is agreed- upon on with regard to the
guarantee obligation, up to a certain maximum amount which pertains to all of
these amounts. (2) A contract for revolving guarantee by an individual does not
become effective unless it provides for the maximum amount prescribed in para
(1). (3) The provisions of Art 446 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis
mutandis to the provisions concerning a maximum amount prescribed in para (1)
in a contract for revolving guarantee by an individual. ˜465-3@(Principal
Crystallization Date for Contract for Revolving Guarantee by Individual for
Loans) (1) If a contract for revolving guarantee by an individual under
which the scope of the principal obligation includes an obligation to be borne
as a result of loans or receiving a discount of a negotiable instrument
("loan obligation"; "contract for revolving guarantee by an
individual for loans") provides for the date on which the principal of the
principal obligation should be crystallized ("principal crystallization
date"), and it also provides that the principal crystallization date is to
fall on or after the day on which 5 years have passed after the day of the
conclusion of the contract for the revolving guarantee by an individual for
loans, the provisions concerning the principal crystallization date do not
become effective. (2) If a contract for revolving guarantee by an individual for
loans does not provide for a principal crystallization date (or if the
provisions concerning the principal crystallization date do not become
effective pursuant to the provisions of para (1)), the principal
crystallization date is to fall on the day on which 3 years have passed from
the day of the conclusion of the contract for revolving guarantee by an
individual for loans. (3) If a change of the principal crystallization date provided for
in a contract for revolving guarantee by an individual for loans is to be
effected, and the principal crystallization date as changed falls on a day
later than the day on which 5 years have passed after the day of the change,
that change of the principal crystallization date does not become effective;
provided, however, that this does not apply if the change of the principal
crystallization date is effected within 2 months immediately preceding the
principal crystallization date, and the principal crystallization date as
changed falls on a day within 5 years from the original principal
crystallization date. (4) The provisions of Art 446 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis
mutandis to the provisions concerning a principal crystallization date in a
contract for revolving guarantee by an individual for loans and a change
thereof (excluding provisions to the effect that the principal crystallization
date is to fall on a day within 3 years from the day of the conclusion of that
contract for revolving guarantee by an individual for loans, and any change
which is intended to change the principal crystallization date to a day
preceding the original principal crystallization date). ˜465-4@(Grounds for Crystallization of
Principal in Contract for Revolving Guarantee by Individual) (1) The principal of the principal obligation under a contract for
revolving guarantee by an individual is crystallized in the following cases;
provided, however, that in the case set forth in item (i), it is crystallized
only if the procedure for compulsory execution or enforcement procedure of a
security right is commenced: (i) if an
obligee files a petition for compulsory execution or enforcement of any
security right for a claim for payment of money with regard to any property of
the guarantor; (ii) if the guarantor receives an order
commencing bankruptcy proceeding; or (iii) the relevant principal obligor or
guarantor has died. (2) Beyond the case prescribed in para (1), the principal of the
principal obligation under a contract for revolving guarantee by an individual
for loans is crystallized in the following cases; provided, however, that in
the case set forth in item (i), it is crystallized only if the procedure for
compulsory execution or enforcement procedure of a security right is commenced: (i) if the obligee files a petition for
compulsory execution or enforcement of a security right for a claim for payment of money with regard to property
of the principal obligor; or (ii) if the principal obligor receives an
order commencing bankruptcy proceeding. ˜465-5@(Right
to Reimbursement in Contract for Revolving Guarantee When the Guarantor Is a
Corporation) (1) If a contract for revolving guarantee under which the guarantor
is a corporation does not provide for the maximum amount prescribed in Art
465-2 para (1), a guarantee contract under which the principal obligation is an
obligation arising from the right to reimbursement held by the guarantor of the
contract for revolving guarantee against the principal obligor does not become
effective. (2) If a contract for revolving guarantee under which the guarantor
is a corporation and the scope of the principal obligation includes a loan
obligation does not provide for the principal crystallization date, or its
provisions concerning the principal crystallization date or any change thereof
would not become effective should the provisions of Art 465-3, para (1) or (3)
be applied, a guarantee contract under which the principal obligation is an
obligation arising from the right to reimbursement held by the guarantor of the
revolving guarantee contract against the principal obligor does not become
effective. The same applies to a contract for revolving guarantee under which
the scope of the principal obligation includes an obligation arising from the
right to reimbursement. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply if the
guarantor of a guarantee contract under which the principal obligation is an
obligation arising from the right to reimbursement or of a contract for
revolving guarantee under which the scope of the principal obligation includes
an obligation arising from the right to reimbursement is a corporation. Division 3 Special Provisions for
Guarantee Contract for Obligations Arising from Business ˜465-6@(Preparation of Notarial Instrument and Effect of Guarantee) (1) A guarantee contract under which the principal obligation is a
loan obligation assumed for business or a contract for a revolving guarantee
under which the scope of the principal obligation includes a loan obligation
assumed for business does not become effective unless the person that will
become a guarantor manifests, prior to the conclusion of the contract, the
intention to perform the guarantee obligation by means of a notarial instrument
prepared within one month prior to the day of conclusion of the contract. (2) The notarial instrument referred to in para (1) must be
prepared in compliance with the following formalities: (i) the person that will become a
guarantor gives the notary oral instructions regarding the particulars
specified in (a) or (b) below for the category of
contract set forth therein: (a) a
guarantee contract (excluding the one set forth in (b)):the obligee and obligor
of the principal obligation, the principal of the principal obligation, whether
any interest, penalty or compensation for loss or damage in connection with the
principal obligation or any other charges secondary to the obligation are
provided for in the contract and, if so, the details thereof, as well as the
fact that the person that will become a guarantor has the intention to pay the
entire amount of the obligation if the principal obligor fails to perform the
obligation (if the person that will become a guarantor seeks to assume the
obligation jointly and severally with the principal obligor, the intention to
pay the entire amount of the obligation, regardless of whether the obligee has
made a demand to the principal obligor, whether the principal obligor is able
to perform the obligation, or whether the principal obligor has any other
guarantor); or (b) a
contract for a revolving guarantee: the obligee and obligor of the principal
obligation, the scope of the principal obligation, the maximum amount under the
contract for revolving guarantee, whether the principal crystallization date is
provided for in the contract and, if so, the details thereof, as well as the
fact that the person that will become a guarantor has the intention to pay the
entire amount of the obligation with regard to the principal of the principal
obligation and any interest, penalty, and compensation for loss or damage in
connection with the principal obligation and any other charges secondary to the
obligation, which are to arise by the principal crystallization date or the
time when an event that causes the crystallization of the principal takes
place, such as the events set forth in the items of Art 465-4 para (1) or the
items of para (2) of that Article, up to the maximum amount, if the principal
obligor fails to perform the obligation (if the person that will become a
guarantor seeks to assume the obligation jointly and severally with the
principal obligor, the intention to pay the entire amount of the obligation,
regardless of whether the obligee has made a demand to the principal obligor,
whether the principal obligor is able to perform the obligation, or whether the
principal obligor has any other guarantor); (ii) the
notary takes dictation from the person that will become the guarantor, and
reads this aloud to, or allows its inspection by, the person that will become
the guarantor; (iii) the
person that will become a guarantor signs and seals the instrument after having
approved the accuracy of the dictation taken by the notary; provided, however,
that if the person that will become a guarantor is unable to sign, the notary
may include a supplementary note giving the reason therefor in lieu of the
signature of that person; and (iv) the
notary includes a supplementary note to the effect that the instrument has been
prepared in compliance with the formalities set forth in items (i) thru (iii)
and signs and seals the instrument. (3)
The
provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply if the person that will become a
guarantor is a corporation. ˜465-7@(Special Provisions for Formalities of Notarial Instrument on
Guarantee) (1) If a person that will become a guarantor of a guarantee
contract or a contract for a revolving guarantee referred to in Art 465-6 para
(1) is unable to speak, the person must make a statement in front of the notary
of the particulars specified in para (1) item (i), (a) or (b) of that Article
for the category of contract set forth therein, through an interpreter or by
that person's own hand, in lieu of the oral instructions referred to in the
same item. In such a case, to apply the provisions of para (1) item (ii), the
term "oral instructions" in that item is deemed to be replaced with
"statement through an interpreter or by that person's own hand". (2) If a person that will become a guarantor of a guarantee
contract or contract for revolving guarantee referred to in Art 465-6 para (1)
is unable to hear, the notary may convey the content of the dictation taken as
prescribed in para (2), item (ii) of that Article to the person that will
become a guarantor, through an interpreter, in lieu of the reading it aloud as
referred to in the same item. (3) If a notary prepares a notarial instrument in compliance with
the formalities prescribed in para (1) & (2), the notary must include a
supplementary note to that effect on the instrument. ˜465-8@(Preparation of Notarial Instrument and Effect of Guarantee for
Right to Reimbursement) (1) The provisions of Art 465-6 para (1) & (2) and Art 465-7
apply mutatis mutandis to a guarantee contract under which the principal
obligation is a loan obligation assumed for business or a guarantee contract
under which the principal obligation is an obligation relating to the right to
reimbursement held by a guarantor against the principal debtor under a
revolving guarantee contract under which the scope of the principal obligation
includes a loan obligation assumed for business. The same applies to a contract
for revolving guarantee under which the scope of the principal obligation
includes an obligation relating to that right to reimbursement. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply if the person that will
become a guarantor is a corporation. ˜465-9@(Exclusion from Application of Provisions Concerning Preparation of
Notarial Instrument and Effect of Guarantee) The provisions of Art 465-6 thru 465-8 do not apply to a guarantee
contract under which the person that will become a guarantor is any of the
following persons: (i) corporation, its managing administrator, director, executive
officer, or any person equivalent thereto; or (ii) if the principal obligor is a corporation, any of the
following persons: (a) a
person that holds the majority of voting rights of all shareholders (excluding
voting rights in respect of shares that do not allow voting rights to be
exercised for all matters that may be resolved at a shareholders meeting) of
the principal obligor; (b) if
the majority of voting rights of all shareholders of the principal obligor is
held by another stock company: a person that holds the majority of voting
rights of all shareholders of that other stock company; or (c) if
the majority of voting rights of all shareholders of the principal obligor is
held by another stock company and a person that holds the majority of voting
rights of all shareholders of that other stock company: a person that holds the
majority of voting rights of all shareholders of that other stock company; (d) if
the principal obligor is a corporation that is not a stock company: a person
equivalent to the person set forth in (a), (b) or (c); or (iii) a person that conducts business jointly with the principal
obligor (excluding one that is a corporation) or the principal obligor's spouse
who actually engages in the business conducted by the principal obligor. ˜465-10@(Duty to Provide Information upon Conclusion of Contract) (1) If the principal obligor requests a person to give guarantee
for an obligation to be assumed for business as the principal obligation or
give revolving guarantee for an obligation to be assumed for business that is
included in the scope of the principal obligation, the principal obligor must
provide the person so requested with information concerning the following
particulars: (i) the status of assets, and income and
expenditure; (ii) whether
the principal obligor has any obligation other than the principal obligation,
and the amount and status of performance thereof; and (iii) if
the principal obligor has provided or seeks to provide any other security for
the principal obligation, an indication of this and the details of the
security. (2) If, because the principal obligor fails to provide information
concerning the particulars set forth in para (1) items (i) thru (iii) or
provides information that is factually inaccurate, the person requested to
guarantee misunderstands these particulars and manifests the intention to offer
or accept the offer of a guarantee contract based on the misunderstanding, the
guarantor may rescind the guarantee contract if the obligee knew or could have
known that the principal obligor failed to provide information concerning these
particulars or provided information that was factually inaccurate. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply if the person
that gives guarantee is a corporation. Section 4
Assignment of Claims ˜466@iAssignability of Claims) (1) A claim may be assigned; provided, however, that this does not
apply if its nature does not permit the assignment. (2) Even if a party to a claim manifests the intention to prohibit
or restrict the assignment of the claim ("manifestation of intention to
restrict assignment"), the validity of the assignment of the claim is not
impaired. (3) In the case prescribed in para (2), the obligor may refuse to
perform the obligation to a third party such as the assignee that knew or did
not know due to gross negligence that the manifestation of intention to
restrict assignment was made, and may duly assert against such third party any
event that results in extinguishment of the obligation such as payment to the
assignor. (4) The provisions of para (3) do not apply if the obligor does not
perform the obligation, and the third party prescribed in that paragraph makes
a demand to the obligor for the performance to the assignor by specifying a
reasonable period of time, but the obligor does not perform the obligation
within that period. ˜466-2@(Deposit Made by Obligor for Claim Subject to Manifestation of
Intention to Restrict Assignment) (1) If a claim for payment of money subject to the manifestation of
intention to restrict assignment is assigned to a third party, the obligor may
deposit the amount of money equivalent to the full amount of the claim with an
official depository having jurisdiction over the place of performance of the
obligation (including the current domicile of the assignor if the place of
performance of the obligation is determined on the basis of the current
domicile of the obligee). (2) An obligor that has made a deposit pursuant to the provisions
of para (1)h must notify the assignor and the assignee of the deposit without
delay. (3) Only the assignee is entitled to request the refund of the
money deposited pursuant to the provisions of para (1). ˜466-3@(Deposit Made by Obligor for Claim Subject to Manifestation of
Intention to Restrict Assignment) In the case prescribed in Art 466-2 para (1), if an order
commencing bankruptcy proceeding is issued with regard to the assignor, the
assignee (limited to the one that has acquired the full amount of the claim
referred to in that paragraph and that may duly assert the assignment of the
claim against a third party such as the obligor) may have the obligor deposit
the amount of money equivalent to the full amount of the claim with an official
depository having jurisdiction over the place of performance of the obligation
even if the assignee knew or did not know due to gross negligence that the
manifestation of intention to restrict assignment was made. In such a case, the
provisions of Art 466-2 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis mutandis. ˜466-4@(Attachment of Claim Subject to Manifestation of Intention to
Restrict Assignment) (1) The provisions of Art 466 para (3) do not apply to an attaching
obligee that has enforced compulsory execution against a claim that is subject
to the manifestation of intention to restrict assignment. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), if a third party
such as the assignee knew or did not know due to gross negligence that the
manifestation of intention to restrict assignment was made, and the obligee of
the assignee or other third party enforces compulsory execution against the
claim referred to in that paragraph, the obligor may refuse to perform the
obligation and duly assert against an attaching obligee any event that results
in extinguishing the obligation such as payment to the assignor. ˜466-5@(Effect of Manifestation of Intention to Restrict Assignment of
Claim for Deposits) (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Art 466 para (2), the
manifestation of intention to restrict assignment which is made by a party with
regard to a claim for deposits in a deposit account ("claim for
deposits") may be duly asserted against a third party such as the assignee
that knew or did not know due to gross negligence that the manifestation of
intention to restrict assignment was made. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply to an attaching obligee
that has commenced compulsory execution against a claim for deposits that is
subject to the manifestation of intention to restrict assignment. ˜466-6@(Assignability of Claim Yet to Arise) (1) The assignment of a claim does not require the claim to have
already arisen by the time of the manifestation of intention to assign it. (2) If a claim is assigned, and the claim is yet to arise by the
time of the manifestation of intention to assign it, the assignee by operation
of law acquires the claim when it arises. (3) In the case prescribed in para (2), if the assignor makes the
manifestation of intention to restrict assignment by the time when the assignor
gives notice under the provisions of Art 466-5 or the obligor gives consent
under the provisions of that Article ("time of completion of
perfection"), a third party such as the assignee is deemed to have known
this, and the provisions of Art 466 para (3) (or Art 466-5 para (1) if the
claim subject to the manifestation of intention to restrict assignment is a
claim for deposits) apply thereto. ˜467@(Requirement for Perfection of
Assignment of Claim) (1) The assignment of a claim (including the assignment of a claim
that is yet to arise) may not be duly asserted against the applicable obligor
or any other third party, unless the assignor gives notice thereof to the
obligor or the obligor has consented to the same. (2) Notice or consent as referred to in para (1) may not be duly
asserted against a third party other than the obligor unless the notice or the
consent is made using an instrument bearing a certified date. ˜468@iDefense of Obligor upon Assignment of Claim) (1) An obligor may duly assert against the assignee any event that
has taken place with regard to the assignor by the time of completion of the
perfection. (2) For the purpose of the application of the provisions of para
(1) in the case referred to in Art 466 para (4), the phrase "at the time
of the completion of the perfection" in that paragraph is deemed to be
replaced with "at the time when a reasonable period of time referred to in
Art 466 para (4) has elapsed"; and to apply the provisions of that
paragraph in the case referred to in Art 466-3, the phrase "at the time of
the completion of the perfection" in that paragraph is deemed to be
replaced with "at the time when the obligor receives a request from the
assignee referred to in Art 466-3 to make a deposit with an official depository
pursuant to the provisions of that Article". ˜469@(Right
to Set-Off upon Assignment of Claim) (1) An obligor may duly assert against the assignee a set-off based
on a claim against the assignor that the obligor acquired before the time of
satisfaction of the requirement for perfection. (2) The para (1) also applies to a claim against the assignor that
the obligor acquires after the time of the completion of the perfection if the
claim is any of the following; provided, however, that this does not apply if
the obligor acquires a claim of another person after the time of the completion
of the perfection: (i) a claim that has arisen from a cause
that existed before the time of the completion of the perfection; or (ii)
beyond what is set forth in item (i), a claim that has arisen from a contract
under which the claim acquired by the assignee has arisen. (3) To apply the provisions of para (1) & (2) in the case
referred to in Art 466 para (4), the phrase "at the time of the completion
of the perfection" in these provisions is deemed to be replaced with
"at the time when a reasonable period of time referred to in Article 466
para (4) has elapsed"; and to apply these provisions in the case referred
to in Art 466-3, the phrase "at the time of the completion of the
perfection" in these provisions is deemed to be replaced with "at the
time when the obligor receives a request from the assignee referred to in Art
466-3 to make a deposit with an official depository pursuant to the provisions
of that Article". Section 5 Assumption of Obligation Subsection 1 Assumption of
Obligation Not Releasing Obligor ˜470@(Requirements for and Effect of Assumption of Obligation Not
Releasing Obligor) (1) An additional obligor resulting from the assumption of
obligation not releasing an obligor assumes, jointly and severally with the
initial obligor, an obligation of the same content as the obligation assumed by
the initial obligor to the obligee. (2) The assumption of obligation not releasing an obligor may be
effected by a contract between the obligee and the person that becomes the
additional obligor. (3) The assumption of obligation not releasing an obligor may also
be effected by a contract between the initial obligor and the person that
becomes the additional obligor. In such a case, the assumption of obligation
not releasing an obligor becomes effective when the obligee gives consent to
the person that becomes the additional obligor. (4) The assumption of obligation not releasing an obligor to be
effected pursuant to the provisions of para (3) is governed by the provisions
concerning a third party beneficiary contract. ˜471@(Defense by Additional Obligor in Assumption of Obligation Not
Releasing Obligor) (1) An additional obligor may duly assert against the obligee any
defense that could have been asserted by the initial obligor at the time when
the assumption of obligation not releasing an obligor became effective, with
regard to the obligation that the additional obligor has assumed through the
assumption of obligation not releasing the obligor. (2) If the initial obligor has a right to rescind or right to
cancel against the obligee, the additional obligor may refuse to perform the
obligation to the obligee to the extent that the initial obligor should have
been released from the obligation by exercising either of these rights. Subsection 2 Assumption of
Obligation Releasing Old Obligor ˜472@(Requirements for and Effect of Assumption of Obligation Releasing
Old Obligor) (1) A new obligor resulting from the assumption of obligation
releasing an old obligor assumes an obligation of the same content as the
obligation of the initial obligor to the obligee, and the initial obligor is
released from their own obligation. (2) The assumption of obligation releasing an old obligor may be
effected by a contract between the obligee and the person that becomes the
replacing obligor. In such a case, the assumption of obligation releasing an
old obligor becomes effective when the obligee notifies the initial obligor of
the conclusion of that contract. (3) The assumption of obligation releasing an old obligor may also
be effected if the initial obligor and the person that becomes the replacing
obligor conclude a contract and the obligee gives consent to the person that
becomes the replacing obligor. ˜472-2@(Defense by New Obligor in Assumption of Obligation Releasing Old
Obligor) (1) A new obligor may duly assert against the obligee any defense
that could have been asserted by the initial obligor at the time when the
assumption of obligation releasing an obligor became effective, with regard to
the obligation that the replacing obligor has assumed through the assumption of
obligation releasing the obligor. (2) If the old obligor has a right to rescind or right to cancel
against the obligee, the new obligor may refuse to perform the obligation to
the obligee to the extent that the initial obligor could have been released
from the obligation by exercising either of these rights should the assumption
of obligation releasing the obligor not be effected. ˜472-3@(Right to Reimbursement of New Obligor Resulting from Assumption of
Obligation Releasing Old Obligor) A new obligor resulting from the assumption of obligation releasing
an old obligor does not acquire a right to reimbursement from the obligor. ˜472-4@(Transfer of Security Resulting from Assumption of Obligation
Releasing Old Obligor) (1) An obligee may transfer a security right that has been created
as security for the obligation from which the initial obligor is released
pursuant to the provisions of Art 472 para (1) to the obligation assumed by the
replacing obligor; provided, however, that if a person other than the replacing
obligor created the security right, the obligee must obtain consent from that
person. (2) The transfer of a security right under the provisions of para
(1) must be effected by manifesting the intention to the replacing obligor in
advance or upon the transfer. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) apply mutatis mutandis if
there is a person that gave guarantee for the obligation from which the initial
obligor is released pursuant to the provisions of Art 472 para (1). (4) In the case referred to in para (3), the consent referred to in
para (1) as applied mutatis mutandis pursuant to para (3) does not become
effective unless it is given in writing. (5) If the consent referred to in para (4) is given by means of an
electronic or magnetic record in which its content is recorded, the consent is
deemed to have been given in writing, and the provisions of that paragraph
apply thereto. Section 6 Extinction of Claims Subsection 1 Performance Division i General Provisions ˜473@(Performance) If the obligor performs an obligation to the obligee, the claim is
extinguished. ˜474@iPerformance by Third Parties) (1) A third party may also perform an obligation. (2) A third party that has no legitimate interest in performing an
obligation may not perform the obligation against the will of the obligor;
provided, however, that this does not apply if the obligee did not know that
the performance is against the will of the obligor. (3) The third party prescribed in para (2) may not perform the
obligation against the will of the obligee; provided, however, that this does
not apply if the third party performs the obligation as requested by the
obligor, and the obligee knew this. (4) The provisions of para (1) thru (3) do not apply if the nature of
an obligation does not permit the performance by a third party or if a party
manifests the intention to prohibit or restrict the performance by a third
party. ˜475@(Recovery
of Thing Transferred in Performance of Obligation) If a person effecting performance has delivered a thing owned by
another person in performance of the obligation, the person so effecting
performance may not recover that thing without effecting valid performance de
novo. ˜476@(Effect
of Performance If Thing Delivered in Performance of Obligation Is Consumed or
Assigned) In a case as referred to in Art 475, if an obligee in good faith
consumes or assigns things received in performance of an obligation, that
performance is valid. In such a case, if the obligee has received a claim for
compensation from a third party, the obligee is not precluded from seeking
reimbursement from the person performing the obligation. ˜477@(Performance
by Payment into Account for Deposits) Performance made by making payment into the obligee's account for
deposits becomes effective when the obligee acquires a right to demand the
refund of the amount paid, against the obligor of the claim to be paid from
deposits. ˜478@(Performance
to Person That Appears to Be Authorized to Accept) Performance made to a person that does not constitute a person
authorized to accept the performance (meaning the obligee or a third party
authorized to accept performance based on the provisions of laws and
regulations or the manifestation of intention of the parties) but that appears
to be the person authorized to accept the performance in light of common sense
in the transaction is effective only if the person effecting performance was
acting in good faith and without negligence. ˜479@iPerformance
to Person Other Than Person with Right to Performance) Except as provided in Art 478, any performance made to a person
other than the person with right to performance is effective only to the extent
that the obligee is enriched as a result thereof. ˜481@(Performance by Third Party Obligor of
Claim Attached) (1) If a third party obligor of a claim that has been attached
performs the obligation to that third party's own obligee, the attaching
obligee is entitled to request the third party obligor to perform the
obligation de novo to the extent of the damage sustained by the attaching
obligee. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not preclude the relevant third
party obligor from exercising the right to reimbursement from the obligee. ˜482@iSubstitute Performance)(Accord and Satisfaction) If a person that has right to perform an obligation
("performer") concludes a contract with the obligee to the effect
that the person is to have the obligation extinguished by making, in lieu of
the payment or delivery to be performed by the obligor, another type of payment
or delivery, and the performer makes that other type of payment or delivery,
the payment or delivery thus made has the same effect as that of the
performance of the obligation. ˜483@iDelivery of Specific Thing on
As-Is Basis) If the subject matter of a claim is the delivery of a specific
thing, and the quality of the thing may not be determined as of the time when
the delivery is due in light of the cause from which the claim has arisen such
as a contract and the common sense in the transaction, the person that performs
the obligation must deliver the thing on an "as-is" basis as of the
time when the delivery is due. ˜484@iPlace and Time of Performance) (1) Unless a particular intention is manifested with respect to the
place where the performance should take place, the delivery of a specific thing
must be effected at the place where that thing was located when the relevant
claim accrued, and the discharge of any other obligation must be effected at
the current domicile of the obligee. (2) If the trading hours are specified by laws and regulations or
customs, performance may be made or demanded only within the trading hours. ˜485@iExpense of Performance) Unless a particular intention is manifested with respect to the
expenses of performance, those expenses are borne by the obligor; provided,
however, that if the obligee caused the expenses of performance to increase by
relocating the domicile thereof or taking any other act, the amount of increase
due to this is borne by the obligee. ˜486@iRequest for Issuance of Receipt) A person performing an obligation may request the person accepting
the performance to issue a receipt. ˜487@iRequest for Return of Instrument
Evidencing Claims) If there is an instrument evidencing a claim and the person making
the performance has made full performance, that person may demand the return of
the instrument. ˜488@(Appropriation
of One Payment or Delivery among Two or More Obligations Requiring the Same
Kind of Payment or Delivery) (1) If an obligor bears to a single obligee two or more obligations
which require the same kind of payment or delivery, and the payment or delivery
provided in performance of the obligations is not sufficient to extinguish all
of these obligations (excluding the case prescribed in Art 489 para (1)), the
person that makes the performance may, at the time of the payment or delivery,
designate a particular obligation to which that performance should be
appropriated before any others. (2) If the person performing an obligation does not make the
designation under the provisions of para (1), the person receiving the
performance may, at the time of such receipt, designate a particular obligation
to which such performance should be appropriated before any others; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the person performing the obligation
immediately raises an objection to that appropriation. (3) The designation of the appropriation of the performance under
para (1) & (2) is effected thru a manifestation of intention to the
counterparty. (4) Neither the person that makes the performance nor the person
that accepts the performance makes designation under the provisions of para (1)
or (2), the performance is appropriated pursuant to the provisions of the
following items: (i) if
the obligations include those which are due and those which are not yet due,
the performance is appropriated to those which are due; (ii) if
all obligations are due, or none of the obligations is due, the performance is
appropriated in the order of the obligations which are to result in more
benefit to the obligor when performed; (iii) if
all obligations would have equal benefit to the obligor when performed, the
performance is appropriated in the order of the obligations which have, or
should have, the earliest due date; or (iv) the
performance of obligations which are equal in terms of the particulars set
forth in item (ii) & (iii) is appropriated in proportion to the amount of
each obligation. ˜489@(Appropriation
to Principal, Interest and Expenses Payable) (1) If the obligor is liable to pay interest and expenses in
addition to principal with respect to one or more obligations (if the obligor
bears two or more obligations, limited to when the obligor bears these
obligations requiring the same kind of payment or delivery to the same
obligee), and the person that performs the obligations makes payment or
delivery which is not sufficient to extinguish the obligation in its entirety
must be appropriated first to expenses, and then to interest and principal, in
this order. (2) The provisions of Art 488 apply mutatis mutandis in the case
referred to in para (1) in which the person makes payment or delivery which is
not sufficient to extinguish any of expenses, interest or principal in whole. ˜490@(Appropriation
of Performance by Agreement) Notwithstanding the provisions of Art 488 & 489, if the person
that makes performance and the person that accepts performance agree on the
order of appropriation of performance, the performance is appropriated
according to the agreed-upon order. ˜491@(Appropriation
in Cases More Than One Performance Should Be Tendered) If more than one performance should be tendered to discharge a
single obligation, if the person that must perform tenders any performance
which is not sufficient to extinguish such obligation in its entirety, the
provisions of Art 488 thru 490 apply mutatis mutandis. ˜492@iEffect of Tender of Performances) Upon tendering the performance, the obligor is relieved from any
and all responsibilities which may arise from the non-performance of the
obligation. ˜493@iMethod of Tender of Performances) The tender of the performance must be made actually consistent with
the main purport of the obligation; provided, however, that if the obligee
refuses to accept that performance in advance or if any act is required on the
part of the obligee with respect to the performance of the obligation, it is
sufficient for the obligor to request the acceptance thereof by giving a notice
that the tender of the performance has been prepared. Division ii
Deposit of Subject-Matter of Performance ˜494@iDeposit) In the following cases, a performer may deposit the subject matter
of the performance with an official depository for the benefit of the obligee.
In such a case, the claim is extinguished when the performer makes the deposit: (i) the performer tenders the
performance, and the obligee refuses to accept it; or (ii) the obligee is unable to accept the
performance. (2) The para (1) also applies if the performer is unable to
ascertain the obligee; provided, however, that this does not apply if the performer
is negligent in this respect. ˜495@iMethod of Deposit) (1) The deposit under the provisions of Art 494 must be made with
the official depository having jurisdiction over the place where the relevant
obligation is performed. (2) If there is no specific provision in laws and regulations with
respect to the official depository, the court, at the request of the performer,
must designate the depository and appoint a custodian of the thing to be
deposited. (3) A person that has effected a deposit pursuant to the provisions
of Art 494 must notify the obligee of the deposit without delay. ˜496@iRecovery of Deposited Thing) (1) As long as the obligee does not accept the deposit, or the
judgment which pronounces that the deposit is effective does not become final
and binding, the performer may recover the deposited thing. In such case, it is
deemed that no deposit has been effected. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply in cases any pledge or
mortgage has been extinguished due to the deposit. ˜497@iThing
Not Suitable for Deposit) In the following cases, the performer may, with the permission of
the court, sell the thing that is the subject matter of performance at public
auction and deposit the proceeds of such sales with an official depository: (i) the thing is not suitable for deposit; (ii) the price of the thing is likely to decline due to causes such
as loss and damage; (iii) excessive expenses are required for the preservation of the
thing; or (iv) beyond the cases set forth in item (i) thru (iii), there are
circumstances that make it difficult to deposit the thing. ˜498@(Demand
for Return of Deposited Thing) (1) If the property that is the subject matter of performance or
the proceeds referred to in Art 497 are deposited, the obligee may demand the
return of the deposited thing. (2) If the obligor is to effect performance in exchange for payment
or delivery by the obligee, the obligee may not receive deposited thing without
making that payment or delivery. Division iii
Subrogation by Performance ˜499@(Requirements
for Subrogation by Performance) A person that has performed the obligation for the benefit of the
obligor is subrogated to the claim of the obligee. ˜500@(Requirements
for Subrogation by Performance) The provisions of Art 467 apply mutatis mutandis in the case
referred to in Art 499 (unless a person with a legitimate interest in making
performance is subrogated to the claim of the obligee). ˜501@iEffect of Subrogation by Performance) (1) A person that is subrogated to the claim of the obligee
pursuant to the provisions of Art499 & 500 may exercise any and all rights
possessed by the obligee as the effect of, and as a security for, the claim
held by the obligee. (2) The exercise of rights under the provisions of para (1) is
allowed only to the extent that the person that is subrogated to the claim of
the obligee is entitled to seek reimbursement from the obligor based on the
person's own rights (if one of the guarantors is subrogated to the claim of the
obligee in relation to other guarantors, only to the extent that the guarantor
is entitled to seek reimbursement from the other guarantors based on that
guarantor's own rights). (3) In the case referred to in para (1), the following provisions
apply in addition to the provisions of para (2): (i) a
third party acquirer (meaning a person that has acquired from the obligor the
property that is the subject of security) is not subrogated to the claim of the
obligee in relation to any guarantors or third-party collateral providers; (ii) one
of the third party acquirers is subrogated to the claim of the obligee in
relation to other third party acquirers in proportion to the price of each
property; (iii) the
provisions of item (ii) apply mutatis mutandis if one of the third-party
collateral providers is subrogated to the claim of the obligee in relation to
other third-party collateral providers; (iv)
between a guarantor and a third-party collateral provider, the subrogation to
the claim of the obligee is effected depending on the number of these persons
involved; provided, however, that if there are two or more third-party collateral
providers, they are subrogated to the claim of the obligee in proportion to the
price of each property with respect to the amount which remains after deduction
of the share of the guarantor; and (v) a
person that has acquired from a third party acquirer the property that is the
subject of security is deemed to be a third party acquirer, and the provisions
of item (i) & (ii) apply thereto; and a person that has acquired from a
third-party collateral provider the property that is the subject of security is
deemed to be a third-party collateral provider, and the provisions of item (i),
(iii) and (iv) apply thereto. ˜502@iSubrogation by Partial Performance) (1) If performance by subrogation occurs with respect to one part
of a claim, the subrogee, with the consent of the obligee, may exercise the
rights of the subrogee together with the obligee in proportion to the value of
the subrogee's performance. (2) Even in a case as referred to in para (1), the obligee may
exercise the obligee's right independently. (3) The right to be exercised by the obligee in the case referred
to in para (1) & (2) prevails over the right to be exercised by the
subrogee with regard to money to be obtained as a result of the exercise of the
rights such as the proceeds from the sale of the property that is the subject
of security for the claim of the obligee. (4) In the case referred to in para (1), the cancellation of a
contract based on the failure to perform the obligation may be effected only by
the obligee. In such a case, the obligee must reimburse to the subrogee the
value of the performance that the subrogee effected plus interest. ˜503@iDelivery of Instrument
Evidencing Claims by Obligee) (1) An obligee that has received full performance by way of
subrogation must deliver to the subrogee the instruments regarding the claim
and any collateral that the obligee possesses. (2) If performance by subrogation occurs with respect to a part of
a claim, the obligee must enter the particulars of that subrogation in the
instruments regarding the claim and allow the subrogee to supervise the custody
of the collateral that the obligee possesses. ˜504@iLoss of Security by Obligee) (1) If there is a person that has legitimate interest in performing
an obligation ("person entitled to subrogation"), and the obligee
causes the security thereof to be lost or diminished intentionally or
negligently, the person entitled to subrogation is relieved from responsibility
to the extent that that person can no longer seek the reimbursement due to the
loss or diminution in the security available upon subrogation. If the person
entitled to subrogation is a third-party collateral provider, the same applies
to a third party that has acquired from the person entitled to subrogation the
property that is the subject of security and to the specific successor thereof. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply if the obligee is found
to have reasonable grounds in light of the common sense in the transaction for
causing the security to be lost or diminished. Subsection 2
Set-offs ˜505@iRequirements for Set-offs) (1) If two persons bear an obligation to each other that has the
same kind of purpose and if both obligations are due, each obligor may be
relieved from the obligation by setting off the value of that obligation
against the corresponding amount of the obligation of the other obligor;
provided, however, that this does not apply if the nature of the obligation
does not permit such a set-off. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), if a party
manifests the intention to prohibit or restrict a set-off, that manifestation
of the intention may be duly asserted against a third party only if the third
party knew or did not know due to gross negligence it. ˜506@iMethod and Effect of Set-offs) (1) Set-offs are effected through the manifestation of one party's
intention to the other. In such a case, no condition or time limit may be added
to the manifestation of intention. (2) A manifestation of intention as referred to in para (1) is
effective retroactive to the time when the obligations of both parties became
eligible to be set-off. ˜507@iSet-offs between Obligations with Different
Places of Performance) Set-offs may be effected even if the places of performance of both
obligations are different. In such case, the party seeking to effect the
set-off must compensate the counterparty for any damage suffered as result of
such set-off. ˜508@(Set-Offs
Using a Claim Extinguished by Prescription as Claim Used to Assert Set-Off) If a claim extinguished by prescription was eligible for set-off
prior to its extinguishment, the obligee may use that claim for the set-off. ˜509@(Prohibition of Effecting Set-offs Against Claims
Arising from Tortious Acts as Passive Sett-Off Claim) The obligor of either of the following obligations may not duly
assert a set-off against the obligee; provided, however, that this does not
apply if the obligee acquires a claim corresponding to the relevant obligation
from another person: (i) an obligation for compensation for loss or damage based on a
tort committed in bad faith; or (ii) an obligation for compensation for loss or damage for death or
injury to person (excluding the one set forth in item (i)). ˜510@(Prohibition of Set-offs Against Any Claim Exempt
from Attachment as Passive Set-Off Claim) If any claim is exempt from attachment, the obligor of that claim
may not assert the set-off as defense against the obligee of that claim. ˜511@(Prohibition of Set-offs Against Any Claim
Subject to Injunction) (Prohibition of Set-Offs Against Any Claim Attached) (1) A third party obligor of a claim which has been attached may
not assert sett-off as defense with any claim acquired after the attachment
against the attaching obligee, but may duly assert against the same a set-off
based using a claim acquired before the attachment. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), if a claim acquired
after the attachment has arisen from a cause that existed before the
attachment, the third party obligor may use that claim for a set-off against
the attaching obligee; provided, however, that this does not apply if the third
party obligor acquires the claim of another person after the attachment. ˜512@(Appropriation
of Set-Off) (1) If an obligee manifests the intention to effect a set-off using
one or more claims held by the obligee against the obligor against one or more
obligations borne by the obligee to the obligor, the claims held and the
obligations borne by the obligee are extinguished by a set-off at the
corresponding amount, in the order of time when they become eligible for
set-off, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties. (2) In the case referred to in para (1), if the claims held by the
obligee that seeks a set-off are insufficient to extinguish all of the
obligations borne by the obligee, the following provisions apply, unless
otherwise agreed upon by the parties: (i) if
the obligee has 2 or more obligations (excluding the case prescribed in item
(ii)), the provisions of Art 488 para (4) items (ii) thru (iv) apply mutatis
mutandis; and (ii) if
the obligee is liable to pay interest and expenses in addition to principal
with regard to one or more obligations borne by the obligee, the provisions of
Art 489 apply mutatis mutandis; in this case, the term "Art 488" in
para (2) of that Article is deemed to be replaced with Art 488 "para (4)
items (ii) thru (iv)". (3) In the case referred to in para (1), if the obligations held by
the obligee that seeks a set-off are insufficient to extinguish all of the
claims held by the obligee, the provisions of para (2) apply mutatis mutandis. ˜512-2@(Appropriation of Set-Off) The provisions of Art 512 apply mutatis mutandis to a set-off if the
claims held by the obligee against the obligor include a claim for which more
than one payment or delivery should be made as the performance of a single
obligation. The same applies to a set-off if the obligations borne by the
obligee to the obligor include an obligation for which more than one payment or
delivery should be made as the performance of a single obligation. Subsection 3 Novation ˜513@iNovation) If the parties conclude a contract which gives rise to a new
obligation that falls under any of the following as a replacement of the
previous obligation, the previous obligation is extinguished by novation: (i) an obligation that makes a material change to the content of
the performance of the previous obligation; (ii) an obligation for which the previous obligor is substituted by
a third party; or (iii) an obligation for which the previous obligee is substituted
by a third party. ˜514@iNovation by Substitution of Obligor) (1) A novation by substitution of obligor may be effected by a
contract concluded between the obligee and a person that becomes the obligor
after the novation. In such a case, the novation becomes effective when the
obligee notifies the obligor prior to the novation of the conclusion of the
contract. (2) The obligor after the novation by substitution of obligor does
not acquire a right to reimbursement from the obligor prior to the novation. ˜515@iNovation by Substitution of Obligee) (1) A novation by substitution of obligee may be effected by a
contract concluded among the obligee prior to the novation, a person that
becomes the obligee after the novation, and the obligor. (2) A novation by substitution of obligee may not be duly asserted
against a third party unless it is made using an instrument bearing a certified
date. ˜518@iTransfer of Security to Obligation After Novation) (1) To the extent of the amount of the obligation prior to the
novation, the obligee (in the case of a novation by substitution of obligee,
the obligee prior to the novation) may transfer the pledge or mortgage created
as the security of that obligation to the obligation in effect after the
novation; provided, however, that if any third party created that security, the
consent of the third party must be obtained. (2) The transfer of the pledge or mortgage referred to in para (1)
must be effected by manifesting the intention to the other party to the
novation (in the case of a novation by substitution of obligee, the obligor) in
advance or upon the transfer. Subsection 4
Release ˜519@iReleasej If an obligee manifests the intention to release an obligor from an
obligation to that obligor, the obligee's claim is extinguished. Subsection 5
Merger ˜520@iMergerj If a claim and obligation becomes vested in the same person, such
claim is extinguished; provided, however, that this does not apply if such a
claim is the subject matter of the right of a third party. Section 7 Negotiable Instruments of
Value Subsection 1 Negotiable Instruments Payable to Order ˜520-2@(Assignment of Negotiable Instrument
Payable to Order) Assignment of a negotiable instrument payable to order does not
become effective unless the instrument is indorsed and delivered to the
assignee. ˜520-3@(Method of Indorsement of Negotiable
Instrument Payable to Order) With regard to assignment of a negotiable instrument payable to
order, the provisions concerning the method of indorsement in the Negotiable Instrument Act apply mutatis mutandis depending on
the nature of the negotiable instrument payable to order. ˜520-4@(Presumption of Right of Holder of
Negotiable Instrument Payable to Order) If the holder of a negotiable instrument payable to order proves
that holder's rights by means of an uninterrupted series of indorsements, the
holder is presumed to lawfully hold rights embodied on the instrument ˜520-5@(Good Faith Acquisition of Negotiable
Instrument Payable to Order) If a person, for any reason, loses possession of a negotiable
instrument payable to order, and the holder of the instrument proves the
holder's rights pursuant to the provisions of Art@520-4, the holder is not obligated to return the instrument;
provided, however, that this does not apply if the holder has acquired the
instrument in bad faith or due to gross negligence. ˜520-6@(Limitation on Defense of Obligor in Case
of Assignment of Negotiable Instrument Payable to Order) The obligor of a negotiable instrument payable to order may not
duly assert against an assignee in good faith any grounds which could have been
duly asserted against the obligee before the assignment of the instrument,
except for the particulars written on the instrument or any result which
necessarily arises from the nature of the instrument. ˜520-7@(Pledge of Negotiable Instrument Payable
to Order) The provisions of Art 520-2 thru 520-6 apply mutatis mutandis to
the creation of a pledge on a negotiable instrument payable to order. ˜520-8@(Place of Payment of Negotiable
Instrument Payable to Order) Payment of a negotiable instrument payable to order must be made at
the current domicile of the obligor. ˜520-9@(Presentation of Negotiable Instrument
Payable to Order and Delay in Performance) Even if a due date is specified for the performance of an obligation
of a negotiable instrument payable to order, the obligor of the instrument is
responsible for the delay on and after the time the holder of the instrument
presents it and requests its performance after the due date has arrived. ˜520-10@(Right to Examine of Obligor of
Negotiable Instrument Payable to Order) The obligor of a negotiable instrument payable to order has the
right, but not the duty, to examine the identity of the holder of the
instrument and the signature and seal affixed thereon; provided, however, that
the payment of the obligation is invalid if the obligor is acting in bad faith
or is grossly negligent. ˜520-11@(Forfeiture of Negotiable Instrument
Payable to Order) A negotiable instrument payable to order may be made invalid
through the public notification proceedings prescribed in Art 100 of the Non-Contentious Case Procedures Act. ˜520-12@(Method of Exercising Right in Case of
Forfeiture of Negotiable Instrument Payable to Order) If the holder of a negotiable instrument payable to order for the
delivery of things such as money or of negotiable instruments of value loses
the negotiable instrument payable to order, and files a petition for public
notification prescribed in Art 114 of the Non-Contentious Case Procedures Act, the
holder may have the obligor deposit the subject matter of the obligation or
have the same perform the obligation in line with the purport of the negotiable
instrument payable to order by providing reasonable security. Subsection 2 Registered Negotiable
Instruments Payable to Holder ˜520-13@(Assignment of Registered Negotiable
Instrument Payable to Holder) Assignment of a registered negotiable instrument payable to holder
(meaning a negotiable instrument on which the name of the obligee is written
with a supplementary note that payment should be made to its holder) does not
become effective unless the instrument is delivered to the assignee. ˜520-14@(Presumption of Right of Holder of
Registered Negotiable Instrument Payable to Holder) The holder of a registered negotiable instrument payable to holder
is presumed to lawfully hold rights embodied on the instrument. ˜520-15@(Good Faith Acquisition of Registered
Negotiable Instrument Payable to Holder) If a person, for any reason, loses possession of a registered
negotiable instrument payable to holder, and the holder of the instrument
proves that holder's rights pursuant to the provisions of Art 520-14, the
holder is not obligated to return the instrument; provided, however, that this
does not apply if the holder has acquired the instrument in bad faith or due to
gross negligent. ˜520-16@(Limitation on Defense of Obligor in Case
of Assignment of Registered Negotiable Instrument Payable to Holder) The obligor of a registered negotiable instrument payable to holder
may not duly assert against an assignee in good faith any grounds which could
have been duly asserted against the obligee before the assignment of the
instrument, except for the particulars written on the instrument or any result
which necessarily arises from the nature of the instrument. ˜520-17@(Pledge of Registered Negotiable Instrument
Payable to Holder) The provisions of Art 520-13 thru 520-16 apply mutatis mutandis to
the creation of a pledge on a registered negotiable instrument payable to
holder. ˜520-18@(Application Mutatis Mutandis of
Provisions on Negotiable Instruments Payable to Order) The provisions of Art 520-8 thru 520-12 apply mutatis mutandis to
registered negotiable instruments payable to holder. Subsection 3 Other Registered
Negotiable Instruments ˜520-19@(Other
Registered Negotiable Instruments) (1) Negotiable instruments on which the name of the obligee is
written, other than negotiable instruments payable to order and registered
negotiable instruments payable to holder, may be assigned or made the subject
of a pledge only in compliance with the formalities concerning the assignment
of claims or the creation of a pledge for this purpose, and only with the
effect of the assignment or the creation. (2) The provisions of Art 520-11 & 520-12 apply mutatis
mutandis to the negotiable instruments referred to in para (1). Subsection 4 Bearer Instruments ˜520-20@(Bearer Instruments) The provisions of Subsection 2 (Registered Negotiable Instruments
Payable to Holder) apply mutatis mutandis to bearer instruments. Chapter II Contracts Section 1 General Provisions Subsection 1 Formation of Contracts ˜521@(Freedom
of Conclusion and Terms of Contract) (1) Unless otherwise provided for in laws and regulations, any
person may freely decide whether or not to conclude a contract. (2) Parties to a contract may freely decide the terms of the
contract, subject to the restrictions prescribed by laws and regulations. ˜522@(Formation
and Formality of Contract) (1) A contract is formed when a party manifests the intention to
offer to conclude a contract ("offer") showing the terms of the
contract and the other party accepts the offer. (2) Unless otherwise provided for in laws and regulations, it is
not required to satisfy any formalities such as preparation of a written
document in order to form a contract. ˜523@(Offers
That Specify Period for Acceptance) (1) An offer which specifies a period for acceptance may not be
revoked; provided, however, that this does not apply if the offeror reserves
the right to revoke. (2) If an offeror does not receive notice of acceptance of the
offer referred to in para (1) within the period referred to in that paragraph,
the offer ceases to be effective. ˜524@(Effect
of Delayed Acceptance) The offeror may deem a delayed acceptance to be a new offer. ˜525@(Offers
That Do Not Specify Period for Acceptance) (1) An offer made without specifying a period for acceptance may
not be revoked until the passage of a reasonable period of time for the offeror
to receive a notice of acceptance; provided, however, that this does not apply
if the offeror reserves the right to revoke. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), an offer referred
to in that paragraph which has been made to a person with whom the offeror is
having a dialogue may be revoked at any time while the dialogue continues. (3) If an offeror does not receive from a person with whom the
offeror is having a dialogue a notice of acceptance of the offer referred to in
para (1) while the dialogue continues, the offer ceases to be effective;
provided, however, that this does not apply if the offeror manifests the
intention to maintain the effect of the offer after the end of the dialogue. ˜526@(Death
of Offeror) If an offeror dies, comes to be in a constant state wherein the
offeror lacks mental capacity, or becomes subject to restrictions on legal
capacity to act after issuing notice of the offer, and the offeror has
manifested the intention not to make the offer effective should any of these
facts occur, or the other party comes to know that any of these facts has
occurred before issuing a notice of acceptance, that offer is not effective. ˜527@(Time
of Formation of Contract When No Notice of Acceptance Is Required) If no notice of acceptance is required due to the offeror's
manifestation of intention or customs of the transaction, a contract is formed
upon the occurrence of any fact which should be regarded as a manifestation of
intention of acceptance. ˜528@(Acceptances
Modifying Offers) If the offeree has accepted the offer by adding a condition or
making other modifications, it is deemed that the offeree has refused the offer
and made a new offer. ˜529@(Offers
of Reward to the Public) A person that makes an offer to the public indicating that a person
that performs an certain act will be given a certain reward ("offer of
reward to the public") is obligated to give the reward to the person that
performs the act, regardless of whether or not the person performing that act
knows of the offer. ˜529-2@(Offers
of Reward to the Public Made by Specifying Period for Performance of Requested
Act) (1) An offeror of reward to the public may not revoke the offer to
the public made by specifying a period during which the requested act should be
performed; provided, however, that this does not apply if, in the offer to the
public, the offeror reserves the right to revoke the offer. (2) The offer to the public referred to in para (1) ceases to be
effective if no person completes the requested act within that period. ˜529-3@(Offers of Reward to the Public Made Without Specifying Period for
Performance of Requested Act) An offeror of reward to the public may revoke the offer to the
public made without specifying a period during which the requested act should
be performed, if no person completes the requested act; provided, however, that
this does not apply if, in the offer to the public, the offeror manifests the
intention not to revoke the offer. ˜530@(Method
of Revocation of Offers of Reward to the Public) (1) Revocation of an offer to the public by the same method as the
one used to make a previous offer to the public is effective in relation to any
person that does not know about it. (2) Revocation of an offer to the public may be carried out by a
method that is different from the one used to make a previous offer to the
public; provided, however, that the revocation is effective only in relation to
persons who know about it. ˜531@iRight to Receive Rewards Offered
to the Public) (1) If more than one person has performed the act requested in an
offer to the public, only the person performing the act first holds the right
to receive the reward. (2) If two or more persons have performed the act referred to in
para (1) simultaneously, each holds the right to receive an equal share of the
reward; provided, however, that the person to receive the reward is selected by
lot if the reward is indivisible by nature or if the offer prescribes that only
one person will receive the reward. (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not apply if the
offeror manifests an intention to the contrary in the offer to the public. ˜532@(Offer
of Reward to Most Outstanding Applicant of the Public) (1) If an offer to the public stipulates that only the most
outstanding applicant is to receive the reward in the event that two or more
persons have performed the act requested in that offer, the offer to the public
is effective only if it specifies an application period. (2) In the cases referred to in para (1), the most outstanding
applicant is judged by a person specified in the offer to the public and if no
such person is specified in the offer, by the person that makes that offer. (3) Applicants may not raise objection to the judge's decision
under para (2). (4) The provisions of Art 531 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis if
the acts of two or more persons are judged to be of the same level. Subsection 2 Effect of Contracts ˜533@iDefense of Simultaneous Performance) A party to a bilateral contract may refuse to perform that party's
own obligation until the other party tenders the performance of that other
party's obligation (including the performance of an obligation to compensate
for loss or damage in lieu of the performance of an obligation); provided,
however, that this does not apply if the obligation of the other party is not
yet due. ˜536@iObligors' Burden of Risk) (1) If the performance of an obligation becomes impossible due to
grounds not attributable to either party, the obligee may refuse to perform
counter-performance. (2) If the performance of an obligation becomes impossible due to
grounds attributable to the obligee, the obligee may not refuse to complete
counter-performance. In such a case, if the obligor benefits from being
released from that obligation, the obligor must reimburse the obligee for the
benefit. ˜537@(Third
Party Beneficiary Contract) (1) If one of the parties promises in a contract to render a
certain performance to a third party, the third party has the right to claim
that performance directly from the obligor. (2) The validity of the contract referred to in para (1) is not
impaired even if a third party does not exist or a third party is not specified
at the time of its formation. (3) In the case referred to in para (1), rights of the third party
accrue when the third party has manifested intention of availing of the benefit
of the contract under that paragraph to the obligor. ˜538@(Determination of Rights of the Third Party) (1) After rights of the third party have accrued pursuant to the
provisions of Art 537, the parties may not modify or extinguish those rights. (2) If, after rights of the third party accrue pursuant to the provisions
of Art 537, the obligor does not perform the obligation to the third party, the
other party to the contract referred to in Art 537 para (1) may not cancel the
contract without the consent of the third party. ˜539@iObligors' Defense) The obligor may duly assert a defense based on the contract
referred to in Art 537 para (1) against a third party that benefits from the
contract. Subsection 3 Transfer of
Contractual Status ˜539-2@iTransfer of
Contractual Status) If one of the parties to a contract made an agreement with a third
party to transfer that party's contractual status to that third party, and the
other party to the contract gives consent to the transfer, the contractual
status is transferred to the third party. Subsection 4
Cancellation of Contracts ˜540@iExercise of Right to Cancel) (1) If one of the parties has the right to cancel pursuant to the
provisions of the contract or the law, the cancellation is effected by
manifestation of intention to the other party. (2) The manifestation of intention referred to in para (1) may not
be revoked. ˜541@(Cancellation
After Demand) If one of the parties does not perform that party's obligation, and
the other party demands performance of that obligation, specifying a reasonable
period of time, but no performance is completed during that period, the other
party may cancel the contract; provided, however, that this does not apply if
the non-performance of the obligations upon the passage of the period is minor
in light of the contract and the common sense in the transaction. ˜542@(Cancellation
Without Demand) (1) In the following cases, the obligee may immediately cancel the
contract without making the demand referred to in Art 541: (i) if the performance of the whole of
the obligation is impossible; (ii) if the obligor unequivocally
manifests the intention to refuse to perform the obligation in whole; (iii) if
the performance of part of the obligation is impossible, or if the obligor
clearly manifests the intention to refuse to perform part of the obligation and
the purpose of the contract cannot be achieved by the performance of the
remaining part of the obligation; (iv) if,
due to the nature of the contract or a manifestation of intention by the
parties, the purpose of the contract cannot be achieved unless the obligation
is performed at a specific time on a specific date or within a certain period
of time, and the obligor fails to perform the obligation at that time or before
that period of time expires; or (v) beyond
the cases set forth in items (i) thru (iv), if the obligor does not perform the
obligation and it is obvious that the obligor is unlikely to perform the
obligation to the extent necessary to achieve the purpose of the contract even
if the obligee makes the demand referred to in Art 541. (2) In the following cases, the obligee may immediately cancel a
part of the contract without making the demand referred to in Art 541: (i) the performance of the part of the
obligation is impossible; or (ii) the obligor clearly manifests the
intention to refuse to perform the part of the obligation. ˜543@iNon-Performance
Due to Grounds Attributable to Obligee) If non-performance of an obligation is due to grounds attributable
to the obligee, the obligee may not cancel the contract under Art 541 &
542. ˜544@iIndivisible Nature of Right to Cancel) (1) If one party to a contract is comprised of two or more persons,
the cancellation of the contract may be effected only by, or against, all of
those persons. (2) In the case referred to in para (1), if the right to cancel is
extinguished with respect to one of the persons that constitute a party to the
contract, it is also extinguished with respect to the other persons. ˜545@iEffect of Cancellation) (1) If one of the parties exercises the right to cancel, each party
assumes an obligation to restore the other party to that other party's original
state; provided, however, that this may not prejudice the rights of a third
party. (2) In the case referred to in the main clause of para (1), if any
monies are to be refunded, interest must accrue from the time of the receipt of
those monies. (3) In the case referred to in the main clause of para (1), if a
thing other than money is to be returned, fruits that have accrued on or after
the time of the receipt of the thing must also be returned. (4) The exercise of the right to cancel does not preclude claims
for compensation for loss or damage. ˜546@(Cancellation of Contract and Simultaneous
Performance) The provisions of Art 533 apply mutatis mutandis to Art 545. ˜547@(Extinguishment of Right to Cancel by Demand) If no period of time is specified for the exercise of the right to
cancel, the other party may issue a notice of demand to the holder of the right
to cancel, specifying a reasonable period of time, to the effect that the
holder of the right to cancel is to give a definite answer as to whether the
holder will cancel or not within that period of time. In this case, if no
notice of cancellation is received within that period, the right to cancel is
extinguished. ˜548@(Extinguishment of Right to Cancel by Damage
Caused to Object Intentionally by Holder of Right to Cancel) The right to cancel is extinguished if the holder of the right to
cancel, intentionally or negligently, causes significant damage to, or makes it
impossible to return the object of the contract, or converts the object into
another kind of thing by processing or alteration; provided, however, that this
does not apply if the holder of the right to cancel does not know of the
holder's right to cancel. Subsection 5 Standard Terms of
Contract ˜548-2@(Agreement on Standard Terms of Contract) (1) In the following cases, a person making an agreement to conduct
a standard transaction (meaning a transaction conducted by a specified person
with an unspecified and large number of persons as the counterparties, in which
the uniformity of the whole or part of the transaction is reasonable to both
parties) ("agreement on standard transaction") is deemed to have made
an agreement on individual terms of the standard form contract (referring to a
collection of provisions prepared by that specific person with the purpose of
applying them as the terms of a contract for a standard transaction): (i) if the person agrees to apply the
standard terms of contract as the terms of contract; or (ii) if the person that has prepared the
standard terms of contract ("preparer of the standard terms")
manifests to the counterparty the intention to apply the standard terms of
contract as the terms of the contract in advance. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), the person is
deemed not to have agreed to any provisions as referred to in that paragraph
that restrict the rights or expand the duties of the counterparty and that are
found, in light of the manner and circumstances of the standard transaction as
well as the common sense in the transaction, to unilaterally prejudice the
interests of the counterparty in violation of the fundamental principle
prescribed in Art 1 para (2). ˜548-3@(Disclosure of Details of Standard Terms) (1) A preparer of the standard terms that conducts or seeks to
conduct a standard transaction must disclose the details of the standard terms
of contract by a reasonable method without delay if the counterparty requests
this within a reasonable period of time before or after an agreement on
standard transaction is made; provided, however, that this does not apply if
the preparer has already delivered to the counterparty a document that contains
the standard terms of contract or provided the other party with an electronic
or magnetic record that contains the same. (2) The provisions of Art 548-2 do not apply if the preparer of the
standard terms of contract refuses the request referred to in para (1) before
an agreement on standard transaction is made; provided, however, that this does
not apply if a temporary communication failure takes place or the preparer has
a legitimate reason to refuse it. ˜548-4@(Amendment to Standard Terms of Contracts) (1) In the following cases, a preparer of the standard terms of
contract may, by amending the standard terms of contract, modify the terms of
the contract without making separate agreements with each of the counterparties
and deem that the parties have agreed to the amended provisions of the standard
terms of contract: (i) if the amendment to the standard
terms of contract conforms to the general interest of the counterparties; or (ii) if
the amendment to the standard terms of contract does not run afoul of the
purpose of the contract, and it is reasonable in light of the circumstances
concerning the amendment such as the necessity of the amendment, the
appropriateness of the details of the amended conditions, whether or not it is
provided in the contract that the standard terms of contract may be subject to
an amendment pursuant to the provisions of this Article, and the details of
such provisions. (2) If a preparer of the standard form contract is to amend the standard
form contract under the provisions of para (1), the preparer must specify the
time when the amendment takes effect, and make the intention to amend the
standard form contract, the details of the amended standard general conditions,
and the time when the amendment takes place known (to the appropriate scope of
persons) by an appropriate method such as using the internet. (3) An amendment to the standard general conditions under the
provisions of para (1) item (ii) does not become effective unless it is made
known (to the appropriate scope of persons) pursuant to the provisions of that
paragraph by the time when the amendment takes effect as referred to in para
(2). (4) The provisions of Art 548-2 para (2) do not apply to an
amendment to the standard terms of contract under the provisions of para (1). Section 2
Gifts ˜549@iGifts) Gifts become effective by the manifestation of intention by one of
the parties to give a certain property to the other party gratuitously, and the
acceptance of the other party thereof. ˜550@iCancellation of Gift Not in Writing) Gifts not in writing may be cancelled by either party; provided,
however, that this does not apply to a portion of the gift for which
performance has been completed. ˜551@(Donor's
Obligation to Deliver) (1) The donor is presumed to have promised to deliver or transfer
the thing or right that is the subject matter of the gift, while maintaining
its condition as of the time when it is specified as the subject matter of the
gift. (2) With respect to gifts with burden, the donor provides the same
warranty as that of a seller, to the extent of that burden. ˜552@iPeriodic Gifts) A gift that is to
be delivered periodically ceases to be effective on the death of the donor or
the donee. ˜553@iGifts or Gifts with Burden) With respect to gifts with burden, beyond what is provided for in
this Section, the provisions regarding bilateral contracts apply mutatis
mutandis, to the extent those provisions are not inconsistent with the nature
of gifts with burden. ˜554@iGifts on Donor's Death) With respect to
gifts that become effective on the death of the donor, the provisions regarding
bequests apply mutatis mutandis, to the extent they are not inconsistent with
the nature of gifts that become effective on the death of the donor. Section 3 Sale Subsection
1 General Provisions ˜555@iSale) A sale becomes
effective when one of the parties promises to transfer certain property rights
to the other party and the other party promises to pay the price for this. ˜556@(Option
Contracts for Purchase and Sales Exercisable by One Party) (1) An option contract for a purchase and sale made by one party
becomes effective when the other party manifests the intention to complete the
purchase and sale. (2) If no period is provided in relation to the manifestation of
intention referred to in para (1), the party to the option contact may issue a
notice of demand to the other party, specifying a reasonable period of time, to
the effect that the other party is to give a definite answer as to whether or
not that party will complete the sale within that period. In such cases, if the
other party fails to give a definite answer within that period, the option
contract for a purchase and sale by one party ceases to be effective. ˜557@iEarnest Money) (1) If the buyer pays earnest money to the seller, the buyer may
cancel the contract by waiving the earnest money, or the seller may cancel the
contract by actually providing the buyer with twice its amount; provided,
however, that this does not apply after the counterparty commences performance
of the contract. (2) The provisions of Art 545 para (4) do not apply to the cases
referred to in para (1). ˜558@iExpenses of Contracts for Sale) The expenses
associated with contracts for sale are borne equally by both parties. ˜559@iMutatis Mutandis Application to Contracts for
Value) The provisions of this Section apply mutatis mutandis to contracts
for value other than contracts for sale; provided, however, that this does not
apply when it is not permitted by the nature of the contract for value. Subsection
2 Effect of Sale ˜560@iSeller's Obligation for Satisfaction
of Requirements for Perfection of Transfer of Rights) The seller bears an obligation to enable the buyer to satisfy the
requirements for perfection of the transfer of the right that is the subject
matter of the sale, such as completing registration. ˜561@iSeller's Obligation When
Purchasing and Selling Rights of Others) If the subject matter of a sale is another person's right
(including a part of a right that belongs to another person), the seller bears
an obligation to acquire the right and transfer it to the buyer. ˜562@(Buyer's
Right to Demand Cure) (1) If the subject matter delivered to the buyer does not conform
to the terms of the contract with respect to the kind, quality or quantity, the
buyer may demand that the seller cure the non-conformity of performance by
repairing the subject matter, delivering the substitute or delivering the
replenishment; provided, however, that the seller may cure the non-conformity
of performance by a method that is different from the method demanded by the
buyer if it does not impose any undue burden on the buyer. (2) If the non-conformity referred to in para (1) is due to grounds
attributable to the buyer, the buyer may not demand that the seller cure the
non-conformity of performance under the provisions of that paragraph. ˜563@(Buyer's
Right to Demand Reduction of Price) (1) In the case prescribed in the main clause of para (1) of Art
562, if the buyer demands that the seller cure the non-conformity of
performance by specifying a reasonable period of time but the non-conformity of
performance is not cured within that period, the buyer may request a reduction
of the price in proportion to the degree of non-conformity. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), in the following
cases, a buyer in good faith may request a reduction of the price immediately
without making demand referred to in that paragraph: (i) if it is impossible to cure the
non-conformity of performance; (ii) if the seller unequivocally
manifests the intention to refuse to cure the non-conformity of performance; (iii) if,
due to the nature of the contract or a manifestation of intention by the
parties, the purpose of the contract is unable to be achieved unless the
performance is carried out at a specific time on a specific date or within a
certain period of time, and the seller fails to cure the non-conformity of the
performance at the time or before the period expires; or (iv)
beyond the cases set forth in items (i) thru (iii), it is obvious that the
seller is unlikely to cure the non-conformity of the performance even if the
buyer makes the demand referred to in para (1). (3) If the non-conformity referred to in para (1) is due to grounds
attributable to the buyer, the buyer may not request a reduction of the price
under the provisions of para (1) & (2). ˜564@(Claim
for Compensation for Loss or Damage and Exercise of Right to Cancel by Buyer) The provisions of Art 562 & 563 do not preclude the buyer from
claiming compensation for loss or damage pursuant to the provisions of Art 415
or exercising the right to cancel pursuant to the provisions of Art 541&
542. ˜565@(Seller's
Warranty in Case of Non-Conformity of Transferred Right to Terms of Contract) The provisions of Art 562 thru 564 apply mutatis mutandis if the
right transferred by the seller to the buyer does not conform to the terms of
the contract (including the case in which the seller fails to transfer part of
a right that belongs to another person). ˜566@(Limitation
on Period of Warranty with Respect to Kind or Quality of Subject Matter) If the subject matter delivered by the seller to the buyer does not
conform to the terms of the contract with respect to the kind or quality, and
the buyer fails to notify the seller of the non-conformity within one year from
the time when the buyer becomes aware of it, the buyer may not demand cure of
the non-conformity of performance, demand a reduction of the price, claim
compensation for loss or damage, or cancel the contract, on the grounds of the
non-conformity; provided, however, that this does not apply if the seller knew
or did not know due to gross negligence the non-conformity at the time of the
delivery. ˜567@(Transfer
of Risk for Loss of Subject Matter) (1) If the seller delivers the subject matter (limited to one that
has been ascertained as the subject matter of the sale) to the buyer, and the
subject matter is lost or damaged after the time of the delivery due to any
grounds not attributable to either party, the buyer may not demand cure of the
non-conformity of performance, demand a reduction of the price, claim
compensation for loss or damage, or cancel the contract, on the ground of the
loss or damage. In such a case, the buyer may not refuse to pay the price. (2) The para (1) also applies if the seller tenders the performance
of the obligation of delivery by delivering the subject matter that conforms to
the terms of the contract, but the buyer refuses to accept or is unable to
accept the performance, and the subject matter is lost or damaged after the
time of the tender of the performance due to any grounds not attributable to
either party. ˜568@iWarranty in cases of Auctions) (1) The successful bidder at an auction based on the provisions of
the Civil Execution Act and other laws
("auction") may cancel the contract or demand a reduction of the
price against the obligor pursuant to the provisions of Art 541 & 542 and
the provisions of Art 563 (including as applied mutatis mutandis pursuant to
Art 565). (2) In the cases referred to in para (1), if the obligor is insolvent,
the successful bidder may demand total or partial reimbursement of the proceeds
against the obligees that received the distribution of the proceeds. (3) In the cases set forth in para (1) & (2), if obligors knew
of the absence of the object or right and did not disclose the same, or if
obligees knew of the absence but demanded an auction, the successful bidder may
claim compensation for loss or damage against those persons. (4) The provisions of para (1) thru (3) do not apply to the
non-conformity with respect to the kind or quality of the subject matter of an
auction. ˜569@iSeller's Warranty for Claims) (1) If the seller of a claim warrants the solvency of the obligor,
it is presumed that the seller warranted the solvency as at the time of the
contract. (2) If the seller of a claim which is not due yet warrants the
future solvency of the obligor, it is presumed that the seller warranted the
solvency as at the due date. ˜570@(Buyer's
Demand for Reimbursement of Expenses for Immovables Subject to Mortgage) If any statutory lien, pledge or mortgage that does not conform to
the terms of the contract exists on immovables that have been purchased, and
the buyer incurs expenses to preserve ownership of the immovables, the buyer
may demand the reimbursement of the expenses from the seller. ˜572@iSpecial Agreement Disclaiming Warranty) Even if the seller makes a special agreement to the effect that the
seller does not warrant in the case prescribed in the main clause of Art 562
para (1) or Art 565, the seller may not be released from that responsibility
with respect to any fact that the seller knew but did not disclose, and with
respect to any right that the seller personally created for or assigned to a
third party. ˜573@iDue Date for Payment of Price) If there is a due date for the delivery of the subject matter of
the sale, it is presumed that the same due date was also agreed upon for the
payment of the price. ˜574@iPlace of Payment of Price) If price is to be paid simultaneously with delivery of the subject
matter of a sale, payment must be made at the place of delivery. ˜575@iOwnership in Fruits and Payment of
Interest on Price) (1) If the subject matter of a sale which has not yet been
delivered bears fruits, the fruits vest in the seller. (2) The buyer bears the obligation to pay interest on the price
beginning from the day of delivery; provided, however, that if a due date is
provided for the payment of the price, it is not necessary to pay the interest
until that due date arrives. ˜576@(Buyer's
Refusal to Pay Price When There Is a Likelihood That the Buyer Will Be Unable
to Acquire Rights) If the buyer is likely to be unable to acquire or likely to lose
the rights that the buyer has bought, in whole or in part, due to grounds such
as the existence of persons asserting rights to the subject matter of the sale,
the buyer may refuse to pay the price, in whole or in part, in proportion to
the degree of that likelihood; provided, however, that this does not apply if
the seller has provided reasonable security. ˜577@(Refusal by Buyer to Pay Price
in Cases Registration of Mortgage Is Found) (1) If a mortgage that does not conform to the terms of the
contract is registered on immovables that have been purchased, the buyer may
refuse to pay the price until the completion of the procedures of the claim for
extinguishment of the mortgage. In such cases, the seller may demand that the
buyer file the claim for extinguishment of the mortgage without delay. (2) The provisions of para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if a
statutory lien or pledge that does not conform to the terms of the contract is
registered on the immovables that have been bought. ˜578@iSeller's Demand for Deposit of Proceeds) In the cases referred to in Art 576 & 577, the seller may
demand that the buyer deposit the proceeds. Subsection
3 Redemption ˜579@iSpecial Agreement on Redemption) The buyer of immovables may cancel the sale by refunding the price
(or any amount specified by agreement if otherwise agreed upon) and costs of
the contract paid by the buyer in accordance with a special agreement on
redemption executed simultaneously with the contract for sale. In such a case,
unless a particular intention is manifested by the parties, it is deemed that
the fruit of the immovables and the interest on the price have been set off
against each other. ˜580@iPeriod for Redemption) (1) A redemption period may not exceed 10 years. If any special
agreement provides for any period longer than this, that period is considered
to be 10 years. (2) If a period for the redemption is agreed upon, no further
extension may be effected subsequently. (3) If no period for the redemption is agreed upon, the redemption
must be effected within 5 years. ˜581@iPerfection of Special Agreement on Redemption) (1) If the special agreement on redemption is registered
simultaneously with the contract for sale, the redemption may be duly asserted
against third parties. (2) The rights of a lessee that satisfies the requirements for
perfection prescribed in Art 605-2, para (1) after the registration referred to
in para (1) is completed may be duly asserted against the seller while the
lease remains effective, limited to a period not exceeding one year; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the lease is entered into with the purpose
of harming the seller. ˜582@iExercise of Right of Redemption by
Subrogation) If an obligee of a seller seeks to effect redemption on behalf of
the seller pursuant to the provisions of Art 423, the buyer may extinguish the
right of redemption by paying the debts of the seller, to the extent of the
balance obtained by deducting the amount the seller is to pay from the current
value of the immovables as evaluated by a court-appointed appraiser, and, if
any positive balance remains, by refunding the same to the seller. ˜583@iImplementation of Redemption) (1) A seller may not effect redemption unless the seller provides
the price and the costs of the contract within the period provided for in Art
580. (2) If a buyer or subsequent acquirer incurs expenses with respect
to immovables, the seller must reimburse those expenses in accordance with the
provisions of Art 196; provided, however, that with respect to beneficial
expenses, the court may, at the seller's request, grant a reasonable period of
time for the reimbursement. ˜584@iSale of Co-ownership Interest with Special
Agreements on Redemption) If one of the co-owners of immovables sells the equity interest
thereof with a special agreement on its redemption and the immovables are then
divided or auctioned, the seller may redeem with respect to the part or price
that the buyer receives or is to receive; provided, however, that any division
or auction effected without notice to the seller may not be duly asserted
against the seller. ˜585@iSale of Co-ownership Interest with Special
Agreements on Redemption) (1) In a case as referred to in Art 584, if the buyer is the
successful bidder at the auction of the immovables, the seller may effect the
redemption by paying the auction price and the costs provided for in Art 583.
In such cases, the seller acquires full ownership of the immovables. (2) If a buyer became the successful bidder at an auction as the
result of the request for division by another co-owner, the seller may not
effect the redemption with respect only to the seller's own interest. Section 4 Exchange ˜586@iExchange) (1) An exchange becomes effective by the mutual promises by the
parties to transfer any property right other than the ownership of money. (2) If one of the parties to an exchange promises to transfer the
ownership of money together with other rights, the provisions for sale
contracts apply mutatis mutandis to that money. Section 5
Loans for Consumption ˜587@iLoans for Consumption) A loan for consumption becomes effective when a first party
receives money or any other thing from a second party, having promised to
return a thing of the same type, quality, and quantity. ˜587-2@(Loan for Consumption Made in Writing) (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of Art 587, a loan for
consumption made in writing becomes effective when a first party promises to
deliver money or any other thing and a second party promises to return a thing
of the same type, quality, and quantity as the thing delivered. (2) The borrower of a loan for consumption made in writing may
cancel the contract until the borrower receives the money or other thing from
the lender. In such a case, if the lender sustains any damage from the
cancellation of the contract, the lender may claim compensation therefor. (3) A loan for consumption made in writing ceases to be effective
if either of the parties receives an order commencing bankruptcy proceedings
before the borrower receives the thing such as money from the lender. (4) If a loan for consumption is made by means of an electronic or
magnetic record in which its content is recorded, the loan for consumption is
deemed to have been made in writing, and the provisions of para (1) thru (3)
apply thereto. ˜588@iQuasi-loans for Consumption) If any person has an obligation to pay money or deliver other thing
under any arrangement, and the parties agree to regard such thing as the
subject matter of a loan for consumption, it is deemed that this establishes a
loan for consumption. ˜589@(Interest) (1) In the absence of any special agreement, the lender may not
demand interest from the borrower. (2) If there is any special agreement referred to in para (1), the
lender may demand from the borrower interest that accrues from the day on which
the borrower receives the thing such as money. ˜590@(Lender's Obligation to Deliver) (1) The provisions of Art 551 apply mutatis mutandis to a loan for
consumption without a special agreement referred to in Art 589 para (1). (2) Irrespective of whether there is any special agreement referred
to in Art 589 para (1), if the thing delivered from the lender does not conform
to the terms of the contract with respect to the kind or quality, the borrower
may return the value of the delivered thing. ˜591@(Timing of Returns) (1) If the parties do not define the time for return of borrowed
things, the lender may demand their return, specifying a reasonable period of
time. (2) The borrower may return the borrowed thing at any time,
irrespective of whether the parties have defined the time of return of the
thing. (3) If the parties defined the time of return of the borrowed
thing, and the lender sustains any damage because the borrower returns the
thing prior to the time of return, the lender may claim compensation therefor
from the borrower. ˜592@(Reimbursement of Value) If the borrower has become unable to return things in the same
kind, quality and quantity as that of the things the borrower received from the
lender, the borrower must reimburse the current value of the things; provided,
however, that this does not apply in the cases provided for in Art 402, para
(2). Section 6
Loans for Use ˜593@iLoans for Use) A loan for use becomes effective if one of the parties promises to
deliver a certain thing, and the other party promises to return the thing when
the contract is terminated after the other party gratuitously uses and makes
profit of the borrowed thing. ˜593-2@(Lender's Right to Cancel Loan for Use Before the Receipt of
Borrowed Thing) The lender may cancel the contract up until the borrower receives
the borrowed thing; provided, however, that this does not apply to a loan for
use made in writing. ˜594@iBorrower's Use and Profit) (1) A borrower must make use of and take the profits of the thing
in compliance with the method of use specified by the contract or by the nature
of the thing which is the subject matter of the contract. (2) A borrower may not allow third parties to make use of or take
the profits of the thing without obtaining the approval of the lender. (3) If a borrower has made use of or taken the profits of the thing
in violation of the provisions para (1) & (2), the lender may cancel the
contract. ˜595@iResponsibility for Costs of Borrowed Things) (1 )The borrower bears the ordinarily necessary expenses of
borrowed thing. (2) The provisions of Art 583 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis to
costs other than the ordinarily necessary expenses referred to in para (1). ˜596@(Lender's
Obligation to Deliver) The provisions of Art 551 apply mutatis mutandis to loans for use. ˜597@(Termination
of Loan for Use upon Expiration of Period of Loan) (1) If the parties specify a period of a loan for use, the loan for
use is terminated upon the expiration of the period. (2) If the parties do not specify a period of a loan for use, but
they specify the purpose of using and making profit from the borrowed thing,
the loan for use is terminated when the borrower finishes using and making
profit from the thing in line with the purpose. (3) A loan for use is terminated upon the death of the borrower. ˜598@(Cancellation
of Loan for Use) (1) In the case prescribed in Art 597 para (2), upon the passage of
a period that is sufficient for the borrower to use and make profit from the
borrowed thing in line with the purpose referred to in that paragraph, the lender
may cancel the contract. (2) If the parties do not specify a period of a loan for use or a
purpose of using and making profit from the borrowed thing, the lender may
cancel the contract at any time. (3) The borrower may cancel the contract at any time. ˜599@(Removal
by Borrower) (1) If the borrower attaches anything to the borrowed thing after
receiving it, the borrower has an obligation to remove the attached thing when
the loan for use is terminated; provided, however, that this does not apply to
anything that is unable to be detached from the borrowed thing or that requires
excessive expenses for the detachment. (2) The borrower may remove anything that the borrower has attached
to the borrowed thing after receiving it. (1)
If
any damage is caused to the borrowed thing after the borrower receives it, the
borrower has an obligation to restore the damaged thing when the loan for use
is terminated; provided, however, that this does not apply if the damage is
caused due to any grounds not attributable to the borrower. ˜600@(Restriction on Period to
Claim Compensation for Loss or Damage and Reimbursement of Costs) (1) Claims for compensation for loss or damage resulting from using
or taking profits of the thing inconsistent with the main purport of the
contract and for the reimbursement of expenditures incurred by the borrower
must be submitted within 1 year from the time when the lender receives the
return of the borrowed things. (2) With regard to the claim for compensation for loss or damage
referred to in para (1), the prescription period does not expire until 1 year
has elapsed from the time when the lender receives the return of the borrowed
thing. Section 7
Leases Subsection
1 General Provisions ˜601@iLeases) A lease becomes effective if one of the parties promises to make a
certain thing available for the other party to use and make profit, and the
other party promises to pay rent for the leased thing and return the delivered
thing when the contract is terminated. ˜602@iShort-term Leases) If a person with no authority of disposition makes a lease
contract, the leases set forth in the following items must not exceed the terms
specified in those items; any longer term specified by a contract is reduced to
the term specified in the relevant item: (i) leases of forest for the purpose of planting or felling trees:
10 years; (ii) leases of land other than the leases set forth in item (i): 5
years; (iii) lease of a building: 3 years; and (iv) lease of movables: 6 months. ˜603@(Renewal
of Short-Term Leases) The terms prescribed in Art 602 may be renewed; provided, however,
that the renewal must be carried out within 1 year prior to the expiration of
the term for land, and within 3 months prior to the expiration of the term for a
building, and within 1 month prior to the expiration of the term for movables. ˜604@iDuration of Lease) (1) The duration of a lease may not exceed 50 years. Even if the
contract prescribes a longer term, that term is considered to be 50 years. (2) The duration of a lease may be renewed; provided, however, that
the term may not exceed 50 years from the time of the renewal. Subsection
2 Effect of Lease ˜605@iPerfection of Lease of Immovables) A lease of immovables, when registered, may be duly asserted against
a third party such as a person that subsequently acquires real rights with
respect to the immovables. ˜605-2@(Transfer of Status of Lessor of Immovables) (1) If a lease is perfected in accordance with the laws and
regulations including Art 605, and Art 10 & 31 of the Act on Land and Building Leases, and the
relevant immovables are assigned, the status of the lessor of the immovables is
transferred to its assignee. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), if the assignor and
the assignee of immovables agree that the assignor reserves the status of
lessor and that the assignee leases the immovables to the assignor, the status
of lessor is not transferred to the assignee. In such a case, if a lease
between the assignor and the assignee or any successor thereof is terminated,
the status of lessor that the assignor has reserved is transferred to the
assignee or any successor thereof. (3) The status of lessor under the provisions of para (1) or the
second sentence of para (2) may not be duly asserted against the lessee unless
the transfer of ownership for the immovables under lease is registered. (4) If the status of lessor is transferred to the assignee or any
successor thereof pursuant to the provisions of parag (1) or the second
sentence of para (2), the assignee or any successor thereof succeeds to the
obligation to reimburse expenses under the provisions of Art 608 and the
obligation to refund the security deposit prescribed in Art 622-2, para (1)
under the provisions of that paragraph. ˜605-3@(Transfer of Status of Lessor of Immovables by Agreement) If the assignor of immovables is the lessor, the status of lessor
may be transferred to the assignee by agreement between the assignor and the
assignee, without the consent of the lessee. In such a case, the provisions of Art
605-2 para (3) & (4) apply mutatis mutandis. ˜605-4@(Demand by Lessee of Immovables for Discontinuation of Disturbance) If the lessee of immovables satisfies the requirements for
perfection prescribed in Art 605-2, para (1), the lessee may seek as specified
in each of the following items in the cases set forth in the respective items: (i) a third party disturbs the lessee's possession of the
immovables:demanding that the third party discontinue disturbance; or (ii) a third party is in possession of the immovables:demanding
that the third party return it. ˜606@iRepairs by Lessor) (1) A lessor assumes an obligation to effect repairs necessary for
using and making profit of the leased thing; provided, however, that this does
not apply if repairs are necessary due to any grounds attributable to the
lessee. (2) A lessee may not refuse if the lessor seeks to engage in an act
that is necessary for the preservation of the leased thing. ˜607@iAct of Preservation against the Will of the
Lessee) If a lessor seeks to engage in an act of preservation against the
will of the lessee and the lessee cannot achieve the purpose of the lease as a
result of this, the lessee may cancel the contract. ˜607-2@(Repairs by Lessee) If repairs are necessary for the leased thing, the lessee may make
repairs in the following cases: (i) the lessee notifies the lessor of the necessity of repairs or
the lessor becomes aware of the necessity of repairs, but the lessor does not
make the necessary repairs within a reasonable period of time; or (ii) there are pressing circumstances. ˜608@iLessee's Demand for Reimbursement of Costs) (1) If a lessee has defrayed (bear) necessary expenses with respect to the
leased thing which ought to be borne by the lessor, the lessee may immediately
demand the reimbursement of the same from the lessor. (2) If the lessee has incurred beneficial expenses with respect to
the leased thing, the lessor must reimburse those expenses on termination of
the lease in compliance with the provisions of Art 196 para (2); provided,
however, that the court may, at the lessor's request, grant a reasonable period
of time for the reimbursement of the same. ˜609@iDemand for Reduction of Rent Due to
Decrease in Profits) If a lessee of land that is meant for cultivation or livestock
farming obtains profits less than the rent due to force majeure, the lessee may
demand that the amount of the rent be reduced to the level of the amount of the
profits. ˜610@(Cancellation
Due to Decrease in Profits) In the cases referred to in Art 609, the lessee referred to in that
Article may cancel the contract if the lessee has made profits less than the
rent for at least 2 consecutive years due to force majeure. ˜611@(Reduction
of Rent Due to Partial Loss of a Leased Thing) (1) If it comes to no longer be possible to use or profit from part
of a leased thing due to grounds such as loss and this is caused by grounds not
attributable to the lessee, the rent is reduced in proportion to the value of
the part that can no longer be used or profited from. (2) If it comes to no longer be possible to use or profit from part
of a leased thing due to grounds such as loss and the lessee is unable to
achieve the purpose of the lease with the remaining part alone, the lessee may
cancel the contract. ˜612@iRestrictions on Assignment of
Lease and Subleasing) (1) A lessee may not assign the lease or sublease a leased thing
without obtaining the approval of the lessor. (2) If the lessee allows any third party to make use of or take the
profits of a leased thing in violation of the provisions of para (1), the
lessor may cancel the contract. ˜613@iEffect of Subleases) (1) If a lessee lawfully subleases a leased thing, the sublessee is
liable to perform an obligation based on the sublease directly to the lessor,
to the extent of the scope of the lessee's obligation based on the lease
between the lessor and the lessee. In such a case, advance payment of rent may
not be duly asserted against the lessor. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not preclude the lessor from
exercising rights against the lessee. (3) If the lessee lawfully subleases a leased thing, the lessor may
not duly assert against the sublessee the cancellation by agreement of the
lease with the lessee; provided, however, that this does not apply if, at the
time of the cancellation, the lessor has a right to cancel due to
non-performance on the part of the lessee. ˜614@iTiming of Payment of Rent) Rent must be paid at the end of the month with respect to movables,
buildings and land for residential purpose, and at the end of the year with
respect to other land; provided, however, that with respect to anything with a
harvest season, the rent must be paid without delay after that season. ˜615@iObligation of Lessee to Give Notice) If a leased thing requires any repair or if a person asserts a
right with respect to a leased thing, the lessee must notify the lessor without
delay; provided, however, that this does not apply if it is already known to
the lessor. ˜616@(Use
and Making of Profit by Lessee) The provisions of Art 594 para (1) apply mutatis mutandis to
leases. Subsection
3 Termination of Leases ˜616-2@(Termination of Lease Due to Loss of the Whole of a Leased Thing) If it comes to no longer be possible to use or profit from the
whole of a leased thing due to grounds such as loss, the lease is terminated
thereby. ˜617@(Notice
of Termination of Leases with Indefinite Terms) (1) If the parties do not specify the term of a lease, either party
may give a notice of termination at any time. In such cases, a lease as set
forth in one of the following items terminates when the term prescribed in that
item has passed after the day of the notice of termination: (i) leases of land: 1 year; (ii) leases of buildings: 3 months; and (iii) leases of movables and party room:
1 day. (2) With respect to leases of land with harvest seasons, the notice
of termination must be given after the end of that season and before the next
start of cultivation. ˜618@(Reservation of Rights to Terminate Leases
with Definite Terms) Even if the parties specify the term of a lease, the provisions of
Art 617 apply mutatis mutandis if one party reserves, or both parties reserve,
the right to terminate during that period. ˜619@iPresumption of Renewal of Leases) (1) If a lessee continues to make use or take the profits of the
thing after the expiration of the term of the lease and a lessor that knows of
the same raises no objection, it is presumed that a further lease is entered
into under conditions identical to those of the previous lease. In such cases,
each party may give a notice of termination pursuant to the provisions of Art
617. (2) If one of the parties has provided security for the previous
lease, the security is extinguished upon expiration of the term; provided,
however, that this does not apply to a security deposit prescribed in Art 622-2
para (1). ˜620@iEffect of Cancellations of Leases) If a lease is cancelled, the cancellation becomes effective solely
toward the future. In such a case, the cancellation does not preclude a claim
for compensation for loss or damage. In cases where a lease is cancelled, the cancellation shall be
effective solely toward the future. In such cases, if one of the parties is negligent, claims for
damages against that party shall not be precluded. ˜621@(Lessee's
Obligation of Restoration) If any damage is caused to the leased thing after the lessee
receives it (excluding any wear of the leased thing caused by the ordinary
manner of using and making profit from it and any aging degradation of the
leased thing), the lessee has an obligation to restore the damaged thing when
the lease is terminated; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
damage is caused due to any grounds not attributable to the lessee. ˜622@(Application Mutatis Mutandis of Provisions on Loan for Use) The provisions of Art 597, para (1), Art 599, para (1) & (2),
and Art 600 apply mutatis mutandis to leases. Subsection 4 Security Deposit ˜622-2@(Security
Deposit) (1) If a lessor receives a security deposit (meaning money to be
delivered by the lessee to the lessor under any name, for the purpose of
securing an obligation to pay money that is owed by the lessee to the lessor
based on a lease, such as an obligation to pay rent; hereinafter the same
applies in this Article), the lessor must return to the lessee the amount that
remains after deducting the amount of the obligation to pay money that is owed
by the lessee to the lessor based on the lease, from the amount of security
deposit received, in the following cases: (i) if the lease is terminated, and the
lessor receives the return of the leased thing; or (ii) if the lessee assigns the lease
lawfully. (2) If the lessee fails to perform an obligation to pay money based
on the lease, the lessor may appropriate the security deposit to the payment of
the obligation. In such a case, the lessee may not demand that the lessor
appropriate the security deposit to the payment of the obligation. Section 8
Employment ˜623@iEmployment) An employment contract becomes effective when a first party
promises to a second party that the first party will engage in work and the
second party promises to pay remuneration for this. ˜624@iTiming of Payment of Remuneration) (1) An employee may not demand remuneration until the work the
employee promised to perform has been completed. (2) Remuneration specified with reference to a period may be
claimed after the passage of that period. ˜624-2@(Remuneration in Proportion to Performance) In the following cases, an employee may demand remuneration in
proportion to the obligation already performed thereby: (i) if the employee is no longer able to engage in work due to any
grounds not attributable to the employer; or (ii) if employment is terminated during the course of performance. ˜625@iRestrictions on Assignment of Employer's
Rights) (1) An employer may not assign the rights of the employer to a
third party without obtaining the employee's consent. (2) An employee may not cause a third party to work on behalf of
the employee without obtaining the employer's consent. (3) If an employee causes a third party to work in violation of the
provisions of para (2), the employer may cancel the contract. ˜626@iCancellation of Employment with Indefinite
Term) (1) If the term of employment exceeds 5 years, or the end of the
term is not fixed, either party may cancel the contract at any time after the
passage of 5 years. (2) A person seeking to cancel a contract pursuant to the
provisions of para (1) must give notice 3 months in advance if the person is an
employer, or 2 weeks in advance if the person is an employee. ˜627@(Notice
of Termination of Employment with Indefinite Term) (1) If the parties have not specified a term of employment, either
party may give notice of termination at any time. In such cases, employment
terminates on the expiration of 2 weeks from the day of the notice of
termination. (2) If remuneration is specified with reference to a period, an
employer's notice of termination may be given with respect to the following
period of time onward; provided, however, that the notice of termination must
be given in the first half of the current period. (3) If remuneration is specified with reference to a period of 6
months or more, the notice of termination referred to in para (2) must be given
3 months before the termination. ˜628@iCancellation of Employment due to Compelling
Reasons) Even if the parties have specified a term of employment, either
party may immediately cancel the contract if there is a compelling reason to do
so. In such cases, if the reasons arise from the negligence of either one of
the parties, that party is liable to the other party for compensation for loss
or damage. ˜629@iPresumption of Renewal of Employment) (1) If an employee continues to engage in that employee's work
after the expiration of a term of employment and the employer knows of this and
raises no objection, it is presumed that the further employment is entered into
under conditions identical to those of the previous employment. In such cases,
each party may give a notice of termination pursuant to the provisions of Art
627. (2) If either party has provided security for the previous
employment, the security is extinguished on the expiration of the term;
provided, however, that this does not apply to fidelity guarantee deposit. ˜630@iEffect of Cancellation of Employment) The provisions of Art 620 apply mutatis mutandis to employment. ˜631@(Notice
of Termination Due to Commencement of Bankruptcy Proceeding for Employer) If the employer is subject to an order commencing bankruptcy
proceeding, the employee or the bankruptcy trustee may give a notice of
termination pursuant to the provisions of Art 627 even if the employment is for
a definite term. In such cases, neither party may claim compensation from the
other party for loss or damage suffered as a result of the termination. Section 9
Contracts for Work ˜632@iContracts for Work) A contract for work become effective when one of the parties
promises to complete work and the other party promises to pay remuneration for
the outcome of the work. ˜633@iTiming of Payment of Remuneration) Remuneration must be paid simultaneously with delivery of the
subject matter of work performed; provided, however, that if no delivery of a
thing is required, the provisions of Art 624 para (1) apply mutatis mutandis. ˜634@(Remuneration
in Proportion to Benefit Received by Party Ordering Work) In the following cases, if the party ordering work receives any
benefit from the performance of any divisible portion of the outcome of the
work that the contractor has already completed, that portion is deemed to be
the completed work; in this case, the contractor may demand remuneration in
proportion to the benefit to be received by the party ordering work: (i) if the contractor is no longer able to complete the work due to
any grounds not attributable to the party ordering work; or (ii) if the contract for work is cancelled before the completion of
work. ˜636@iLimitation on Contractor's Warranty) If the contractor delivers to the party ordering work of a content
the subject matter of work that does not conform to the terms of the contract
with respect to the kind or quality (in the case of the subject matter of work
that is not required to be delivered, if the subject matter of work does not
conform to the terms of the contract with respect to the kind or quality when
the work is finished), the party ordering work may not demand cure of the Non-
conformity of performance, demand a reduction of the remuneration, claim
compensation for loss or damage, or cancel the contract, on the grounds of the
non-conformity caused by the nature of the materials that the party ordering
work has provided or any instructions that the relevant party has given;
provided, however, that this does not apply if the contractor knew that the
materials or instructions were inappropriate but did not notify the ordering
party of this. ˜637@(Limitation
on Period of Warranty with Respect to Kind or Quality of Subject Matter) (1) In the case prescribed in the main clause of Art 636, if the
party ordering work fails to notify the contractor of the non-conformity to the
terms of the contract within 1 year from the time when the party becomes aware
of it, the party ordering work may not demand cure of the non-conformity of
performance, demand a reduction of the remuneration, claim compensation for
loss or damage, or cancel the contract. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not apply if the contractor knew
or did not know due to gross negligence the non-conformity referred to in that
paragraph at the time when the contractor delivers the subject matter of work
(in the case of the subject matter of work that is not required to be
delivered, when the work is finished). ˜641@iCancellation of Contract by Party Ordering Work) The party ordering work may cancel the contract at any time whilst
the contractor has not completed the work by paying compensation for loss or
damage. ˜642@(Cancellation on Commencement of Bankruptcy Proceeding for Party Ordering Work) (1) If the party ordering work receives an order commencing
bankruptcy proceeding, the contractor or the bankruptcy trustee may cancel the
contract; provided, however, that this does not apply to the cancellation of
the contract by the contractor after the work is completed. (2) In the case prescribed in para (1), the contractor may
participate in the distribution of the bankruptcy estate with respect to the
remuneration for the work already completed and expenses not included therein. (3) In the cases referred to in para (1), claims for compensation
for loss or damage suffered as a result of the cancellation of the contract are
permitted only for contractors under contracts cancelled by the bankruptcy
trustee. In such a case, the contractors participate in the distribution of the
bankruptcy estate with respect to such compensation for loss or damage. Section 10 Mandates ˜643@iMandates) A mandate becomes effective when a first party asks a second party
with performing a juridical act, and the second party accepts this. ˜644@iDuty of Care of Mandatary) A mandatary bears a duty to administer the mandated business with
the due care of a prudent manager in compliance with the main purport of the
mandate. ˜644-2@(Appointment of Sub-Mandatary) (1) A mandatary may not appoint a sub-mandatary unless the
mandatary obtains the permission of the mandator or there is a compelling
reason to do so. (2) In the case of mandate upon which the mandator grants authority
to represent to the mandatary, if the mandatary appoints a sub-mandatary with
authority to represent, the sub-mandatary has the same rights and obligations
as those of the mandatary in relation to the mandator within the scope of
authority thereof. ˜645@iReports by Mandatary) A mandatary must, if so requested by the mandator, report the
current status of the administration of the mandated business at any time, and
must report the process and results without delay upon termination of the
mandate. ˜646@iDelivery of Received Things by Mandatary) (1) A mandatary must deliver to the mandator monies and other
things received during the course of administering the mandated business. The
same applies to fruits the mandatary has reaped. (2) A mandatary must transfer to the mandator rights that the
mandatary has acquired in the mandatary's own name on behalf of the mandator. ˜647@iMandatary's Responsibility for Consumption of
Monies) If the mandatary has personally consumed monies that were to be
delivered to the mandator or used for the benefit of the mandator, the
mandatary must pay interest for the period from the day of that consumption. In
such cases, if loss or damage persists, the mandatary is liable to compensate
for the same. ˜648@iRemuneration for Mandatary) (1) In the absence of any special agreements, the mandatary may not
claim remuneration from the mandator. (2) If a mandatary is to receive remuneration, the mandatary may
not claim this until after having performed the mandated business; provided,
however, that if the remuneration is specified with reference to period, the
provisions of Art 624 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis. (3) In the following cases, the mandatary may demand remuneration
in proportion to the performance already completed: (i) if
the mandatary is no longer able to perform the mandated business due to any
grounds not attributable to the mandator; or (ii) if the mandate is terminated during
the course of performance. ˜648-2@(Remuneration for Result) (1) If the parties agree that remuneration will be paid for any
result that may be obtained through the performance of the mandated business,
and the result is required to be delivered, remuneration must be paid
simultaneously upon the delivery of the result. (2) The provisions of Art 634 apply mutatis mutandis if the parties
agree that remuneration will be paid for any result that may be obtained
through the performance of the mandated business. ˜649@(Mandatary's Claims for Advance for Costs) If costs will be incurred in administering the mandated business,
the mandator must, at the request of the mandatary, pay an advance for those
costs. ˜650@(Mandatary's Claims for Reimbursement of
Expense) (1) If the mandatary has expended costs found to be necessary for
the administration of the mandated business, the mandatary may claim
reimbursement of those costs from the mandator and any interest on the same
from the day the costs were expended. (2) If the mandatary has borne any obligation found to be necessary
for the administration of the mandated business, the mandatary may demand that
the mandator perform the obligation on the mandatary's behalf. In such cases,
if the obligation has not yet fallen due, the mandatary may require the
mandator to tender reasonable security. (3) If a mandatary incurs loss or damage that is not due to the
negligence of the mandatary in order to administer the mandated business, the
mandatary may claim compensation for this from the mandator. ˜651@iCancellation of Mandate) (1) A mandate may be cancelled by either party at any time. (2) In the following cases, a party that has cancelled a mandate
pursuant to the provisions of para (1) must compensate for damage suffered by
the other party; provided, however, that this does not apply if there was a
compelling reason for the cancellation: (i) if the party cancels the mandate at a
time that is detrimental to the other party; or (ii) if
the mandator cancels the mandate for which the purpose includes the interests
for the mandatary (excluding the profit to be obtained exclusively by receiving
remuneration). ˜652@iEffect of Cancellation of Mandate) The provisions of
Art 620 apply mutatis mutandis to mandates. ˜653@iGrounds for Termination of Mandate) A mandate terminates when: (i) the mandator or mandatary dies; (ii) the mandator or mandatary is subject to an order commencing
bankruptcy proceeding; (iii) the mandatary is subject to a decision for the commencement
of guardianship. ˜654@iDisposition after Termination of Mandate) If a mandate has terminated but there are pressing circumstances,
the mandatary or the heir or legal representative thereof must effect the
necessary actions until the time when the mandator or the heir or legal
representative of the mandatary is able to take charge of the mandated
business. ˜655@(Requirements
for Assertion of Termination of Mandate) The grounds of termination of mandate may not be asserted against
the other party unless the other party was notified of or knew of the same. ˜656@iQuasi-Mandate) The provisions of
this Section apply mutatis mutandis to entrustments of business that do not
constitute juridical acts. Section 11 Bailment ˜657@(Bailment) A bailment becomes effective if one of the parties asks the other
party to keep a certain thing in custody, and the other party gives consent to
keeping it in custody. ˜657-2@(Cancellation of Bailment by Bailor Prior
to Receipt of Bailed Thing) (1) A bailor may cancel the contract up until the bailee receives
the bailed thing. In such a case, if the bailee sustains any damage due to the
cancellation of the contract, the bailee may demand compensation for damage from
the bailor. (2) A gratuitous bailee may cancel the contract up until the bailee
receives the bailed thing; provided, however, that this does not apply to a
bailment made in writing. (3) If the bailor does not deliver the bailed thing even after the
passage of the scheduled time of receipt of the bailed thing, and the bailee
(in the case of a gratuitous bailment, limited to the bailee of a bailment made
in writing) demands the delivery by specifying a reasonable period of time but
the bailor fails to deliver the thing, the bailee may cancel the contract. ˜658@(Use of
Bailed Thing and Custody by Third Parties) (1) A bailee may not use the bailed thing without obtaining the
consent of the bailor. (2) The bailee may not have a third party keep the bailed thing in
custody unless the bailee obtains the consent of the bailor or there is a
compelling reason to do so. (3) A sub-bailee has the same rights and obligations as those of
the bailee in relation to the bailor within the scope of authority thereof. ˜659@iDuty of Care of Gratuitous Bailee) A gratuitous bailee bears a duty to keep the bailed thing while
exercising the same level of care that the bailee would exercise for his own
property. ˜660@(Obligation
of Bailee to Give Notice) (1) If a third party claiming rights with respect to the bailed
thing has filed a lawsuit against the bailee, or has effected an attachment,
provisional seizure, or provisional disposition, the bailee must notify the
bailor of that fact without delay; provided, however, that this does not apply
if the bailor already knows it. (2) Even if a third party claims a right for the bailed thing, the
bailee must return the bailed thing to the bailor unless the bailor gives
instructions to the contrary; provided, however, that this does not apply if
the bailee notifies the bailor in advance as referred to in para (1) or is not
required to notify pursuant to the provisions of the proviso to that paragraph,
and the bailee delivers the bailed thing to a third party based on a final and
binding judgment (including anything that has the same effect as a final and
binding judgment) ordering the delivery of the bailed thing to that third
party. (3) If the bailee is required to return the bailed thing to the
bailor pursuant to the provisions of para (2), the bailee is not liable to
compensate any damage sustained by a third party due to the delivery of the
bailed thing to the bailor. ˜661@iCompensation for Loss or Damage
by Bailor) The bailor must compensate the bailee for damage that occur due to
the nature of or defects in the bailed things; provided, however, that this
does not apply if the bailor did not, without negligence, know of such nature
or defect, or the bailee knew of the same. ˜662@(Bailor's
Demand for Return) (1) Even if the parties specify the time for the return of the
bailed things, the bailor may demand the return of the same at any time. (2) In the case prescribed in para (1), if the bailee sustains any
damage because the bailor demands the return of the bailed thing prior to the
time of return, the bailee may claim compensation therefor from the bailor. ˜663@iTiming of Return of the Bailed
Thing) (1) If the parties have not specified the timing of the return of
the bailed thing, the bailee may return the same at any time. (2) If the timing
of the return is specified, the bailee may not return the bailed thing prior to
the due date ˜664@(Place
for Return of Bailed Thing) Bailed thigs must be returned at the place where they are to be
retained; provided, however, that if the bailee has changed the place of
retention for a legitimate reason, the bailed thing may be returned at that
current place of retention. ˜664-2@(Limitation on Period of Claims for Compensation for Loss or Damage
and Reimbursement of Expenses) (1) Claims for compensation for loss or damage sustained by the
bailor due to the loss or damage to part of the bailed thing and for
reimbursement of expenses incurred by the bailee must be submitted within 1
year from the time when the bailor receives the return of the bailed thing. (2) With regard to the claim for compensation for loss or damage
referred to in para (1), the prescription period does not expire until 1 year
has elapsed from the time when the bailor receives the return of the bailed
thing. ˜665@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions on
Mandate) The provisions of Art 646 thru 648, Art 649, and Art 650 para (1)
& (2) apply mutatis mutandis to bailments. ˜665-2@(Bailments of Mixed Things) (1) If the things bailed by two or more persons are the same in
kind and quality, the bailee may keep these things in custody by mixing them
only if the bailee obtains the consent of the respective bailors. (2) If the bailee keeps the bailed things by two or more bailors in
custody by mixing them based on the provisions of para (1), each bailor may
demand the return of the thing in the same quantity as the thing bailed by
respective bailor. (3) In the case prescribed in para (1), if any part of the bailed
things is lost, each bailor may demand the return of the thing at the percentage
of the thing bailed by respective bailor to all bailed things mixed and kept in
custody by the bailee. In such a case, no bailor is precluded from claiming
compensation for loss or damage. ˜666@(Deposit
of Fungibles) (1) If a bailee may consume the bailed thing by contract, the
bailee must return the thing that is the same kind, quality and quantity as the
bailed thing. (2) The provisions of Art 591 & 592 apply mutatis mutandis to
the case prescribed in para (1). (3) The provisions of Art 591 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis
mutandis to the case of a bailment of money by a contract concerning deposits. Section 12
Partnerships ˜667@iPartnership Contracts) (1) A partnership contract becomes effective when each of the
parties promises to make a contribution and engage in a joint undertaking. (2) The subject of the contribution may be services. ˜667-2@(Non-Performance of Other Partners) (1) The provisions of Art 533 & 536 do not apply to a
partnership contract. (2) A partner may not cancel a partnership contract on the grounds
that other parties do not perform the obligations based on the partnership
contract. ˜667-3@(Nullity of Manifestation of Intention by One Partner) Even if there are any grounds for the nullity or rescission of a
manifestation of intention by one of the partners, the validity of the
partnership contract is not impaired in relation to other partners. ˜668@(Joint Ownership in Partnership Property) The contributions of the partners and other partnership property is
co-owned by all partners. ˜669@iResponsibility for Failure to Provide Monetary
Contribution) If monies are the subject of contribution and a partner fails to
make the contribution, that partner must pay interest on the same and otherwise
compensate for loss or damage. ˜670@(Methods
of Deciding and Executing Business) (1) The partnership business is decided by the majority of the
partners and executed by each partner. (2) The decision and execution of the partnership business may be
delegated to one or more partners or a third party, pursuant to the provisions
of the partnership contract. (3) The person delegated as referred to in para (2) ("person
who executes business") decides and executes the partnership business. In
such a case, if there are two or more persons who execute business, the
partnership business is decided by the majority of these persons who execute
business and is executed by each of them. (4) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (3), the partnership
business is not precluded to be decided based on the consent of all partners or
executed by all partners. (5) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1) thru (4), the
ordinary business of a partnership may be performed by each partner or each
person who executes business independently; provided, however, that this does
not apply if other partners or persons who execute business raise objections
prior to the completion of the business. ˜670-2@(Agency of Partnership) (1) In executing the partnership business, each partner may act as
an agent of other partners with the consent of the majority of partners. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1), if any person is
delegated to be a person who executes business, only the person who executes
business may act as an agent of partners. In such a case, if there are two or
more persons who execute business, each person who executes business may act as
an agent of partners only if the person obtains the consent of the majority of
the persons who execute business. (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of para (1) & (2), each
partner and each person who executes business may act as an agent of partners
independently when performing the ordinary business of the partnership. ˜671@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions on
Mandates) The provisions of Art 646 thru 650 apply mutatis mutandis to
partners who decide or execute the business of a partnership. ˜672@iResignations and Dismissals of Partners
Who Execute Business) (1) If one or more partners are delegated to decide and execute
partnership business pursuant to the provisions of the partnership contract,
those partners may not resign without a legitimate reason. (2) The partners referred to in para (1) may be dismissed by the
unanimous agreement of the other partners, but only for just cause. ˜673@(Inspections by Partners of Status of Partnership Business and Property) Each partner may inspect the status of the business and property of
the partnership even if the partner does not have the right to decide and
execute the business of the partnership. ˜674@iProportions of Partners' Distributions of
Profits and Losses) (1) If parties have not specified the proportions of distributions
of the partnership's profits and losses, these proportions are determined in
accordance with the value of each partner's contribution. (2 )If the proportions of distributions have been specified solely
with respect to either profits or losses, it is presumed that those proportions
are common to profits and losses. ˜675@(Exercise of Right of Creditors of
Partnership) (1) A creditor of a partnership may exercise the rights of the
creditor against the partnership property. (2) A creditor of a partnership may, at the choice of the creditor,
exercise the rights of the creditor against each partner in proportion to their
shares of loss or in equal proportions; provided, however, that if a creditor
of a partnership knew the proportion of each partner's share of loss at the
time of occurrence of the claim, the exercise of the creditor's rights is based
on those proportions. ˜676@(Disposition
of Partners' Interests and Division of Partnership Property) (1) If a partner has disposed of the interest of the partner with
respect to the partnership property, that partner may not duly assert that
disposition against the partnership or third parties that had dealings with the
partnership. (2) A partner may not independently exercise the rights with regard
to a claim that is included in the partnership property based on that partner's
interest in the claim. (3) A partner may not seek the division of the partnership property
before liquidation. ˜677@(Prohibition
of Exercise of Rights by Creditors of Partners against Partnership Property) A partner's creditor may not exercise the rights of that creditor
against the partnership property. ˜677-2@(Admission of Partners) (1) Partners may admit a new partner to a partnership based on the
consent of all partners or pursuant to the provisions of the partnership
contract. (2) A partner that is admitted to a partnership pursuant to the
provisions of para (1) after it is formed is not liable to perform the
obligations of the partnership that arose before that partner's admission. ˜678@iWithdrawal of Partners) (1) If a partnership contract does not specify the duration of the
partnership, or specifies that the partnership is to continue for the life of a
certain partner, each partner may withdraw at any time; provided, however, that
unless there is a compelling reason to do so, a partner may not withdraw at a
time that is detrimental to the partnership. (2) Even if the duration of the partnership is specified, each
partner may withdraw if there is a compelling reason to do so. ˜679@iWithdrawal of Partners) Beyond the cases referred to in Art 678, partners withdraw on the
following grounds: (i) the partner dies; (ii) the partner is subject to an order commencing bankruptcy
proceeding; (iii) the partner is subject to a decision for the commencement of
guardianship; (iv) the partner has been expelled. ˜680@iExpulsion of Partners) The expulsion of a partner may be effected by the unanimous
agreement of the other partners, but only for just cause; provided, however,
that the expulsion may not be duly asserted against a partner who is expelled
unless a notice to that effect is given to that partner. ˜680-2@(Liability of Withdrawing Partner) (1) A withdrawing partner is liable to perform obligations of the
partnership that have arisen before that partner's withdrawal, to the extent of
that partner's previous liability. In such a case, until a creditor receives
the full performance of the obligation, the withdrawing partner may demand that
the partnership provide security or exempt the partner from liability in
relation to the partnership. (2) A withdrawing partner acquires a right to reimbursement from
the partnership if the partner performs an obligation of the partnership
prescribed in para (1). ˜681@(Returns
of Interests of Withdrawing Partners) (1) Accounts as between the withdrawing partner and other partners
must be settled according to the status of the partnership property as at the
time of the withdrawal. (2) The interest of the withdrawing partner may be refunded in
money, regardless of the kind of the withdrawing partner's contribution. (3) With respect to any matter not yet completed at the time of the
withdrawal, accounts may be made up subsequent to the completion of that
matter. ˜682@iCauses of Dissolution of Partnerships) A partnership is dissolved on any of the following grounds: (i) the successful completion of the business that is the object of
the partnership or the impossibility of such successful completion; (ii) the expiration of the duration of the partnership specified by
the partnership contract; (iii) the occurrence of any cause of dissolution specified by the
partnership contract; or (iv) the consent of all partners. ˜683@iRequest for Dissolution of Partnerships) Each partner may request the dissolution of the partnership if
there is a compelling reason to do so. ˜684@iEffect of Cancellation of Partnership
Contracts) The provisions of Art 620 apply mutatis mutandis to partnership
contracts. ˜685@(Liquidation of Partnerships and Appointment
of Liquidators) (1) When a partnership is dissolved, liquidation is administered
jointly by all partners or by a liquidator appointed by the partner. (2) A liquidator is appointed by a majority of all partners. ˜686@(Methods
of Deciding and Executing Liquidators' Business) The provisions of Art 670 para (3) thru (5), and Art 670-2, par (2)
& (3) apply mutatis mutandis if there is more than one liquidator. ˜687@(Resignations
and Dismissals of Liquidators Who Are Partners) The provisions of Art 672 apply mutatis mutandis if the liquidator
is appointed from among the partners pursuant to the provisions of the
partnership contract. ˜688@(Duties and Authority of Liquidators and Method
of Division of Residual Assets) (1) The duties of a liquidator are to: (i) conclude current business; (ii) collect debts and perform
obligations; and (iii) deliver residual assets. (2) The liquidator may perform any and all acts in order to perform
the duties set forth in the items of para (1). (3) Residual assets are distributed in proportion to the value of
the contributions of each partner. Section 13
Life Annuities ˜689@(Contracts
for Life Annuities) Contracts for life annuities become effective when one of the
parties promises to pay monies or deliver other things to the other party or a 3rd party periodically until the death
of the 1st party, the other party or the 3rd party. ˜690@(Computation
of Life Annuities) Life annuities are calculated on a daily basis. ˜691@iCancellation of Contracts for Life Annuities) (1) If the obligor in a life annuity has received the principal for
the life annuity but fails to pay the life annuity or fails to perform other
obligations, the other party may demand the return of the principal. In such
cases, the other party must return to the obligor of the life annuity the
amount of the life annuity already received, after deducting the amount of the
interest on that principal. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not preclude claims for
compensation for loss or damage. ˜692@(Cancellation of Contracts for Life Annuities
and Simultaneous Performance) The provisions of Art 533 apply mutatis mutandis to cases referred
to in Art 691. ˜693@iDeclaration of Continuation of Claim for Life
Annuity) (1) If a death provided for in Art 689 occurs due to grounds
attributable to the obligor in a life annuity, the court may, at the request of
the obligee in the life annuity or the obligee's heirs, pronounce that the life
annuity claim continues for a reasonable period of time. (2) The provisions
of para (1) do not preclude the exercise of the rights provided in Art 691 ˜694@(Bequests
of Life Annuities) The provisions of this Section apply mutatis mutandis to bequests
of life annuities. Section 14
Settlements ˜695@iSettlements) A settlement becomes effective when the parties to a dispute
promise to settle the dispute through reciprocal concessions. ˜696@iEffect of Settlements) If it has been acknowledged in a settlement that one of the parties
has the rights that are the subject of the dispute or that the other party did
not have those rights, and conclusive evidence is then obtained indicating that
the first party did not have those rights in the past or that the other party
did have those rights, the rights are regarded as either having been
transferred to the first party or extinguished in the settlement. Chapter III
Benevolent Intervention in Another's Business ˜697@(Benevolent
Intervention in Another's Business) (1) A person that has begun to manage a business for another person
without being obligated to do so ("manager") must manage that
business, in accordance with the nature of the business, in the way that best
suits the interests of the principal ("benevolent intervention in
another's business"). (2) A manager must engage in benevolent intervention in another's
business in accordance with the intentions of the principal if the manager
knows, or is able to conjecture that intention. ˜698@iUrgent Benevolent
Intervention in Another's Business) If a manager engages in benevolent intervention in another's
business in order to allow a principal to escape imminent danger to the
principal's person, reputation, or property, the manager is not liable to
compensate for damage resulting from this unless the manager has acted in bad
faith or with gross negligence. ˜699@iObligation of Managers to Give Notice) A manager must notify the principal without delay that the manager
has commenced benevolent intervention in the principal's business; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the principal already knows of this. ˜700@iContinuation of Benevolent
Intervention in Another's Business by Managers) A manager must continue the benevolent intervention in another's
business until the principal or an heir or legal representative thereof is able
to undertake it; provided, however, that this does not apply if it is evident
that the continuation of the benevolent intervention in another's business is
contrary to the will of the principal, or is disadvantageous to the principal. ˜701@iMutatis Mutandis Application of Provisions on
Mandates) The provisions of Art 645 thru 647 apply mutatis mutandis to the
benevolent intervention in another's business. ˜702@iManagers' Claims for Reimbursement of Costs) (1) If a manager has incurred beneficial expenses for a principal,
the manager may claim reimbursement of those costs from the principal. (2) The provisions of Art 650 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis if a
manager has incurred beneficial obligations on behalf of the principal. (3) If a manager has engaged in the benevolent intervention in
another's business against the will of the principal, the provisions of para
(1) & (2) apply mutatis mutandis, solely to the extent currently enriched. Chapter IV
Unjust Enrichment ˜703@iObligation to Return Unjust Enrichment) A person that has benefited ("beneficiary") from the
property or labor of another person without legal cause and has thereby caused
a loss to another person bears the duty to return that benefit, to the extent
the benefit exists. ˜704@iObligation of Beneficiaries in Bad Faith to
Return) A beneficiary in bad faith must return the benefit received
together with interest thereon. In such cases, if any damage still remains, the
beneficiary is liable to compensate for this. ˜705@iPerformance knowing of Absence of Obligation) A person that has paid money or delivered anything as performance
of an obligation may not demand the return of the money paid or thing delivered
if the person knew, at the time, that the obligation did not exist. ˜706@iPerformance
before Due Date) If an obligor has paid money or delivered anything as performance
of an obligation that has not yet fallen due, the obligor may not demand the
return of the money paid or thing delivered; provided, however, that if the
obligor tendered anything by mistake, the obligee must return the benefit
gained as a result. ˜707@(Performance of Obligations of Others) (1) If a person that is not an obligor has performed an obligation
by mistake and the obligee, acting in good faith, has allowed the instrument to
be lost, has damaged the instrument, has waived the security, or has lost the
claim by prescription, the person performing the obligation may not demand the
return of subject matter of the performance. (2) The provisions of para (1) do not preclude the person
performing an obligation from exercising the right to reimbursement against the
obligor. ˜708@(Denial
of Claim for Return for Illegal Causes) A person that has paid money or delivered thing for an obligation
for an illegal cause may not demand the return of the money paid or thing
delivered; provided, however, that this does not apply if the illegal cause
existed solely in relation to the Beneficiary. Chapter V Torts ˜709@(Compensation
for Loss or Damage in Torts) A person that has intentionally or negligently infringed the rights
or legally protected interests of another person is liable to compensate for
damage resulting in consequence. ˜710@iCompensation for Loss or Damage Other
than of Property) A person liable for compensation for loss or damage pursuant to the
provisions of Art 709 must also compensate for loss or damage other than of
property, regardless of whether that person infringed the body, liberty or
reputation of another person, or infringed property rights of another person. ˜711@iCompensation for Loss or Damage to
Close Relatives) A person
that has taken the life of another must compensate for loss or damage to the
father, mother, spouse, and children of the victim, even if the property rights
of the same have not been infringed.
iincluding
mental compensationj ˜712@iCapacity for Liability) If a minor has inflicted
damage on another person but did not have sufficient intellectual capacity to
appreciate their own liability for that act, that minor is not liable to
compensate for that act. ˜713@iCapacity for Liability) A person who has inflicted damage on another person while in a
condition wherein the person lacked the capacity to appreciate their own
liability for their acts due to a mental disability is not liable to compensate
for this; provided, however, that this does not apply if the person has
temporarily caused that condition, intentionally or negligently. ˜714@iLiability
of Person Obligated to Supervise a Person without Capacity to
Assume Responsibility) (1) When a person without capacity to assume responsibility is not
liable pursuant to the provisions of Art 712 & 713, the person with the
statutory obligation to supervise the person without capacity to assume
responsibility is liable to compensate for damage that the person without
capacity to assume responsibility has inflicted on a third party; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the person who has the obligation to
supervise has not failed to perform that person's obligation or if the damage
could not have been avoided even if that person had not failed to perform that
person's obligation. (2) A person who supervises a person without capacity to assume
responsibility on behalf of the person who has the obligation to supervise also
has the liability referred to in para (1). ˜715@iLiability of Employers) (1) A person that employs another person for a business undertaking
is liable to compensate for damage inflicted on a third party by that person's
employees with respect to the execution of that business; provided, however,
that this does not apply if the employer exercised reasonable care in
appointing the employee or in supervising the business, or if the damage could
not have been avoided even if the employer had exercised reasonable care. (2) A person that supervises a business on behalf of the employer
also has the liability referred to in para (1). (3) The provisions of para (1) & (2) do not preclude the
employer or supervisor from exercising their right to reimbursement against the
employee. ˜716@iLiability of Party Ordering Work) A party ordering work is not liable to compensate for damage a
contractor inflicted on a third party with respect to that work; provided,
however, that this does not apply if the party ordering work is negligent with
regards to the order or instructions. ˜717@iLiability of Possessor and Owner of Structure
on Land) (1) If a defect in the installation or preservation of a structure
on land causes damage to another person, the possessor of that structure is
liable to the person incurring damage to compensate for the damage; provided,
however, that if the possessor has exercised the necessary care to prevent the
damage, the owner must compensate for the damage. (2) The provisions of g para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if there is
a defect in the planting or supporting of bamboo or trees. (3) In the cases referred to in para (1) & (2), if there is
another person that is liable for the cause of the damage, the possessor or owner
may exercise their right to reimbursement against that person. ˜718@iLiability of Possessor of Animal) (1) A possessor of an animal is liable to compensate for damage
that the animal inflicts on another person; provided, however, that this does
not apply if the possessor managed the animal while exercising reasonable care
according to the kind and nature of the animal. (2) A person who manages an animal on behalf of a possessor also
assumes the liability referred to in para (1). ˜719@iLiability of Joint Tortfeasors) (1) If more than one person has inflicted damage on another person
by a joint tort, each of them is jointly and severally liable to compensate for
the damage. The same applies if it cannot be ascertained which of the joint
tortfeasors inflicted the damage. (2) A person who has abetted or aided a perpetrator is deemed to be
a joint tortfeasor, and the provisions of para (1) apply. ˜720@iSelf-Defense and Necessity) (1) A person that, in response to the tortious act of another, is
compelled to commit a harmful act to protect rights or legally protected
interests of the person or of a third party, is not liable for compensation for
loss or damage; provided, however, that this does not preclude a victim from
filing a claim of compensation for loss or damage against the person that
committed the tortious act. (2) The provisions of para (1) apply mutatis mutandis if the person
in question damages a thing belonging to another person in order to avert an
imminent danger arising from that thing. ˜721@(Fetus' Capacity to Hold Rights Regarding
Claim for Compensation for Loss or Damage) An unborn child is deemed to have been already born with respect to
the claim for compensation for loss or damage. ˜722@iMethod of Compensation for
Loss or Damage, Deduction of Interim Interest, and Comparative Negligence) (1) The provisions of Art 417 & 417-2 apply mutatis mutandis to
compensation for loss or damage caused by tort. (2) If a victim is negligent, the court may determine the amount of
compensation for loss or damage by taking that into consideration. ˜723@iRecovery in Defamation) The court may order a person that has defamed another person to
take appropriate measures to restore the reputation of the victim in lieu of or
in addition to compensation for loss or damage, at the request of the victim. ˜724@(Extinctive
Prescription of Claim for Compensation for Loss or Damage Caused by Tort) In the following cases, the claim for compensation for loss or
damage caused by tort is extinguished by prescription: (i) the right is not exercised within 3 years from the time when
the victim or legal representative thereof comes to know the damage and the
identity of the perpetrator; or (ii) the right is not exercised within 20 years from the time of
the tortious act. ˜724-2@(Extinctive Prescription of Claim for Compensation for Loss or
Damage Arising from Death to Person or Injury to Person Caused by Tort) For the purpose of the application of the provisions of Art 724 item
(i) with regard to the extinctive prescription of the claim for compensation
for loss or damage for death or injury to person caused by tort, the term
"3 years" in the same item is deemed to be replaced with "5
years". Part IV Relatives Chapter I
General Provisions ˜725@iRange of Relatives) The following persons are relatives (i)@a relative
by blood within the sixth degree (ii)@A spouse;
and (iii)@a
relative by affinity within the third degree. ˜726@iDetermining Degree of kinship) (1)@The degree of kinship between two relatives is
determined by counting the number of generations between them. (2)@The degree of kinship between collateral
relatives is determined by counting the number of generations between a person
or his spouse up to a common ancestor and back down to the other person. ˜727@iRelationship through Adoption) From the time of adoption, the relationship between an adopted
child and an adoptive parent (and his relative by blood) is deemed to be the
same as that between relatives by blood. ˜728@iEnd of Relationship by Affinity by Divorce etc.) (1)@The relationship between relatives by affinity
comes to an end by divorce. (2)@The same applies in the case where a spouse
has died and the surviving spouse indicates an intention to end the
relationship between relatives by affinity. ˜729@iEnd of Adoptive Relation by Dissolution) The relationship of an adopted child, his spouse, any of his lineal
descendants and their spouses with an adoptive parent and his spouse comes to
an end by dissolution of adoptive relation. ˜730@iMutual Help between Relatives) Lineal relatives by blood and relatives who live together must help
one another. Chapter II
Marriage Section 1
Formation of Marriage Subsection
1 Requirements for Marriage ˜731@iMarriageable Age) A man who has attained 18 years, and a woman who has attained 16
years of age may enter into marriage. ˜732@iProhibition of Bigamy) A person who has a spouse must not enter into another marriage. ˜733@iPeriod of Prohibition of Remarriage) (1)@A woman may not remarry unless 100 days have
passed since the day of dissolution or rescission of her previous marriage. (2) The provision of para (1) does not apply in the following
cases: (i) In the
case where a woman had not conceived a child at the time of the cancellation or
dissolution of her previous marriage (ii) In the case
where a woman had given a birth after the cancellation or dissolution of her
previous marriage ˜734@iProhibition of Marriage between Close Relatives) (1)@Neither lineal relatives by blood nor
collateral relatives by blood within the third degree of kinship may marry;
provided that this does not apply between an adopted child and his collateral
relatives by blood through adoption. (2)@The para (1) also apply after the termination
of a family relationship pursuant to the provision of Art 817-9. ˜735
iProhibition of Marriage between Lineal
Relatives by Affinity) Lineal relatives by affinity may not marry. This also applies after
the termination of a relationship by affinity pursuant to the provisions of Art
728 or 817-9. ˜736@(Prohibition of Marriage between Adoptive Parent and Child etc.) Even after the termination of a family relationship pursuant to the
provision of Art 729, an adopted child or spouse of adopted child, or a lineal
descendant or spouse of a lineal descendant, may not marry an adoptive parent
or his lineal ascendant. ˜737@iParental Consent for Marriage of Minor) (1)@A minor must obtain the consent of both
parents to marry. (2)@If one parent does not consent, the consent of
the other parent is sufficient. This also applies if one parent is unknown, has
died, or is unable to indicate his intent. ˜738@iMarriage of Adult Ward) An adult ward does not require the consent of his guardian of adult
to marry. ˜739@iNotification of Marriage) (1)@Marriage takes effect upon notification
pursuant to the Family Registration Act. (2)@The notification in para (1) is given by
document with the signatures of both parties and not less than 2 adult
witnesses, or given orally by these persons. ˜740@iAcceptance of Notification of Marriage) Notification of marriage may not be accepted unless it has been
found not to violate the provisions of Art 731 thru 737, Art 739 (2), or the
provisions of any other laws and regulations. ˜741@iMarriage between Japanese Nationals in Foreign Country) Two Japanese nationals in a foreign country who intend to marry may
give notification to the Japanese ambassador, a minister of legation or consul
stationed in that country. In this case, the provisions of Art 739 & 740
apply mutatis mutandis. Subsection
2 Void and Annulled Marriages ˜742@iGrounds on Which Marriage is Void) Marriage is void only in the following cases: (i) if one of the parties has no intention to marry due to mistaken
identity or other cause; or (ii) if the parties do not lodge notification of marriage; provided
however, that the effect of marriage is not prevented merely because
notification was not given in the form prescribed in Art 739 para (2). ˜743@iRescission of Marriage) Marriage may not be annulled, unless pursuant to the provisions of Art
744 thru 747. ˜744@iRescission of Unlawful Marriage) (1)@Either of the parties, their relatives, or a
public prosecutor may make a claim to the family court to rescind a marriage if
it violates the provisions of Art 731 thru 736; provided, however, that a
public prosecutor may not claim this after the death of one of the parties. (2)@A spouse or previous spouse of a party to a
marriage that violates the provisions of ˜732 or ˜733 may claim for rescission
of marriage. ˜745@iRescission of Marriage in Violation of Marriageable Age) (1)@When a person of non-marriageable age reaches
marriageable age, a claim for rescission of a marriage that violates the
provisions of Art 731 may not be made. (2)@A person of non-marriageable age may claim
rescission of marriage within a further 3 months after he has reached
marriageable age; provided that this does not apply if he has ratified the
marriage after reaching marriageable age. ˜746@(Rescission of Marriage Formed within the Period of Prohibition of
Remarriage) A claim for rescission may not be made for a marriage that violates
the provisions of Art 733 if 6 months have passed from the day on which the
previous marriage was cancelled or rescinded, or if a woman has conceived a
child after remarriage. ˜747@iRescission of Marriage by Fraud or Duress) (1)@A person who has married due to fraud or
duress may make a claim for rescission of marriage to the family court. (2)@The claim for rescission of marriage pursuant
to para (1) lapses upon the passage of 3 months after the party has discovered
the fraud or escaped the duress, or upon ratification. ˜748@iEffect of Rescission of Marriage) (1)@Rescission of marriage does not have
retroactive effect. (2)@A party who did not know of the cause of
rescission at the time of marriage must return property obtained by the
marriage to the extent of the gain he actually receives. (3)@A party who was aware of the cause of
rescission at the time of marriage must return all of the gain obtained by the
marriage. In this case, the party is liable to compensate an adverse party
without knowledge for damages. ˜749@iApplication Mutatis Mutandis of Divorce Provisions) The provisions of Art 728 para (1), Art 766 thru 769, the proviso
to Art 790 para (1), and Art 819 para (2)/(3)/(5)/(6) apply mutatis mutandis to
the rescission of marriage. Section 2
Effect of Marriage ˜750@iSurname of Husband and Wife) A husband and wife adopt the surname of the husband or wife in
accordance with that which is decided at the time of marriage. ˜751@iSurviving Spouse Reverting to Previous Surname etc.) (1)@If a husband or wife dies, the surviving
spouse may revert to using the surname used before marriage. (2) The provisions of Art 769 apply mutatis mutandis to para (1) and to
the case referred to in Art 728 para (2). ˜752@iDuty to Live Together, Cooperate, and Provide Mutual Assistance) A husband and wife must live together and provide mutual
cooperation and assistance. ˜753@iConstructive Adult by Marriage) If a minor enters into marriage, he/she is deemed to have attained
majority. ˜754@iRight to Rescind Contract between Husband and Wife) Either husband or wife may at any time during marriage rescind a
contract between husband and wife; provided, however, that this may not harm
the rights of a third party. Section 3
Marital Property Subsection
1 General Provisions ˜755@iMarital Property of Husband and Wife) The property rights and duties of a husband and wife are prescribed
by the following subsections, unless they entered into a contract setting forth
otherwise, regarding their property before giving notification of the marriage. ˜756@iRequirements of Perfection of Contract on Property of Husband &
Wife) If a husband and wife have entered into a contract that departs
from the statutory property system, the contract may not be asserted against
the successor in title of the husband or wife, or a third party unless
registered prior to notification of marriage. ˜758@iLimitations on Altering Property Rights of Husband & Wife etc.) (1)@The property rights of a husband and wife may
not be altered after notification of marriage. (2)@In the case where one party to a marriage
administers property and that property is imperiled by misadministration, the
other party may make a claim to the family court for his own administration
over that property. (3)@A claim may be made for division of property
held in co-ownership together with the claim referred to in para (2). ˜759@(Requirements of Perfection of Change of the Administrator of
Property or Division of Property in Co-ownership) If an administrator of property has been changed, or property held
in co-ownership has been divided pursuant to the provisions of Art 758 or as a result
of the contract referred to inArt 755, this may not be asserted against the
successor in title of the husband or wife, or a third party unless it is
registered. Subsection
2 Statutory Marital Property System ˜760@iSharing of Living Expenses) A husband and wife must share the expenses that arise from the
marriage taking into account their property, income, and all other
circumstances. ˜761@iJoint & Several Liability for Debts incurred for Household
Necessities) If one party to a marriage engages in a juridical act with a 3rd
party regarding everyday household matters, the other party shall be jointly
and severally liable for debts that arise from that act; provided that this
shall not apply if prior notice is given to the 3rd party to the
effect that the other party wonft assume such liability. ˜762@iOwnership of Property between Husband & Wife) (1)@Property owned by one party before marriage
and property obtained in the name of that party during marriage are separate
property (property owned singularly by one party to a marriage). (2)@Property that does not clearly belong to
either husband or wife is presumed to be held in co-ownership. Section 4 Divorce Subsection
1 Divorce by Agreement ˜763@iDivorce by Agreement) A husband and wife may divorce by agreement. ˜764@iApplication Mutatis Mutandis of Marriage Provisions) The provisions of Art 738, 739, and 747 apply mutatis mutandis to
divorce by agreement. ˜765@iAcceptance of Notification of Divorce) (1)@Notification of divorce may not be accepted unless
the divorce has been found not to violate the provision of Art 739 para (2)
applied mutatis mutandis to Art 764, Art 819 para (1), or the provisions of any
other laws and regulations. (2)@If notification of divorce has been accepted
despite the violation of the provisions of para (1), the effect of the divorce is
not prevented because of this violation. ˜766@(Determination of Matters regarding Custody of Child after Divorce
etc.) (1)@If parents divorce by agreement, the matter of
who will have custody over a child and any other necessary matters regarding
custody must be determined by that agreement. If agreement has not been made,
or cannot be made, this is determined by the family court. (2)@If the family court finds it necessary for the
child's interests, it may change who will take custody over the child and order
any other proper disposition regarding custody. (3)@The rights and duties of parents beyond the
scope of custody may not be altered by the provisions of para (1) & (2). ˜767@iReversion to Previous Surname by Divorce) (1)@The surname of a husband or wife who has taken
a new name by marriage reverts to the surname used before marriage by divorce
by agreement. (2)@A husband or wife whose surname has reverted
to the surname before marriage pursuant to the provision of para (1) may use
the surname he used at the time of divorce by notification pursuant to the Family Registration Act within 3 months of the time of
divorce. ˜768@iDistribution of Property) (1)@One party to a divorce by agreement may claim
a distribution of property from the other party. (2)@If the parties do not, or cannot, settle on
agreement with regard to the distribution of property pursuant to the provision
of para (1), either party may make a claim to the family court for a
disposition in lieu of agreement; provided
that this claim for distribution of property are extinguished at the expiration
of 2 years from the day of divorce. (3)@In the case referred to in para (2), the
family court determines whether to make a distribution, and the amount and
method of that distribution, taking into account the amount of property
obtained through the cooperation of both parties and all other circumstances. ˜769@iAssumption of Rights upon Reversion to Prev Surname by Divorce) (1)@If a husband or wife who has taken a new
surname by marriage divorces by agreement after inheriting the rights contained
in Art 897 para (1), the matter of who will be the successor of those rights is
determined by agreement of the parties and any other interested persons. (2)@If the agreement of para (1) is not, or cannot
be, made, the family court determines who will be the successor of the rights
in para (1). Subsection
2 Judicial Divorce ˜770@iJudicial Divorce) (1)@Only in the cases stated in the following
items may either husband or wife file a suit for divorce: (i)@if a spouse has committed an act of
unchastity; (ii)@if abandoned by a spouse in bad faith; (iii)@if it is not clear whether a spouse is dead or
alive for not less than 3 years; (iv)@if a spouse is suffering from severe mental
illness and there is no prospect of recovery; or (v)@if there is any other grave cause making it
difficult to continue the marriage. (2)@A court may dismiss a suit for divorce if it
finds continuing the marriage reasonable taking into account all circumstances,
even in the case where there is a cause listed in para (1) items (i) thru (iv). ˜771@iApplication Mutatis Mutandis of Divorce by Agreement Provisions) The provisions of Art 766 thru 769 apply mutatis mutandis to the
case of judicial divorce. Chapter III
Parent and Child Section 1
Natural Children ˜772@iPresumption of Child in Wedlock) (1)@A child conceived by a wife during marriage is
presumed to be a child of her husband. (2)@A child born after 200 days from the formation
of marriage or within 300 days of the day of the dissolution or rescission of
marriage is presumed to have been conceived during marriage. ˜773@iDetermination of Paternity by Court) In the case where a woman gives birth in violation of the
provisions of Art 733 para (1), if the paternity of the child cannot be
determined pursuant to the provisions of Art 732, the court determines
paternity of the child. ˜774@iRebutting Presumption of Legitimacy) Under the circumstances described in Art 772, a husband may rebut
the presumption of the child in wedlock. ˜775@iAction to Rebut Presumption of Legitimacy) The father's right to rebut the presumption of child in wedlock
under Art 774 is exercised by an action of denial of child in wedlock against
the child or a mother who has parental authority. If there is no mother who has
parental authority, the family court appoints a special representative. ˜776@iRecognition of Legitimacy) If a husband recognizes that a child is his child in wedlock after
the birth of the child, he loses his right to rebut the presumption of
legitimacy. ˜777@iLimitation upon Action of Rebutting Presumption of Legitimacy) A husband may bring an action to rebut the presumption of the child
in wedlock within one year of knowing of the child's birth. ˜778@(Limitation upon Action of Rebutting Presumption of Legitimacy) If the husband is an adult ward, the period of Art 777 begins from
the time the husband knew of the child's birth after the rescission of an order
for commencement of guardianship. ˜779@iAffiliation/Recognition) A father or a mother may affiliate his child out of wedlock. ˜780@iCompetency for Affiliation) A father or a mother does not require the consent of a legal
representative for affiliation, even if he is a minor or an adult ward. ˜781@iMethod of Affiliation) (1)@Affiliation is made thru notification pursuant
to the provisions of the Family Registration Act. (2)@Affiliation may also be made by will. ˜782@iAffiliation of Adult Child) A father or mother may not affiliate his adult child without that
adult child's consent. ˜783@iAffiliation of Unborn Child or Child who has Died) (1)@A father may also affiliate his unborn child.
In this case, the mother's consent must be obtained. (2)@If a child has died, a father or mother may
still give affiliation, limited to the case where that child had a lineal
descendant. In this case, if that lineal descendant is an adult, his consent must
be obtained. ˜784@iEffect of Affiliation) Affiliation has retroactive effect from the time of birth; provided
that this does not prejudice a right already acquired by a third party. ˜785@iProhibition of Rescission of Affiliation) A father or a mother who has given affiliation may not rescind that
affiliation. ˜786@iAssertion of Opposing Facts against Affiliation) A child or any other interested person may assert opposing facts
against an affiliation. ˜787@iAction for Affiliation) A child, his lineal descendant, or the legal representative of
either, may bring an action for affiliation; provided that this does not apply
if 3 years have passed since the day of the death of the parent. ˜788@(Determination of Matters with Regard to
Custody of Child after Affiliation etc.) In the case where a father gives affiliation, the provisions of Art
766 apply mutatis mutandis. ˜789@iLegitimation) (1)@By the marriage of his mother and father, a
child affiliated by his father acquires the status of a child in wedlock. (2)@A child affiliated by his parents while they
are married acquires the status of a child in wedlock from the time of that
affiliation. (3)@The provisions of para (1) & (2) apply
mutatis mutandis in the case where a child has already died. ˜790@iChild's Surname) (1)@A child in wedlock takes the surname of his
parents; provided that if the parents divorce before the child is born, the
child takes the surname of his parents at the time of divorce. (2)@A child out of wedlock takes the surname of
his mother. ˜791@iChange of Child's Surname) (1)@In the case where a child's surname differs
from that of his father or mother, he may take the name of his father or mother
by notification pursuant to the provisions of the Family Registration Act after having obtained the family
court's permission. (2)@In the case where a child's surname differs
from that of his parents due to his father or mother taking a new surname, he
may take the name of his parents, if they are married, without obtaining the
permission referred to in para (1) by notification pursuant to the provisions
of the Family Registration Act. (3)@If a child has not attained 15 years of age,
his legal representative may perform the acts referred to in para (1) & (2)
on his behalf. (4)@A minor who has taken a new surname pursuant
to the provisions of para (1) thru (3) may revert to using his previous surname
within 1 year of attaining majority by notification pursuant to the provisions
of the Family Registration Act. Section 2
Adoption Subsection
1 Requirements for Adoption ˜792@iAge of Adoptive Parent) A person who has attained the age of majority may adopt another as
his child. ˜793@iProhibition of Adopting Ascendant or Person of Greater Age) Neither an ascendant nor a person of greater age may be adopted. ˜794@iAdoption of Ward by Guardian) Where a guardian adopts a ward (here and below, referring to a
minor ward and an adult ward), he must obtain the permission of the family
court. The same applies in the case where the guardianship has ceased but the
account of administration of the property has not been settled. ˜795@iAdoption of Minor by Married Person) A married person must adopt a minor only jointly with the spouse;
provided, however, that this does not apply in cases where he adopts a child in
wedlock of his spouse or his spouse is incapable of indicating her intention. ˜796@iAdoption by Married Person) A married person must only adopt or be adopted by another with the
consent of his spouse,; provided, however, that thisdoes not apply in the case
he adopts or is adopted with his spouse jointly, or his spouse is incapable of
indicating her intention. ˜797@iAdoption of Person under 15 years of age) (1)@If a person to be adopted has not attained 15
years of age, his legal representative may give his consent to the adoption of
that person on behalf of that person. (2)@Where a person to be adopted is cared for by
one of his parents and that parent does not have parental authority in relation
to the person but cares for the person in accordance with Art 766, a legal
representative must obtain the consent of that parent before giving the consent
referred to in para (1). ˜798@iAdoption of Minor) Where a person to be adopted is a minor, the permission of the
family court must be obtained; provided that this does not apply in the cases
where the person to be adopted is a lineal descendant of either the adoptive
parent or the adoptive parent's spouse. ˜799@(Application Mutatis Mutandis of Marriage Provisions) The provisions of Art 738 & 739 apply mutatis mutandis to
adoption. ˜800@(Acceptance of Notification of Adoption) No notification of adoption is accepted until it has been found
that the adoption does not violate any of the provisions of Art 792 thru 799 or
the provisions of any other laws and regulations. ˜801@(Formalities for Adoption between Japanese Nationals in Foreign
Country) If a Japanese national in a foreign country intends to adopt, or to
be adopted by, another Japanese national in that country, notification of
adoption may be made to the Japanese ambassador, minister or consul acting in
that country. In this case, the provisions of Art 739 applied mutatis mutandis
to Art 799 and the provision of Art 800 apply mutatis mutandis. Subsection
2 Nullity and Rescission of Adoption ˜802@iNullity of Adoption) Adoption is void only on the following grounds: (i)@if there is no agreement to the adoption
between the parties, as a result of mistaken identity or otherwise; or (ii)@if the parties do not give notification of
adoption; provided that the effect of adoption is not prevented merely because
notification was not in the formality prescribed in Art 739 para (2) applied mutatis
mutandis to Art 799. ˜803@iRescission of Adoption) Adoption is only annulled pursuant to the provisions of Art 804 thru
808. ˜804@iRescission of Adoption Where Adoptive Parent Is Minor) An adoptive parent or his legal representative may petition the
family court for rescission of an adoption that violates the provision of Art 792;
provided that this does not apply in the cases where 6 months have passed from
the time the adoptive parent attains the age of majority or he has ratified the
adoption. ˜805@(Rescission of Adoption Where Adopted Child is Ascendant or of
Greater Age) Either of the parties to an adoption or any relative of them may
apply to the family court for rescission of an adoption that violates the
provision of Art 793. ˜806@(Rescission of Adoption between Guardian and Ward not Assented to
by the Family Court) (1)@An adopted child or any natural relative of
the child may apply to the family court for rescission of an adoption that
violates the provisions of Art 794; provided, however, that this does not apply
after the account of administration has been settled if the adopted child
ratifies the adoption or if 6 months have passed since settlement. (2)@No ratification in the proviso to para (1)
takes effect, unless the adopted child ratified the adoption after he had
attained the age of majority or had recovered legal capacity to act. (3)@Where the account has been settled but the
adopted child has not attained the age of majority or has not recovered legal
capacity to act, the period referred to in the proviso to para (1) is
calculated from the time the adopted child attains the age of majority or
recovers legal capacity to act. ˜806-2@iRescission of Adoption Without Spousal Consent etc.) (1)@A person who does not give his consent to an
adoption may apply to the family court for rescission of an adoption that
violates the provisions of Art 796; provided that this does not apply in the
cases where 6 months have passed from the time the person had knowledge of the
adoption or he ratified the adoption. (2)@A person who gave the consent referred to in Art
796 by fraud or duress may apply to the family court for rescission of the
adoption; provided that this does not apply in cases where 6 months have passed
from the time the person had knowledge of fraud or escaped from duress, or the
person ratified the adoption. ˜806-3@(Rescission of Adoption made without Consent of Person Who Cares
for Child etc.) (1)@A person who does not give his consent to the
adoption may apply to the family court for rescission of an adoption that
violates the provision of Art 797 para (2); provided that this does not apply
if the person has ratified the adoption, or if, after the adopted child has
reached 15 years of age, 6 months have passed or the child has ratified the
adoption. (2)@The provisions of Art 806-2 para (2) does
apply mutatis mutandis to the consent referred to in Art 797 para (2) made due
to fraud or duress. ˜807@(Rescission of Adoption of Minor not Assented to by Family Court) An adopted child, any natural relative of the child, or a person
who gave his consent to the adoption on the adopted child's behalf may apply to
the family court for rescission of an adoption that violates the provisions of Art
798; provided, however, that this does not apply if, after the adopted child attains
majority, 6 months have passed or he has ratified the adoption. ˜808@iApplication
Mutatis Mutandis of Provisions regarding rescission of Marriage etc.) (1)@The provisions of Art 747 & ˜748 apply
mutatis mutandis to adoption. In this case, '3 months' in Art 747 para (2) is
read as '6 months'. (2)@The provisions of Art 769 & 816 apply mutatis
mutandis to the rescission of adoption. Subsection
3 Effect of Adoption ˜809@iAcquisition of Status of Child in wedlock) An adopted child acquires the status of a child in wedlock of his
adoptive parent(s) from the time of adoption. ˜810@iSurname of Adopted Child) An adopted child shall take the surname of his adoptive parent(s); provided
that this does not apply to an adopted child who has changed his surname by
marriage and continues to use the surname determined at the time of marriage. Subsection
4 Dissolution of Adoptive Relations ˜811@iDissolution of Adoptive Relations by Agreement etc.) (1)@Parties to an adoption may agree to dissolve
the adoptive relationship. (2)@If an adopted child is under 15 years of age,
an adoptive parent and a person to be a legal representative of the child after
the dissolution of adoptive relation may agree to dissolve the adoptive
relation. (3)@If, in the case referred to in para (1), the
parents of the adopted child divorce, they may agree that one of them should
have parental authority with respect to the child after the dissolution of
adoptive relation. (4)@If the parents of the adopted child do not, or
cannot, make the agreement referred to in para (3), the family court may, on
the application of a father, a mother, or an adoptive parent referred to in para
(3), make a ruling in lieu of the agreement. (5)@If there is no person to be a legal
representative of the adopted child for the purposes of para (2), the family
court may, on the application of any relative of the adopted child or any other
interested party, appoint a person to be a guardian of a minor for the adopted
child after the dissolution of adoptive relation. (6)@If one of the parties to an adoption has died
and the surviving party intends to dissolve the adoptive relation, he may do so
with the permission of the family court. ˜811-2@iDissolution
of Adoptive relation Between Married Couple and Minor) Where adoptive parents who are married to each other intend to
dissolve the adoptive relation with a minor, they must do so jointly; provided,
however, that this does not apply if one of them is incapable of indicating his
intention. ˜812@iApplication Mutatis Mutandis of Marriage Provisions) The provisions of Art 738, 739 & 747 apply mutatis mutandis to
dissolution of adoptive relation. In this case, '3 months' in Art 747 para (2) is
read as '6 months'. ˜813@iAcceptance of Notification of Dissolution of Adoptive Relation) (1)@No notification of dissolution of adoptive
relation is accepted until it has been found not to violate any of the
provisions of Art 739 para (2) applied mutatis mutandis to Art 812, 811 &
811-2, or the provisions of any other laws and regulations. (2)@Where the notification of dissolution of
adoptive relation has been accepted in violation of the provisions of para (1),
the dissolution is not prevented from taking effect due to the violation. ˜814@iJudicial Dissolution of Adoptive Relation) (1)@Either of the parties to an adoption may, in
the following cases only, bring an action for dissolution of adoptive relation: (i)@if he has been abandoned in bad faith by the
other party; (ii)@if it is not clear whether the other party is
dead or alive for not less than 3 years; or (iii)@if there is any other material ground making
it difficult to continue the adoptive relation. (2)@The provisions of Art 770 para (2) apply mutatis
mutandis to the cases listed in items (i) & (ii) of para (1). ˜815@(Party to Action for Dissolution of Adoptive Relation When Adopted
Child below 15 years of age) If an adopted child has not attained 15 years of age, a person who
may make an agreement with the adoptive parent(s) to dissolve the adoptive
relation pursuant to the provisions of Art 811 may bring or be subject to an
action for dissolution of adoptive relation. ˜816@iResumption of Surname by Dissolution of Adoptive Relation) (1)@An adopted child resumes using the surname he
used before the adoption by dissolution of adoptive relation; provided that
this does not apply where a married person adopted another as his child with
his spouse jointly and the adopted child dissolved the adoptive relation with
only one of adoptive parents. (2)@If a person resumes using the name he used
before the adoption pursuant to the provision of para (1) after 7 years have
passed since the time of adoption, he may take the surname used at the time of
dissolution of adoptive relation by giving notification, pursuant to the
provisions of the Family Registration Act, within 3 months of the day of
dissolution. ˜817@(Assumption of Rights upon Resumption of Surname by Dissolution of
Adoptive Relations) The provisions of Art 769 apply mutatis mutandis to dissolution of
adoptive relations. Subsection
5 Special Adoption ˜817-2@iMaking of Special Adoption) (1)@The family court may, on the application of a
person to be an adoptive parent, make a ruling establishing a 'special
adoption' which extinguishes the legal relationship between a child and his natural
relatives. (2)@The permission referred to in Art 794 or 798
is not required for the application referred to in the provision of para (1). ˜817-3@iJoint Adoption by Married Couple) (1)@A person to be an adoptive parent must be a
married person. (2)@If one spouse does not become an adoptive
parent, the other spouse may not be an adoptive parent; provided, however, that
this does not apply if that spouse intends to adopt a child in wedlock of the
other spouse (excluding an adopted child who is not the subject of a special
adoption ruling). ˜817-4@iAge of Person to be Adoptive Parent) A person who has not attained 25 years of age may not be an
adoptive parent; provided that this does not apply if one spouse of a married
couple to be adoptive parents has attained 20 years of age but has not attained
25 years of age. ˜817-5@iAge of Person to be Adopted Child) No person who has attained 6 years of age at the time of the
application referred to in the provisions of Art 817-2 is adopted; provided
that this does not apply if he has not attained 8 years of age and has been
continually cared for by a person to be an adoptive parent since before the
child attained 6 years of age. ˜817-6@iParental Consent) A ruling of special adoption is only made if both parents of a
person to be adopted gives his consent to the special adoption; provided that
this does not apply in cases where the parents are incapable of indicating
their intention or the parents have abused the child, abandoned the child
without reasonable cause, or there is any other cause of grave harm to the
interests of the person to become the adopted child. ˜817-7@iNecessity Especially for the Interests of the Child) A ruling of special adoption is only made if both parents of a
person to be adopted are incapable or unfit to care for the child or there are
any other special circumstances, and it is found that the special adoption is
especially necessary for the interests of the child. ˜817-8@iCircumstances of Care) (1)@In making a ruling of special adoption, the
circumstances of not less than 6 months of the care given by the person(s) to
become adoptive parent(s) over the person to become the adopted child are
considered. (2)@The period in para (1) is calculated from the
time of the application referred to in the provisions of Art 817-2; provided
that this does not apply if the circumstances of care are evident prior to the
application. ˜817-9@iExtinguishment of Legal Relationship with Natural Relatives) The legal relationship between an adopted child and his natural
parents and relative by bloods is extinguished by a ruling of special adoption;
provided that this does not apply to the legal relationship with the other
party referred to in the provision of the proviso to Art 817-3 para (2) and his
relative by bloods. ˜817-10@iDissolution of Special Adoption) (1)@The family court may, on the application of
the adopted child, his natural parents or a public prosecutor, make a ruling
dissolving the adoptive relation, if both of the following items are satisfied
and the family court finds it especially necessary for the interests of the
adopted child: (i)@the adoptive parents have abused, or abandoned
in bad faith, the adopted child or there is any other ground of extreme harm to
the interests of the adopted child; (ii)@the natural parent(s) are capable of providing
reasonable care for the child. (2)@Dissolution of special adoption shall only be
made pursuant to the provision of para (1). ˜817-11@(Restoration of Legal Relationship with Natural Relatives by Dissolution
of Adoptive Relation) The same legal relationship that was extinguished by the special
adoption is to arise between an adopted child and his natural parents and their
relatives by blood from the time of dissolution of adoptive relation. Chapter IV Parental
Authority Section 1
General Provisions ˜818@iPerson Who Has Parental Authority) (1)@A child who has not attained the age of
majority is subject to the parental authority of his parents. (2)@If a child is an adopted child, he is subject
to the parental authority of his adoptive parents. (3)@Parental authority is exercised jointly by
married parents; provided that if either parent is incapable of exercising
parental authority, the other parent does so. ˜819@iPerson Who Has Parental Authority in the Case of Divorce or
Recognition) (1)@If parents divorce by agreement, they may
agree upon which parent is to have parental authority in relation to a child. (2)@In the case of judicial divorce, the court
determines which parent is to have parental authority. (3)@In the case where parents divorce before the
birth of a child, the mother exercises parental rights and duties; provided
that the parties may agree that the father is to have parental authority after
the child is born. (4)@A father only exercises parental authority
with regard to a child of his that he has affiliated if both parents agree that
he is to have parental authority. (5)@When the parents do not, or cannot, make the
agreements referred to in para(1), (3) & (4), the family court may, on the
application of the father or the mother, make a ruling in lieu of agreement. (6)@The family court may, on the application of
any relative of the child, rule that the other parent is to have parental
authority in relation to the child if it finds it necessary for the interests
of the child. Section 2
Effect of Parental Authority ˜820@iRight and Duty of Care and Education) A person who exercises parental authority holds the right, and
bears the duty, to care for and educate the child for the interests of the child. ˜821@iDetermination of Residence) Residence of a child is determined by a person who exercises
parental authority. ˜822@iDiscipline) A person who exercises parental authority may discipline the child
to the extent necessary for the care and education stipulated in Art 820. ˜823@iPermission for Occupation) (1)@A child may not have an occupation without the
permission of a person who exercises parental authority. (2)@A person who exercises parental authority may
revoke or limit the permission referred to in para (1) in the case referred to
in Art 6 para (2). ˜824@iAdministration and Representation over Property) A person who exercises parental authority l administers the
property of the child and represent the child in any legal juridical act in respect
of the child's property; provided, however, that if an obligation requiring an
act of the child is to be created, the consent of the child must be obtained. ˜825@(Effect of Acts Done by One Parent in the Name of Both Parents) Where parents exercise parental authority jointly and one parent,
in the name of both parents, performs a juridical act on behalf of a child, or
give his consent for the child to perform a juridicalc act, the effect of that
act is not prevented, even if it is contrary to the intention of the
other parent; provided, however, that this does not apply if the other party
has knowledge. ˜826@iConflict of Interest) (1)@If an act involves a conflict of interest
between a father or mother who exercises parental authority and a child, a
person who exercises parental authority must apply to the family court to have
a special representative for the child appointed. (2)@In the case where a person exercises parental
authority for more than one child, if there is an act which involves a conflict
of interest between one child and the other child or children, a person who
exercises parental authority must apply to have a special representative for
that child appointed. ˜827@iDuty of Care in Administration of Property) A person who exercises parental authority must exercise the right
of administration of property with the same care he would exercise for himself. ˜828@iAccounts of Administration of Property) When a child attains the age of majority, a person who exercised
parental authority accounts for the administration of property without delay;
provided, however, that the expenses incurred in the care of the child and the
administration of property is deemed to have been set-off against the profits
from the child's property. ˜829@(Accounts of Administration of Property) If a third party who has granted property to a child gratuitously
indicates a contrary intention, the provision of the proviso to Art 828 does
not apply to that property. ˜830@(Administration of Property Given to Child by Third Party
Gratuitously) (1)@If a third party who grants property to a
child gratuitously indicates an intention not to allow a father or mother who
exercises parental authority to administer that property, that property is not
subject to the administration of the father or mother. (2)@If neither parent has the right to administer
the property referred to in para (1) and the third party does not appoint an
administrator for that property, the family court may, on the application of a
child, any relative of the child or a public prosecutor, appoint an
administrator. (3)@Even if a third party has appointed an
administrator for the property, para (2) applies if the right of that
administrator is extinguished or the replacement of that administrator is
required, and the third party does not appoint another administrator. (4)@The provisions of Art 27 thru 29 apply mutatis
mutandis to the cases referred to in para (2) & (3). ˜831@(Application Mutatis Mutandis of Mandate Provisions) The provisions of Art 654 & 655 apply mutatis mutandis to the
case where a person who exercises parental authority administers the property
of a child and the case referred to in Art 830. ˜832@(Extinctive Prescription of Obligations between Parent & Child
That Arise from Administration of Property) (1)@Obligations that arise from the administration
of property between a person who exercised parental authority and the child are
extinguished by prescription if not exercised within 5 years from the time the
right of administration of property is extinguished. (2)@If the right of administration of property is
extinguished while the child has not yet attained the age of majority and the
child has no legal representative, the period in para (1) is calculated from
the time the child attains the age of majority or a new legal representative
takes office. ˜833@iExercise of Parental Authority on Behalf of Child) A person who exercises parental authority with regard to a child
exercises parental authority in lieu of that child regarding that child's child. Section 3
Loss of Parental Authority ˜834@iRuling on Loss of Parental Authority) If a child is abused or abandoned in bad faith by his father or
mother, or if a childfs interests are extremely
jeopardized due to difficulty or inappropriateness of the conduct of
parental authority, the family court may, on the application of any relative,
guardian or supervisor of his guardian or a public prosecutor, make a ruling of
loss of parental authority; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
causes of the ruling are expected to cease within 2 years. ˜834-2@iRuling on Suspension of Parental Authority) (1)
If a
childfs interests are jeopardized due to difficulty or inappropriateness of the
conduct of parental authority, the family court may, on the application of any
relative, his guardian or the supervisor of his guardian or a public
prosecutor, make a ruling on his father or mother a ruling on the suspension of
parental authority. (2)
The family
court, in making a ruling on the suspension of parental authority, determins
the period of suspension of parental authority for not exceeding 2 years which is
expected to require until the extinction of such cause, considering the mental
and health condition, the situation of his life and all the other circumstances
of the child. ˜835@iRuling of Loss of Right of Administration of
Property) If a father or mother who exercises parental authority endangers
the property of a child due to difficulty or
impropriety in his administration, the family court may, on the application
of the child or any relative, his guardian or the supervisor of his guardian or
a public prosecutor, make a ruling of right of administration of property. ˜836@(Rescission of Ruling on Loss or Suspension of
Parental Authority or Loss of Right of Administration of Property) If the causes in provisions of the main clause of Art 834, Art 834-2
para (1) and Art 835 have ceased to exist, the family court may, on the
application of the person concerned or any relative of his, rescind a ruling of
loss or suspension of parental authority or loss of right of administration of
property pursuant to the provisions of Art 834, Art 834-2 para (1) and Art 835
respectively. ˜837@(Surrender and Resumption of Parental
Authority or Right of Management Administration of Property) (1)@If there is
an unavoidable reason, a father or mother who exercises parental authority may,
with the permission of the family court, surrender parental authority or the
right of administration of property. (2)@If the
reason in para (1) has ceased to exist, a father or mother may, with the
permission of the family court, resume parental authority or the right of
administration of property. Chapter V
Guardianship Section 1
Commencement of Guardianship ˜838@(Commencement of Guardianship)@ Guardianship commences in the following cases: (i)@if there is
no person with parental authority over a minor or if a person with parental
authority is unable to exercise the right of administration of property. (ii)@if there
has been an order for commencement of guardianship. Section 2
Organs of Guardianship Subsection
1 Guardian ˜839@(Designation of Guardian of Minor) (1)@A person
who last exercises parental authority over a minor may designate a guardian of
a minor by will; provided that this does not apply to a person who has no right
of administration of property. (2)@If one of
the parents who have parental authority has no right of administration of
property, the other parent may designate a guardian of a minor pursuant to the
provision of para (1). ˜840@(Appointment of Guardian of Minor) (1) If there is no person to become a guardian of a minor pursuant
to the provisions of Art 839, the family court may appoint a guardian of minor
on the application of a minor ward or his relative, or other interested
person. This also applies in a case
where any vacancy in the position of a guardian of a minor occurs. (2) Even if there is a guardian of a minor, the family court may,
on application of the persons designated in para (1) or a guardian of a minor,
or ex officio, appoint additional guardian(s) of a minor when it finds this
necessary. (3) In appointing a guardian of a minor, the family court should
consider such circumstances as the age of a minor ward, his mental and health
condition, the situation of his life and property, the profession and
background of a guardian of a minor and existence of interest between a minor
ward and guardian of a minor, the opinion of a minor ward and all the other
circumstances. ˜841@iApplication for Appointment of Guardian of
Minor by Parents) If a father or mother surrenders parental authority or the right of
administration of property, or if the necessity to appoint a guardian of a
minor arises due to the ruling of loss or suspension of parental authority or
loss of right of administration of property, the father or mother must, without
delay, apply to the family court for the appointment of a guardian of a minor. ˜843@iAppointment of Guardian of Adult) (1)@The family
court appoints ex officio a guardian of an adult if it orders commencement of
guardianship. (2)@If the
office of a guardian of an adult is vacant, the family court appoints a
guardian of an adult on the application of an adult ward or his relative, or
other interested person, or ex officio. (3)@Even if a
guardian of an adult has been appointed, the family court may appoint a further
guardian, when it finds this necessary, at the application of the persons
prescribed in para (2), or a guardian of an adult, or ex officio. (4)@In the
appointment of a guardian of an adult, the family court considers the physical
and mental condition and the living and property circumstances of the adult
ward, the occupation and personal history of the person to become the guardian,
the existence of any vested interest between them (if the person to become a
guardian of an adult is a juridical person, its type and content of business
and the existence of any vested interest between the adult ward and the
juridical person or its representative), the opinion of the adult ward, and all
other matters. ˜844@iSurrender of Guardianship) A guardian of an adult may, where any justifiable reason exists,
surrender his office upon the permission of the family court. ˜845@(Application for Appointment of New Guardian upon the Surrender of
Guardianship) If the necessity to appoint a new guardian arises through a
guardian's surrender of office, the guardian must, without delay, petition the
family court to appoint a new guardian. ˜846@iReplacement of Guardian) If there is an unlawful act, grave misconduct, or other cause not
befitting the office of guardianship on the part of a guardian, the family
court may replace the guardian on the application of a supervisor of a
guardian, a ward or his relative, or a public prosecutor, or ex officio. ˜847@iCauses of Disqualification of Guardian) Any person who falls under any of the following items may not
become a guardian: (i)@a minor; (ii)@a legal representative, curator, or assistant
who has been replaced by the family court; (iii)@a bankrupt; (iv)@a person who has brought or is bringing an
action against the ward, or a spouse or lineal blood relative by blood of such
person; or (v)@a person whose whereabouts are unknown. Subsection
2 Supervisor of a Guardian ˜848@iDesignation of Supervisor of Guardian of Minor) A person who may designate a guardian of a minor may designate a
supervisor of a guardian of a minor by will. ˜849@iAppointment of Supervisor of Guardian of Minor) If there is no person who has been designated a supervisor of a
guardian of a minor pursuant to the provision of Art 848, the family court may
appoint a supervisor of a guardian of a minor, when it finds this necessary, on
the application of a minor ward or his relative, or a guardian of a minor, or
ex officio. This also applies in the case where any vacancy in the position of
a supervisor of a guardian of a minor occurs. ˜849-2@iAppointment of Supervisor of Guardian of Adult) The family court may appoint a supervisor of a guardian of an adult
if it finds this necessary on the application of an adult ward or his relative,
or a guardian of an adult, or ex officio. ˜850@iCauses of Disqualification of Supervisor of a Guardian) A spouse, lineal relative by blood, or sibling of a guardian may
not become a supervisor of a guardian. ˜851@iDuties of Supervisor of Guardian) The duties of a supervisor of a guardian are as follows: (i)@to supervise the affairs of a guardian; (ii)@to apply to the family court without delay to
appoint a guardian in the case where any vacancy in the position of a guardian
occurs; (iii)@to take necessary measures in the case of an
emergency; and (iv)@to represent the ward in conduct where there
is a conflict of interest between the ward and the guardian or his
representative. ˜852@iApplication Mutatis Mutandis of Mandate and Guardian Provisions) The provisions of Art 644, 654, 655, 843 para (4), 844, 846, 847,
859-2, 859-3, 861 para (2), and 862 apply mutatis mutandis to a supervisor of a
guardian. Section 3
Affairs of Guardian ˜853@(Investigation of Property and Preparation of
Inventory) (1)@A guardian must, without delay, undertake an
investigation of the ward's property, and finalize the investigation and
prepare an inventory of property within one month; provided that this period
may be extended with the approval of the family court. (2)@An investigation of property and the
preparation of an inventory of property are not valid unless conducted in the
presence of a supervisor of the guardian, if one exists. ˜854@iAuthority Prior to Completion of Inventory of Property) Until a guardian has completed the inventory of property, he isl
not entitled to exercise his authority unless there is an urgent need; provided
that this may not be asserted against a third party in good faith. ˜855@(Guardian's Duty to Report Claims or Obligations in Relation to
Ward) (1)@In the case where a guardian has any claim or
bears any obligation in relation to a ward, he must report this to the
supervisor, if one exists, before undertaking an investigation of property. (2)@If a guardian knows of a claim against a ward
and does not report it, this claim is lost. ˜856@(Application Mutatis Mutandis to the Case Ward Acquires Property
under Universal Title) The provisions of Art 853 thru 855 apply mutatis mutandis to the
case where a ward acquires property under universal title after a guardian has
assumed office. ˜857@(Rights and Duties regarding Personal Supervision of Minor Ward) A guardian of a minor shall have, with respect to the matters
prescribed in the Art 820 thru 823, the same rights and duties as a person who
exercises parental authority; provided that in order to change the plan of
education or the residence determined by a person who exercises parental
authority, to enter a minor ward into a disciplinary facility, to give
permission to carry on business, or to revoke or limit that permission, he must
obtain the consent of a supervisor of a guardian of a minor, if one exists. ˜858@(Respect for Intention and Personal Consideration of Adult Ward) A guardian of an adult, in undertaking affairs related to the life,
medical treatment and nursing, and administration of property of an adult ward,
must respect the intention of the adult ward, and consider his mental and
physical condition and living circumstances. ˜859@iAdministration and Representation over Property) (1)@A guardian administers the property of a ward
and represent a ward in juristic acts concerning his property. (2)@The provision of the proviso to Art 824 apply
mutatis mutandis to the case referred to in para (1). ˜859-2@iExercise of
Authority where Multiple Guardians of Adult) (1)@If there are multiple guardians of an adult,
the family court may determine ex officio that the guardians should exercise
authority jointly or according to a division of labor. (2)@The family court may rescind ex officio a
determination made pursuant to the provisions of para (1). (3)@If there are multiple guardians of an adult,
it is sufficient that a manifestation of intention by a third party be made to
one guardian. ˜859-3@(Permission regarding Disposition of Real Estate Used for Adult
Ward's Residence) A guardian of an adult must obtain the permission of the family
court for sale, rent, cancellation of lease, or establishment of a mortgage, or
any other disposition equivalent to these, on the ward's behalf with regard to
a building or site used for the adult ward's residence. ˜860@iActs in Conflict of Interest) The provisions of Art 826 apply mutatis mutandis to a guardian;
provided that this does not apply in the case where there is a supervisor of a
guardian. ˜861@iExpenditure
Estimation & Expenses of Affairs of Guardianship) (1)@Upon assumption of office, a guardian must
estimate the amount of money that will be required in annual expenditure for
the living, education, medical treatment and nursing, and administration of
property of the ward. (2)@A guardian must pay the expenses necessary to
undertake the affairs of guardianship out of the property of the ward. ˜862@iRemuneration to Guardian) The family court may grant reasonable remuneration to a guardian
out of the property of the ward, considering the financial capacity of the
guardian and the ward and other circumstances. ˜863@iSupervision of Affairs of Guardianship) (1)@A supervisor of a guardian or the family court
may, at any time, demand that a guardian submit a report on the affairs of
guardianship or an inventory of property, and may investigate the affairs of
guardianship or the situation of the property of the ward. (2)@The family court may order any necessary
disposition concerning the administration of the property of a ward, or other
affairs of guardianship, on the application of a supervisor of a guardian, the
ward or his relative, or other interested person, or ex officio. ˜864@iActs Requiring the Consent of a Supervisor of Guardian) For a guardian, on behalf of a ward, to undertake business or the
acts listed in each item of Art 13 para (1), or to give consent for a minor
ward to undertake the same, he must obtain the consent of a supervisor of a
guardian, if one exists; provided that this does not apply to the receipt of
principal listed in Art 13 para (1) item (i). ˜865@iActs Requiring the Consent of a Supervisor of Guardian) (1)@A ward or a guardian may rescind acts
conducted or consented to by a guardian in violation of the provisions of Art
864. In this case, the provisions of Art 20 apply mutatis mutandis. (2)@The provision of para (1) does not preclude
the application of the provisions of Art 121 thru 126. ˜866@(Ward's Rescission of Reception of Property etc.) (1)@If a guardian has received the property of a
ward or the right of a third party against the ward, the ward may rescind that
reception. In this case, the provisions of Art 20 apply mutatis mutandis. (2)@The provision of para (1) does not preclude
the application of the provisions of Art 121 thru 126. ˜867@(Exercise of Parental Authority on Behalf of Minor Ward) (1)@A guardian of a minor must exercise parental
authority in lieu of a minor ward with respect to that minor ward's child. (2)@The provisions of Art 853 thru 857 and Art 861
thru 866 apply mutatis mutandis to the case referred to in para (1). ˜868@(Guardian of Minor with Rights and Duties regarding Property Only) In the case where a person who has parental authority does not have
the right of administration of property, a guardian of a minor must have
authority regarding property and that authority only. ˜869@iApplication Mutatis Mutandis of Mandate and Parental Authority
Provisions) The provisions of Art 644 & 830 apply mutatis mutandis to
guardianship. Section 4
Termination of Guardianship ˜870@iAccount of Guardianship) When the office of a guardian comes to an end, he or his successor must
render an account of his administration within 2 months; provided that this
period may be extended with the approval of the family court. ˜871@iAccount of Guardianship) An account of guardianship must be conducted in the presence of a
supervisor of a guardian, if one exists. ˜872@(Rescission of Contract etc. between a Minor Ward and Guardian of
Minor etc.) (1)@A person who, as an ex-minor ward, made a
contract with a guardian, or the heir of the guardian, after attaining majority
but before settlement of the account of guardianship may rescind such contract.
The same applies to unilateral juridical acts that person makes toward a
guardian of a minor or his successor. (2)@The provisions of Art 20 and Art 121 thru 126
apply mutatis mutandis to the case referred to in para (1). ˜873@(Payment of Interest etc. upon Money Refunded) (1)@Money to be refunded by a guardian to a ward
and money to be refunded by a ward to a guardian must bear interest from the
time the account of guardianship is settled. (2)@If a guardian has expended a ward's money for
his own benefit, such money bears interest from the time of the expenditure. In
this case, further damages are incurred by the ward, the guardian is liable for
such damages. ˜874@(Application Mutatis Mutandis of Mandate Provisions) The provisions of Art 654 & 655 apply mutatis mutandis to
guardianship. ˜875@(Extinctive Prescription of Claim That Arises
from Guardianship) (1)@The provisions of Art 832 apply mutatis
mutandis to the extinctive prescription of a claim that arises from
guardianship between a guardian or a supervisor of a guardian and a ward. (2)@In the case where a juridical act is rescinded
pursuant to the provisions of Art 872, the period of the extinctive
prescription prescribed in para (1) commences from the time of that rescission. Chapter VI Curatorship and Assistance Section 1 Curatorship ˜876@iCommencement of Curatorship) Curatorship commences by order of commencement of curatorship. ˜876-2@iAppointment etc. of Curator or Temporary Curator) (1)@If the family court orders commencement of
curatorship, it will appoint a curator ex officio. (2)@The provisions of Art 843 para (2) thru (4) and
Art 844 thru 847 apply mutatis mutandis to a curator. (3)@For acts where there is a conflict of interest
between the curator or his representative and a person under curatorship, the
curator must apply to the family court for the appointment of a temporary
curator; provided that this does not apply in the case where there is a
supervisor of a curator. ˜876-3@iSupervisor of Curator) (1)@The family court may appoint a supervisor of a
curator, if it finds this necessary, on the application of a person under
curatorship or his relative, or a curator, or ex officio. (2)@The provisions of Art 644, 654, 655, 843 para (4),
844, 846, 847, 850, 851, 859-2, 859-3, 861 para (2) and 862 apply mutatis
mutandis to a supervisor of a curator. In this case, the term 'represent the
ward regarding' in Art 851 item (iv) is deemed to be replaced with 'represent a
person under curatorship regarding, or give consent for a person under
curatorship to undertake the same'. ˜876-4@ (Order Granting Power of Representation to Curator) (1)@On the application of a person prescribed by
the main clause of Art 11 or (a supervisor of) a curator, the family court may
make an order that grants power of representation to the curator, concerning
specified juridical acts for the person under curatorship. (2)@An order referred to in para (1) made upon the
application of any person other than the person under curatorship requires the
consent of the person under curatorship. (3)@The family court may rescind an order referred
to in para (1), in whole or in part, on the application of a person prescribed
by that paragraph. ˜876-5@iAffairs of Curatorship and Termination of Office of Curator) (1)@A curator, in undertaking the affairs of
curatorship, must respect the intention of the person under curatorship, and
consider his mental and physical condition and living circumstances. (2)@The provisions of Art 644, 859-2, 859-3, 861 para
(2), 862 and 863 apply mutatis mutandis to the affairs of curatorship, and the
provision of the proviso to Art 824 apply mutatis mutandis to the case where a
curator represents a person under curatorship based upon an order granting the
power of representation referred to in Art 876-4 para (1). (3)@The provisions of Art 654, 655, 870, 871 and
873 apply mutatis mutandis to the case of termination of office of a curator,
and the provisions of Art 832 apply mutatis mutandis to claims that arise from
curatorship between (a supervisor of) a curator, and a person under
curatorship. Section 2 Assistance ˜876-6@iCommencement of Assistance) Assistance commences by order of commencement of assistance. ˜876-7@iAppointment etc. of Assistant or Temporary Assistant) (1)@If the family court orders commencement of
assistance, it will appoint an assistant ex officio. (2)@The provisions of Art 843 para (2) thru (4) and
Art 844 thru 847 apply mutatis mutandis to an assistant. (3)@For acts where there is a conflict of interest
between the assistant or his representative and a person under assistance, the
assistant must apply to the family court for the appointment of a temporary
assistant; provided that this does not apply in the case where there is a
supervisor of an assistant. ˜876-8@iSupervisor of Assistant) (1)@The family court may appoint a supervisor of
an assistant, if it finds this necessary, on the application of a person under
assistance, his relative, or an assistant, or ex officio. (2)@The provisions of Art 644, 654, 655, 843 para (4),
844, 846, 847, 850, 851, 859-2, 859-3, 861 para (2) and 862 apply mutatis mutandis
to a supervisor of an assistant. In this case, the term 'represent the ward
regarding' in Art 851 item (iv) is deemed to be replaced with 'represent a
person under assistance regarding, or give consent for a person under
assistance to undertake the same. ˜876-9@iOrder Granting Power of Representation to Assistant) (1)@On the application of a person prescribed by
the main clause of Art 15 para (1), an assistant, or a supervisor of an
assistant, the family court may make an order that grants power of
representation to the assistant, concerning specified juridical acts for the
person under assistance. (2)@The provisions of Art 876-4 para (2) & (3)
apply mutatis mutandis to the order referred to in para (1). ˜876-10@iAffairs of Assistance & Termination of Office of Assistant) (1)@The provisions of Art 644, 859-2, 859-3, 861
para (2), 862 , 863, and 876-5 para (1) apply mutatis mutandis to the affairs
of assistance, and the provisions of the proviso to Art 824 apply mutatis mutandis
to the case where an assistant represents a person under assistance based upon
an order granting the power of representation referred to in Art 876-9 para (1). (2)@The provisions of Art 654, 655, 870, 871 &
873 apply mutatis mutandis to the case of termination of office of an
assistant, and the provisions of Art 832 apply mutatis mutandis to claims that
arise from assistance between an assistant, or a supervisor of an assistant,
and a person under assistance. Chapter VII Support ˜877@iSupporter under Duty) (1)@Lineal relative by blood and siblings have a
duty to support each other. (2)@If special circumstances exist, the family
court may also impose a duty of support between relatives within the 3rd
degree, in addition to the case prescribed in para (1). (3)@If an alteration in circumstances arises after
an order pursuant to the provision of para (1), the family court may revoke
that order. ˜878@iOrder of Support) In the case where there exist several persons under a duty to give
support, and agreement has not, or cannot be, reached between the parties with
respect to the order in which they are to give support, the family court
determines the order. In the case where there exist several persons entitled to
support and the financial capacity of the person under a duty to give support
is insufficient to support them all, the same applies. ˜879@iExtent and Form of Support) If agreement has not, or cannot be, reached between the parties
with respect to the extent and form of support, the family court determines
such matters, considering the needs of the person entitled to support, the
financial capacity of the person under a duty to give support, and any other
related circumstances. ˜880@(Alteration or Revocation of Agreement or Order with Regard to
Support) If an alteration in circumstances arises after an agreement or an
order regarding the order of persons under a duty to support, persons entitled
to support, or the extent or form of support, the family court may alter or
revoke the agreement or the order. ˜881@iProhibition of Disposition of Claim for Support) The right to support may not be subject to disposition. Part V
Inheritance Chapter I
General Provisions ˜882@iCause of Commencement of Inheritance) Inheritance commences upon the death of the decedent. ˜883@iPlace of Commencement of Inheritance) Inheritance commences at the place of domicile of the decedent. ˜884@iRight to Claim for Recovery of Inheritance) If the right to claim for recovery of inheritance is not exercised
within 5 years of the time an heir or his legal representative becomes aware of
the fact that the inheritance right has been infringed, that right is
extinguished by prescription. The right is also extinguished if 20 years have
passed from the time of commencement of inheritance. ˜885@iExpenses relating to Inherited Property) (1)@Expenses
relating to inherited property is paid out of that property; provided that this
does not apply to expenses resulting from the negligence of an heir. (2)@The
expenses of para (1) are not required to be paid out of property obtained by a
claimant to statutory reserved portion through abatement of a gift. Chapter II
Heir ˜886@iUnborn Child's Legal Capacity to Hold Rights
Relating to Inheritance) (1)@In regard
to inheritance, an unborn child is deemed to have already been born. (2)@The
provision of para (1) does not apply if the child is stillborn. ˜887@iRight to Inheritance of Child and Heir per
Stirpes etc.) (1)@The child
of a decedent is an heir. (2)@If a
decedent's child has died before the commencement of inheritance, or has lost
the right to inheritance by application of the provisions of Art 891 or
disinheritance, the child of the decedent's child becomes an heir as an heir
per stirpes; provided that this does not apply if the child is not a lineal
descendant of the decedent. (3)@The
provision of para (2) applies mutatis mutandis to the case where an heir per
stirpes has died before the commencement of inheritance, or has lost the right
of inheritance as an heir per stirpes by application of the provisions of Art 891
or by disinheritance. ˜889@iRight
of Inheritance of Lineal Ascendant and Sibling) (1)@In the case
where there is no person to become an heir pursuant to the provisions of Art
887, the following persons become heirs in accordance with the following order
of rank: (i)@lineal
ascendants of the decedent; provided that between persons of differing degree
of kinship, the person who is of closer relationship has higher priority of
inheritance; (ii)@siblings of
the decedent. (2)@The
provisions of Art 887 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis to the case referred to
in para (1) item (ii). ˜890@iRight of Inheritance of Spouse) The spouse of a decedent always is an heir. In this case, if there
is a person to become an heir pursuant to the provisions of Art 887 or 889, the
spouse is of the same rank as that person. ˜891@iCauses of Disqualification of Heir) The following persons may not become an heir: (i)@a person
who has received punishment for intentionally causing, or attempting to cause,
the death of a decedent or a person of equal or prior rank in relation to
inheritance; (ii)@a person
who is aware that the decedent was killed by someone but made no accusation or
complaint about this; provided that this does not apply if that person cannot
discern right from wrong, or if the killer was that person's spouse or lineal
relative; (iii)@a
person who prevented a decedent from making, revoking, rescinding, or changing
a will relating to inheritance through fraud or duress; (iv)@a person
who forced a decedent to make, revoke, rescind, or change a will relating to
inheritance through fraud or duress; or (v)@a person
who has forged, altered, destroyed, or concealed a decedent's will relating to
inheritance. ˜892@iDisinheritance of Presumed Heir) A decedent may make an application to the family court for the
disinheritance of a presumed heir (referring to a person who would otherwise
become an heir upon the commencement of inheritance) who has a legally reserved
portion if that person has abused or given grave insult to the decedent, or if
there has been any other grave misconduct on the part of the presumed heir. ˜893@iDisinheritance of Presumed Heir by Will) If a decedent has indicated an intention by will to disinherit a
presumed heir, the executor of that will must apply to the family court for
disinheritance of the presumed heir without delay after the will has taken
effect. In this case, the disinheritance of that presumed heir has retroactive
effect from the time of the decedent's death. ˜894@iRescission of Disinheritance of Presumed Heir) (1)@A decedent
may at any time make an application to the family court to rescind the
disinheritance of a presumed heir. (2)@The
provision of Art 893 apply mutatis mutandis to the rescission of disinheritance
of a presumed heir. ˜895@iAdministration of Inherited Property before
Ruling for Disinheritance of Presumed Heir Becomes Unappealable) (1)@If
inheritance has commenced before a ruling has become final and binding after an
application for the disinheritance of a presumed heir, or the rescission of
that disinheritance, the family court may order any necessary disposition with
regard to the administration of inherited property upon the application of a
relative, an interested party, or a public prosecutor. The same applies in the
case where a will was made for the disinheritance of a presumed heir. (2)@The
provisions of Art 27 thru 29 apply mutatis mutandis to the case where the
family court has appointed an administrator of inherited property pursuant to
the provisions of para (1). Chapter III
Effect of Inheritance Section 1
General Provisions ˜896@iGeneral Effect of Inheritance) From the time of commencement of inheritance, an heir succeeds
blanket rights and duties attached to the property of the decedent; provided
that this does not apply to rights or duties of the decedent that are purely
personal. ˜897@iAssumption of Rights Relating to Rituals) (1)@Despite the
provision of Art 896, rights to ownership of a genealogy, equipment used in
rituals, and any grave, are succeeded by the person who custom dictates presides
over rituals for ancestors; provided that if the decedent designates a person
who presides over rituals for ancestors, this person succeeds rights to
ownership. (2)@If, in the
case referred to in the main text of para (1), the custom is not evident, the
family court determines who succeesd the rights in para (1). ˜898@iEffect of Joint Inheritance) If there are 2 or more heirs, the inherited property belongs to
those heirs in co-ownership. ˜899@iEffect of Joint Inheritance) Each joint heir succeeds the rights and duties of the decedent
according to his share in inheritance. Section 2
Share in Inheritance ˜900@iStatutory Share in Inheritance) If there are 2 or more heirs of the same rank, their shares in
inheritance are determined by the following items: (i)@if a child
and a spouse are heirs, the child's share in inheritance and the spouse's share
in inheritance are 1/2 each; (ii)@if a spouse
and lineal ascendant are heirs, the spouse's share in inheritance is 2/3, and
the lineal ascendant's share in inheritance is 1/3; (iii)@if a
spouse and sibling(s) are heirs, the spouse's share in inheritance is 3/4, and
the sibling's share in inheritance is 1/4 (one quarter); (iv)@if there
are 2 or more children, lineal ascendants, or siblings, the share in the
inheritance of each is divided equally; provided that the share in inheritance
of a sibling who shares only one parent with the decedent is 1/2 of the share
in inheritance of a sibling who shares both parents. ˜901@iStatutory Share in Inheritance of Heirs per
Stirpes) (1)
The share
in inheritance of a lineal descendant who becomes an heir pursuant to the
provisions of Art 887 para (2) or (3) is the same as the share that person's lineal
ascendant would have received; provided that if there are 2 or more lineal
descendants, their shares in inheritance are determined in accordance with the
provisions of Art 900. (2)@The
provision of para (1) applies mutatis mutandis to the case where a child of a
sibling becomes an heir pursuant to the provision of Art 889 para (2). ˜902@iDesignation of Share in Inheritance by Will) (1)@Despite the
provisions of Art 900 & 901, a decedent may by will determine the share in
inheritance of joint heirs, or entrust a third party to determine the share;
provided that a decedent or a third party may not violate provisions relating
to legally reserved portion. (2)@If a
decedent determines, or has a third party determine, the share in inheritance
of a single heir or several heirs amongst joint heirs, the share in inheritance
of the other joint heir(s) is determined pursuant to the provisions of Art 900
& 901. ˜903@iShare in Inheritance of Heir who has Received
Special Benefit) (1)@If there is
a person from amongst joint heirs who has previously received a bequest, or has
received a gift for marriage, adoption, or as capital for livelihood, the total
inherited property is deemed the value calculated by adding the value of the
gift to the value of the property belonging to the decedent at the time of
commencement of inheritance and the share in inheritance of that person becomes
the remaining amount after deducting the value of that bequest or a gift from
the share in inheritance calculated pursuant to the provisions of Art 900 thru
˜902. (2)@If the
value of the bequesrt or gift is equal to, or exceeds, the value of a donee or
recipient's share in inheritance, he may not receive the share in inheritance. (3)@If the
decedent indicates an intention contrary to the provisions of para (1) & (2),
that intention only has effect to the extent that it does not violate the
provisions relating to legally reserved portion. ˜904@iShare in Inheritance of Heir who has Received
Special Benefit) With regard to the value of the gift referred to in the provisions
of Art 903, even if, through the conduct of the recipient there the property of
the gift is lost, or if there is a fluctuation in its value, the determination
of value is deemed as the value at the time of commencement of inheritance in
its original state. ˜904-2@iContributory Portion) (1)@If there is
a person from amongst joint heirs who has made a special contribution to the
maintenance or increase of the decedent's property through the provision of
labor or in the form of property relating to the decedent's business, medical treatment
or nursing of the decedent, or other means, the total inherited property is
deemed the value calculated by deducting the contributory portion as determined
by agreement by the joint heirs from the value of the property of the decedent
at the time of commencement of inheritance, and that person's share in
inheritance becomes the amount of the contribution added to the share in
inheritance calculated pursuant to the provisions of Art 900 thru 902. (2)@If the
agreement of para (1) is not, or cannot be, settled, the family court determines
the amount of contributory portion upon the application of the person who has
contributed referred to in the provision of para (1), considering the period of
contribution, the means and extent of contribution, the amount of the inherited
property, and all other circumstances. (3)@The
contributory portion may not exceed the amount calculated by deducting the
value of a bequest from the value of the property belonging to the decedent at
the time of commencement of inheritance. (4)@The
application referred to in para (2) may be made in the case where there has
been an application pursuant to the provision of Art 907 para (2), or in the
case where there has been a application pursuant to the provision of Art 910. ˜905@iRecovery Right of Share of Inheritance) (1)@If one
joint heir assigns his share of inheritance to a 3rd party before a
division of the inherited property, any other joint heir may obtain the share
thru the reimbursement of the value and expenses of that and recover the share
in inheritance. (2)@The right
of para (1) is to be exercised within 1 month. Section 3
Division of Inherited Property ˜906@iCriteria of Division of Inherited Property) Upon the division of inherited property, the type and nature of
goods or rights belonging to the inherited property, the age, occupation,
mental and physical state, and financial circumstances of each heir, and all
other matters, are to be considered. ˜907@iAgreement or Ruling for Division of Inherited
Property etc.) (1)@Joint heirs
may at any time divide inherited property by agreement except in the case where
this is prohibited by the decedent's will pursuant to the provision of Art 908. (2)@If
agreement is not, or cannot be, settled between joint heirs regarding division
of inherited property, each of the joint heirs may make an application to the
family court for a division of the inherited property. (3)@In the case
referred to in para (2), if there is a special reason, the family court may
prohibit the division of the inherited property, in whole or part, for a
specified period. ˜908@(Designation of Form of Division of Inherited
Property and Prohibition of Division) A decedent may by will determine the form of division of inherited
property, or entrust this to a 3rd party, or prohibit division for a
period not exceeding 5 years from the time of commencement of inheritance. ˜909@iEffect of Division of Inherited property) Division of inherited property has retroactive effect from the time
of the commencement of inheritance; provided that this does not prejudice the
rights of a 3rd party. ˜910@(Claim of Payment for Value of Person
Affiliated after Commencement of Inheritance) In the case where a person who becomes an heir through affiliation
after the commencement of inheritance intends to apply for a division of the
inherited property, if other heirs have already divided the inherited property
or made another disposition, he only has a claim of payment for value. ˜911@iMutual Liability to Guarantee Joint Heirs) Each joint heir, according to his share in inheritance, bears
liability to guarantee any other joint heir, just as a seller. ˜912@(Liability to Guarantee Claim Arising from
Division of Inherited Property) (1)@Each joint
heir guarantees, according to his share in inheritance, the solvency of any
obligor of the inherited property at the time of division regarding claims
arising from the division of inherited property. (2)@Each joint
heir guarantees the solvency of any obligor of the inherited property at the
time for performance regarding a claim that is either not yet due or has a
condition precedent. ˜913@iShare
of Liability to Guarantee Insolvent Joint Heir) If there is an insolvent joint heir who is liable to guarantee
other joint heirs, the portion of the liability which the insolvent joint heir
is to bear is apportioned amongst other joint heirs with a right to
reimbursement, and other solvent joint heirs contribute to the portion unable
to be reimbursed according to the share in inheritance of each; provided that
if there is negligence on the part of the person who seeks reimbursement, he
may not make a claim against other another joint heir to contribute. ˜914@iDetermination of Liability to Guarantee by
Will) If a decedent has expressed a different intent by will, the
provisions of Art 911 thru 913 does not apply. Chapter IV
Acceptance and Renunciation of Inheritance Section 1
General Provisions ˜915@iPeriod for Acceptance or Renunciation of
Inheritance) (1)@An heir must
give unconditional or qualified acceptance, or renunciation, regarding
inheritance within 3 months of the time he has knowledge that there has been a
commencement of inheritance for him; provided that this period may be extended
by the family court on the application of an interested party or a public
prosecutor. (2)@An heir may
investigate inherited property before making an acceptance or renunciation of
inheritance. ˜916@iPeriod for Acceptance or Renunciation of
Inheritance) If an heir dies without having made acceptance or renunciation of inheritance,
the period of Art 915 para (1) is calculated from the time that person's heir
comes to know of the commencement of inheritance for himself. ˜917@iPeriod for Acceptance or Renunciation of
Inheritance) If an heir is a minor or an adult ward, the period in Art 915 para (1)
is calculated from the time that legal representative comes to know of the
commencement of inheritance for the minor or adult ward. ˜918@iAdministration of Inherited Property) (1)@An heir must
administer inherited property with the same care he would exercise over his own
property; provided that this does not apply if he has accepted or renounced the
inheritance. (2)@The family
court may at any time order any necessary disposition for the preservation of
inherited property upon the application of an interested party or a public
prosecutor. (3)@The
provisions of Art 27 thru 29 apply mutatis mutandis to the case where the
family court has appointed an administrator manager of inherited property
pursuant to the provision of para (2). ˜919@iRevocation & Rescission of Acceptance &
Renunciation of Inheritance) (1)@Acceptance
or renunciation of inheritance may not be revoked even within the period
referred to in Art 915 para (1). (2)@The
provision of para (1) does not prevent the rescission of acceptance or
renunciation of inheritance made pursuant to the provisions of Part I (General
Provisions) and Part IV (Relatives). (3)@The right
of rescission in para (2) is extinguished by prescription if not exercised
within 6 months of the time ratification becomes possible. The right of
rescission in para (2) is extinguished if 10 years have passed since the time
of acceptance or renunciation of inheritance. (4)@A person
who intends to rescind qualified acceptance or renunciation of inheritance pursuant
to the provision of para (2) must provide a statement to that effect to the
family court. Section 2
Acceptance of Inheritance Subsection
1 Unconditional Acceptance ˜920@iEffect of Unconditional Acceptance) If an heir makes unconditional acceptance, he inherits the rights
and duties of the decedent without limitation. ˜921@iStatutory Unconditional Acceptance) An heir is deemed to have made unconditional acceptance in the
following cases: (i)@if an heir
has made a disposition of the inherited property in whole or in part; provided
that this does not apply to an act of preservation or a lease that does not
exceed the period determined in Art 602; (ii)@if an heir
has not made qualified acceptance or renunciation of inheritance within the
period of Art 915 para (1); (iii)@if
an heir, even after having made qualified acceptance or renunciation of
inheritance, conceals inherited property in whole or part, uses that property
for himself, or failed intentionally to enter it in the inventory of inherited
property; provided that this does not apply after the acceptance of a person
who has become an heir due to the renunciation of inheritance of the original
heir. Subsection
2 Qualified Acceptance ˜922@iQualified Acceptance) An heir may accept inheritance reserving to perform the obligation
or bequest of the decedent only within the extent of the property obtained by
inheritance. ˜923@iQualified Acceptance of Joint Heirs) If there are two or more heirs, qualified acceptance may only be
made if all members of the joint heirs make qualified acceptance jointly. ˜924@iForm of Qualified Acceptance) If an heir intends to make qualified acceptance, he must prepare an
inventory of the inherited property and submit this to the family court with a
statement to that effect within the period of Art 915 para (1). ˜925@iRights & Duties upon Qualified Acceptance) If an heir makes qualified acceptance, the rights and duties that
person has towards the decedent are deemed not to have been extinguished. ˜926@iAdministration by Person who has Made
Qualified Acceptance) (1)@A person
who has made qualified acceptance must continue administration of inherited
property with the same care he would exercise over his own property. (2)@Art 645,
646, 650 para (1) & (2) and 918 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis mutandis
to the case referred to in para (1). ˜927@iPublic
Notification & Notice to Inheritance Obligees & Donees) (1)@A person
who makes qualified acceptance must, within 5 days of making that qualified
acceptance, make public notification to all inheritance obligees (an obligee
with a claim towards the inherited property) and donees to the effect that
qualified acceptance has been made and that filing of any claim should be made
within a specified period. In this case, that period must not be less than 2
months. (2)@In the
public notification in para (1), it must be prescribed that inheritance obligees
and donees who failed to file should be precluded from the payment; provided,
however, that a successor who makes qualified acceptance may not preclude known
inheritance obligees and donees. (3)@a successor
who makes qualified acceptance must demand each of known inheritance obligees
and donees the filing. (4)@The public
notice in para (1) must be made on the official gazette. ˜928@iRefusal of
Performance before Expiration of Public Notification Period) A person who has made qualified acceptance may refuse to make
performance to an inheritance obligee or donee before the expiration of the
notification period of Art 927 para (1). ˜929@iPerformance after Expiration of Public
Notification Period) After the expiration of the period in Art 927 para (1), a person
who has made qualified acceptance must use the inherited property to make
performance to inheritance obligees who have made the application of Art 927 para
(1) within the period prescribed, and any other known inheritance obligees,
proportionally according to the amount of each claim; provided that this may
not prejudice the rights of an obligee with priority rights. ˜930@iPerformance of Obligation etc. Not Yet Due) (1)@A person
who has made qualified acceptance must make performance even of a claim which
is not yet due in accordance with the provision of Art 929. (2)@Conditional
claims and claims of indefinite duration must be performed in accordance with
an evaluation by an appraiser appointed by the family court. ˜931@iPerformance to Donees) A person who has made qualified acceptance may not make performance
to a donee unless each of the inheritance obligees has been paid in accordance
with the provisions of Art 929 & 930. ˜932@iAuction of Inherited Property for Performance
of Obligation) If it is necessary to sell inherited property in order to perform
in accordance with the provisions of Art 929 thru 931, a person who has made qualified acceptance must put that
property to auction; provided that this auction may be averted by paying the
entire or partial value of the inherited property in accordance with an
evaluation by an appraiser appointed by the family court. ˜933@(Participation of Inheritance Obligees and
Donees in Evaluation Proceedings) Inheritance obligees and donees may, by their own expense,
participate in an auction or appraisal of inherited property. In this case, the
provisions of Art 260 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis. ˜934@(Liability for Unfair Performance etc. of
Person who has Made Qualified Acceptance) (1)@If a person
who has made qualified acceptance fails to make the public notification or
notice referred to in Art 927, or has made performance to an inheritance
obligee or donee within the period in Art 927 para (1) thereby precluding
performance to any other inheritance obligee or donee, that person is liable to
compensate for damages arising from this. If he has made performance that
violates the provisions of Art 929 thru 931, he is liable to compensate for
damages arising from this. (2)@The
provision of para (1) does not prevent a claim for damages against an
inheritance obligee or donee who has accepted unfair performance with knowledge
by another inheritance obligee or donee. (3)@The
provision of Art 724 applies mutatis mutandis to the cases referred to in para (1)
& (2). ˜935@(Inheritance Obligees or Donees who have not
Made Application within Period of Public Notification) An inheritance obligee or donee who fails to make the application
referred to in Art 927 para (1) within the period prescribed, and was unknown
to the person who has made qualified acceptance, may only exercise his rights
over the residual assets; provided that this does not apply to persons who have
a security over specific inherited property. ˜936@iAdministration
of Inherited Property where 2 or more Heirs) (1)@In the case
where there are two or more heirs, the family court must appoint an
administrator of the inherited property from amongst the heirs. (2)@The
administrator of the inherited property of para (1) undertakes all necessary
acts to administer the inherited property and performs any obligation on behalf
of the heirs. (3)@The
provisions of Art 926 thru 935 apply mutatis mutandis to an administrator of
the inherited property of para (1). In this case, 'within 5 days of making that
qualified acceptance' in Art 927 para (1) is to be read as 'within 10 days of
the appointment of an administrator of the inherited property'. ˜937@(Inheritance Obligees Where There is Cause for
Statutory Unconditional Acceptance) If there is a cause listed in Art 921 item (i) or (iii) relating to
one or several joint heirs who have made qualified acceptance, an inheritance
obligee may exercise his rights over the portion of his claim not satisfied by
the inherited property against those joint heirs according to the share in
inheritance of each. Section 3
Renunciation of Inheritance ˜938@iMethod of Renunciation of Inheritance) A person who intends to renounce inheritance must make a statement
to that effect to the family court (only after commencement of inheritance). ˜939@iEffect of Renunciation of Inheritance) A person who has renounced inheritance is deemed as not originally
having been an heir to the inheritance. ˜940@iAdministration
by Person who has Renounced Inheritance) (1)@A person
who has renounced inheritance must continue the administration of inherited
property with the same care he would exercise over his own property until the
person who has become an heir by that renunciation has commenced administration
of the inherited property. (2)@Art 645,
646, 650 para (1) & (2), 918 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis mutandis to
the case referred to in para (1). Chapter V
Separation of Property ˜941@(Separation of Property by Claim of
Inheritance Obligees or Donees) (1)@An
inheritance obligee or a donee may make an application to the family court for
a separation of inheritance property from the property of an heir within 3
months of the time of commencement of inheritance. The application may be filed
even after that period has elapsed if the inherited property has not been mixed
with the heir's own property. (2)@If the
family court has made a ruling for separation of property pursuant to the
application of para (1), the applicant must give public notice within 5 days to
the effect that an order for separation of property has been made and that
applications for entry into distribution proceedings should be made within a
specified period. In this case, that period must not be less than 2 months. (3)@The public
notice of the provisions of para (2) must be listed in the official gazette. ˜942@iEffect of Separation of Property) A person who has made an application for separation of property or
a person who has applied for entry into distribution proceedings pursuant to
the provisions of Art 941 para (2) receives performance with priority over the
obligees of an heir regarding the inherited property. ˜943@(Administration of Inherited Property after
Claim for Separation of Property) (1)@If an
application for separation of property is made, the family court may order any
necessary disposition for the administration of the inherited property. (2)@The
provisions of Art 27 thru 29 apply mutatis mutandis to the case where the
family court appoints an administrator pursuant to the provision of para (1). ˜944@iAdministration by Heir after Application for
Separation of Property) Even after an heir has made unconditional acceptance, if there has
been an application for separation of property, he must administer the
inherited property with the same care he would exercise over his own property;
provided that this does not apply if the family court has appointed an
administrator of the inherited property. (2)@The
provisions of Art 645 thru 647 and Art 650 para (1) & (2) apply mutatis mutandis
to the case referred to in para (1). ˜945@(Requirement of Perfection, against 3rd
Party regarding Real Estate in the Case of Separation of Property) A separation of property regarding real estate may not be asserted
against a third party unless the separation is registered. ˜946@iApplication Mutatis Mutandis of Provisions
regarding Extension of Security Interest to the Proceeds of Collateral) The provisions of Art 304 apply mutatis mutandis to the case of
separation of property. ˜947@iPerformance to Inheritance Obligees and
Donees) (1)@Before the
expiration of the period in Art 941 para (1) & (2), an heir may refuse to
make performance to an inheritance obligee or donee. (2)@If an application
for separation of property has been made, an heir must use the inherited
property to make performance to any inheritance obligee or donee who has made
an application for separation of property or entry into distribution
proceedings proportionally according to the amount of each claim, after the
expiration of the period of Art 941 para (2); provided however, that this may
not prejudice the rights of an obligee with priority rights. (3)@The
provisions of Art 930 thru 934 apply mutatis mutandis to the case referred to
in para (1). ˜948@iPerformance from Heir's Own Property) A person who has made an application for separation of property or
a person who has applied for entry into distribution proceedings may exercise
his rights against an heir's own property only in the case where he was not
able to receive performance in full from the inherited property. In this case,
this person may receive performance with priority over the obligees of an heir. ˜949@iPrevention of Application for Separation of
Property) An heir may use his own property to make performance to an
inheritance obligee or donee, or provide reasonable security, and thereby
prevent an application for separation of property or have its effect
extinguished; provided that this does not apply if an obligee of the heir
expresses an objection and can prove that he would receive damage from this. ˜950@iSeparation of Property by Application of
Obligee of Heir) (1)@While an
heir may make qualified acceptance, or while the inherited property has not been
mixed with the heir's own property, an obligee of the heir may make an
application to the family court for a separation of property. (2)@The
provisions of Art 304, 925, 927 thru 934, 943 thru 945, and 948 apply mutatis mutandis
to the case referred to in pPara (1); provided, however, that the public
notification and notice of Art 927 are to be made by an obligee who has made an
application for separation of property. Chapter VI
Nonexistence of Heir ˜951@iFormation of Juridical Person for Inherited
Property) If it is not evident whether an heir exists, an estate that would
be inherited becomes a juridical person. ˜952@iAppointment of Administrator of Inherited
Property) (1)@In the case
referred to in Art 951, the family court appoints an administrator of inherited
property upon the application of an interested party or a public prosecutor. (2)@If an
administrator of inherited property has been appointed pursuant to the
provisions of para (1), the family court must give public notice of this
without delay. ˜953@(Provisions Relating to Administrator of
Absentee's Property to be Applied Mutatis Mutandis) The provisions of Art 27 thru 29 apply mutatis mutandis to the 'administrator
of inherited property' referred to in Art 952 para (1). ˜954@(Reporting by Administrator of Inherited
Property) If there is an application by an inheritance obligee or donee, an
administrator of inherited property must report the status of the inherited
property to the person who has made the application. ˜955@iNon-formation of Juridical Person for
Inherited Property) If it has become evident that there is an heir, the juridical
person of Art 951 is deemed not to have been formed; provided, however, that
this does not prevent the effect of acts done by an administrator of inherited
property within the administrator's authority. ˜956@(Extinguishment of Authority of Representation
of Administrator of Inherited Property) (1)@The
authority of representation of an administrator of inherited property is
extinguished from the time that an heir accepts inheritance. (2)@In the case
referred to in para (1), the administrator of inherited property must make an
account of profit and loss to the heir without delay. ˜957@iPerformance
to Inheritance Obligees and Donees) (1)@If the
existence of an heir has not become evident within 2 months of the public
notice of Art 952 (2), an administrator of inherited property gives, without
delay, public notice to all inheritance obligees and donees to the effect that
a claim for performance should be made within a specified period. In this case,
the period is not less than 2 months. (2)@The
provisions of Art 927 (2) - (4) & Art 928 thru 935 (excluding the proviso
to Art 932 apply mutatis mutandis to the case referred to in para (1). ˜958@iPublic Notice of Search for Heir) If, after the expiration of the period in Art 957 para (1), it is
still not evident whether an heir exists, the family court give, upon the
application of an administrator of inherited property or a public prosecutor,
public notice to the effect that if there is an heir, he should assert his
right within a fixed period. In this case, the period is not less than 6
months. ˜958-2@iCase where No Person Claims a Right) If there is no person who asserts a right as an heir within the
period of Art 958, an heir, or any obligee or donee unknown to the
administrator of inherited property, may not exercise his right. ˜958-3 iDistribution of Inherited Property to Person with
Special Connection) (1)@In the case
referred to in Art 958-2, the family court may, if it finds it reasonable, upon
application by a person who shared a livelihood with the decedent, a person who
contributed to the medical treatment and nursing of the decedent, or any other
person who had a special connection with the decedent, grant such person the
remaining amount of the inherited property after liquidation, in whole or in
part. (2)@The
application of Para 1 must be made within 3 months of the expiration of the
period in Art 958. ˜959@iResidual Assets to Belong to National Treasury) Inherited property that has not been disposed of pursuant to the
provisions of Art 958-3 belongs to the National Treasury. In this case, the
provisions of Art 956 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis. Chapter VII
Wills Section 1
General Provisions ˜960@iFormalities for Will) No will takes effect unless made in accordance with the formalities
provided in this Code. ˜961@iCapacity to Make Will) Any person who has attained 15 years of age may make a will. ˜962@iCapacity to Make Will) The provisions of Art 5, 9, 13 and 17 does not apply to a will. ˜963@iCapacity to Make Will) At the time of making a will, a testator has the capacity to do so. ˜964@iComprehensive and Specific Testamentary Gifts) A testator may make a disposition of his property, in whole or in
part, comprehensive or specific title(s); provided that this may not violate
provisions regarding legally reserved portion. ˜965@iProvisions Relating to Heirs to be Applied Mutatis
Mutandis) The provisions of Art 886 & 891 apply mutatis mutandis to a testamentary
donee. ˜966@iLimitations on Will of Person under
Guardianship) (1)@If a person
under guardianship makes a will to the benefit of a guardian or the guardian's
spouse or lineal relative before the completion of a profit and loss account
for guardianship, that will is void. (2)@The
provision of para (1) does not apply in the case where a lineal relative,
spouse, or sibling of the ward is a guardian. Section 2
Formalities of Wills Subsection
1 Ordinary Formality ˜967@iTypes of Will Made by Ordinary form) A will may be made by holograph document, notarized document, or
sealed and notarized document; provided that this does not apply to the case
where it is permissible to use a special method. ˜968@iWill by Holograph Document) (1)@To make a
will by holograph document the testator must write the entire text, the date,
and his name in his own hand and affix his seal. (2)@Unless, for
an insertion, deletion or any other alteration to the handwritten certificate,
the testator indicates the place of alteration, makes a specifically signed
addition to the effect that it has been changed, and furthermore affixes his
seal to the place that has been altered, it has no effect (of alteration). ˜969@iWill by Notarized Document) A will by notarized document must be made in compliance with the
following items: (i)@no fewer
than 2 witnesses must be in attendance; (ii)@the
testator must give oral instruction of the tenor of the will to a notary
public; (iii)@a
notary public takes dictation from the testator and read this aloud, or allow
inspection, to the testator and witnesses; (iv)@the
testator and witnesses each sign, and affix seal to, the certificate after
having approved its accuracy; provided, however, that in the case where a
testator is unable to sign, a notary public may sign on his behalf, with
supplementary registration giving the reason for that; and (v)@a notary
public must give supplementary registration to the effect that the certificate
has been made in compliance with the formalities listed in items (i) thru (iv),
sign this, and affix his seal. ˜969-2@iSpecial Provisions for Will by Notarized
Document) (1)@In the case
where a will by notarized document is made by a person who cannot speak, the
testator must make a statement of the tenor of the will thru an interpreter, or
by his own hand, in lieu of the oral instruction of Art 969 item (ii). In this
case, in the application of the provision of Art 969 item (iii), 'oral
instruction' in that item becomes 'statement through an interpreter, or by his
own hand'. (2)@In the case
where the testator or a witness of Art 969 is deaf, a notary public may convey
the written contents of the provision of Art 969 item (iii) to the testator or
witness through an interpreter, in lieu of the reading aloud provided for in
the same item. (3)@If a
notarized document has been made in compliance with the formalities provided
for in para (1) & (2), a notary public gives supplementary registration on
the certificate to this effect. ˜970@iWill by Sealed and Notarized Document) (1)@A will by
sealed and notarized document must be made in compliance with the following
formalities: (i)@the
testator signs, and affixes his seal to, the certificate; (ii)@the
testator seals the certificate and, using the same stamp as that used for the certificate,
affixes his seal; (iii)@the
testator submits the sealed certificate before 1 notary public and not less
than 2 witnesses, with a statement to the effect that it is his own will,
giving the author's name and address; (iv)@after
having entered the date of submission of the certificate and the statement of
the testator upon the sealed document, a notary public, together with the
testator and witnesses, signs it and affixes his seal; (2)@The provision
of Art 968 para (2) apply mutatis mutandis to the making of a will by sealed &
notarized document. ˜971@(Effect of
Will by Sealed and Notarized Document Failing to Satisfy Formalities) Even a will by sealed and notarized document which fails to satisfy
the formalities provided for in Art 970 has effect as a will made by holograph
document, if prepared in accordance with the formalities provided for in Art 968. ˜972@iSpecial Provisions for Will by Sealed and
Notarized Document) (1)@In the case
where a will by sealed and notarized document is made by a person who cannot
speak, the testator must make a statement to the effect that the certificate is
one's own will, giving the author's name and address thru an interpreter, or by
his own hand upon the sealed document, in lieu of the statement of Art 970 para
(1) item (iii). (2)@In the case
referred to in para (1), if a testator has given a statement thru an
interpreter, a notary public must make an entry on the sealed document to that
effect. (3)@In the case
referred to in para (1), if the testator has written on the sealed document is
in his own hand, a notary public makes an entry to that effect on the sealed
document in lieu of the entry of statement in the provision of Art 970 para (1)
item (iv). ˜973@iWill of an Adult Ward) (1)@For an
adult ward to make a will at a time that his decision-making capacity has
recovered temporarily, not less than 2 doctors must be in attendance. (2)@A doctor in
attendance of the making of a will must make an entry on the will to the effect
that the testator was not in a condition lacking decision-making capacity at
the time of making the will, sign it, and affix his seal; provided that in the
case of a will by sealed and notarized document, he must make an entry to that
effect on the sealed document, sign it, and affix his seal. ˜974@iCauses of Disqualification of Witness or
Observer) The following persons may not be a witness or observer to a will: (i)@a minor; (ii)@a presumed
heir, donee, or a spouse or lineal relative of either; or (iii)@a
spouse, relative within 4 degrees, secretary, or employee of a notary public. ˜975@iProhibition of Joint Wills) A will may not be made by 2 or more persons on the same
certificate. Subsection
2 Special Formalities of Wills ˜976@iWill Made by Person Rapidly Approaching Death) (1)@If a person
who is rapidly approaching death due to illness or another reason intends to
make a will, he may do so in the attendance of not less than 3 witnesses by
giving oral instruction of the tenor of the will to one of the witnesses. In
this case, the person who received the oral instruction must enter this, read
it aloud, or allow inspection, to the testator and other witnesses, and after
each witness has approved the accuracy of that entry, sign it, and affix his
seal. (2)@In the case
where a person who cannot speak makes a will pursuant to the provisions of para
(1), the testator must state of the tenor of that will thru an interpreter
before the witnesses, in lieu of the oral instruction of the same paragraph. (3)@In the case
where the testator, or a witness, referred to in the second sentence of para (1)
is deaf, the person who has received the statement or oral instruction of the
tenor of the will must convey to the testator or other witnesses the written
contents referred to in the provision of that sentence thru an interpreter in
lieu of the reading aloud provided for in that sentence. (4)@For a will
made pursuant to the provisions of para (1) thru (3), effect does not arise
unless it has been confirmed by the family court on the application of one of the
witnesses or an interested party within 20 days of the creation of the will. (5)@The family
court may not confirm a will referred to in para (4) unless it is convinced
that the will captured the true intention of the testator. ˜977@iWill Made by Person with Infectious Disease in
Quarantine) A person who is isolated thru an administrative disposition due to
an infectious disease may make a will in the attendance of 1 police official
and at least 1 witness. ˜978@iWill Made by Person on Vessel) A person on a ship may make a will in the attendance of the ship's
captain or a clerk, and at least 2 witnesses. ˜979@iWill Made by Person on Ship Meeting Disaster) (1)@In the case
where a ship meets disaster, a person who is on that ship and rapidly
approaching death may make a will orally in the attendance of at least 2
witnesses. (2)@In the case
where a person who cannot speak makes a will pursuant to the provision of para (1),
the testator may do so thru an interpreter. (3)@The effect
of a will made in compliance with the provisions of para (1) & (2) does not
arise unless a witness makes an entry of its tenor, signs this, affixes his
seal, and furthermore, it gains confirmation by the family court on the
application made without delay by one of the witnesses or an interested party. (4)@The
provision of Art 976 para (5) apply mutatis mutandis to the case described in para
(3). ˜980@iSignature and Seal of Relevant Parties to a
Will) In the cases described in Art 977 & 978, a testator, author,
observer, or witness must sign and affix his seal to each will. ˜981@iCase Where Signature or Seal Is Impossible) In the cases described in Art 977 thru 979, if there is a person
who is unable to sign or affix his seal, an observer or witness must make
supplementary registration of the reason for that. ˜982@(Provisions Relating to Will by Ordinary
Formalities to be Applied Mutatis Mutandis) The provisions of Art 968 para (2) and Art 973 tothru 975 apply mutatis
mutandis to a will made pursuant to the provisions of Art 976 thru 981. ˜983@iEffect of Will Made by Special Formalities) The effect of a will made pursuant to the provisions of Art 976 thru
982 does not arise if a testator survives for a period of 6 months from the
time they recover the ability to make a will by ordinary formalities. ˜984@iFormalities
for Japanese National in Foreign Country) For a Japanese national in a foreign country where a Japanese
consulate is stationed to make a will by notarized document, or a sealed and
notarized document, the duties of a notary public are undertaken by the
consulate. Section 3
Effect of Will ˜985@iWhen Effect of Will Arises) (1)@A will
takes effect at the time of the testator's death. (2)@In the case
where a will is subject to a condition precedent, if that condition is fulfilled
after the death of the testator, the will takes effect from the time that
condition is fulfilled. ˜986@iRenunciation of Testamentary Gift) (1)@A
testamentary donee may renounce a testamentary gift at any time after the death
of a testator. (2)@The renunciation
of a testamentary gift has retroactive effect from the time of the testator's
death. ˜987@(Notice to Testamentary Donees for Acceptance
or Renunciation of a Testamentary Gift) A person with a duty of testamentary gift (a person who bears a duty
to perform a testamentary gift) or any other interested party may give notice
to a testamentary donee to the effect that acceptance or renunciation of a
testamentary gift should be made within a specified period, fixing a period
that is reasonable. In this case, if a donee does not indicate his intention to
a person with a duty of testamentary gift within that period, the testamentary
giftis deemed to have been accepted. ˜988@(Acceptance or Renunciation of Testamentary
Gift by Heir or Testamentary Donee) If a testamentary donee dies without having made acceptance or
renunciation of a testamentary gift, the heir of that person may accept or
renounce the testamentary gift within the extent of his share in inheritance;
provided that if the testator has indicated a particular intent in his will,
this intent is complied with. ˜989@(Revocation and Rescission of Acceptance and
Renunciation of Testamentary Gift) (1)@Acceptance
or renunciation of a testamentary gift may not be revoked. (2)@The
provisions of Art 919 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis mutandis to acceptance
and renunciation of a testamentary gift. ˜990@iRights and Duties of Testamentary Donee by a
Universal Succession) A testamentary donee by a universal succession has the same rights
as an heir. ˜991@iClaim for Security by a Testamentary Donee) While a testamentary gift is not due, a testamentary donee may make
a claim for reasonable security from a person having an obligation with respect
to testamentary gift. The same also applies for a testamentary gift with a
condition precedent while the outcome of that condition is unknown. ˜992@iCollecting Fruits of Testamentary Gift) A testamentary donee may collect the fruits of a testamentary gift
from the time that they are able to make a claim for the performance of that
gift; provided that if the testator has indicated a particular intent in his
will, that intent must be complied with. ˜993@(Claim for Reimbursement of Expenses Incurred
by Person with Duty of Testamentary Gift) (1)@The
provisions of Art 299 apply mutatis mutandis to the case where expenses have
been incurred by a person with a duty of testamentary gift in respect of the
object of the testamentary gift after the death of the testator. (2)@An
application for reimbursement may be made for normal necessary expenses
incurred in collecting the fruits of a testamentary gift, limited to an amount
not exceeding the value of those fruits. ˜994@iLapse of Testamentary Gift through Death of
Donee) (1)@The effect
of a testamentary gift does not arise if the testamentary donee dies before the
death of the testator. (2)@The para (1)
also applies if, in the case of a testamentary gift with a condition precedent,
the testamentary donee dies before the fulfillment of that condition; provided,
however, that if the testator has indicated a particular intent in his will,
that intent must be complied with. ˜995@(Ownership of Property in Case of Invalidation
or Lapse of Testamentary Gift) If the effect of a testamentary gift does not arise, or if its
effect is lost by renunciation, that which should have been received by the
testamentary donee belongs to the heir(s); provided, however, that if the
testator has indicated a particular intent in his will, that intent must be
complied with. ˜996@iTestamentary Gift of Rights Not Belonging to
Inherited Property) A testamentary gift does not take effect if the rights which are
the object of that gift did not belong to the inherited property at the time of
the testator's death; provided, however, that this does not apply if it is
found that those rights were made the object of a testamentary gift regardless
of whether such rights belong to the inherited property. ˜997@iTestamentary Gift of Rights Not Belonging to
Inherited Property) (1)@If a
testamentary gift, the object of which are rights that do not belong to the
inherited property, has effect pursuant to the provision of the proviso to Art 996,
the person with a duty of testamentary gift must bear a duty to obtain those
rights and transfer them to the testamentary donee. (2)@In the case
referred to in para (1), if the rights referred to in para (1) cannot be
obtained, or if obtaining them requires excessive expenses, a person with a
duty of testamentary gift must give compensation to the value of those rights;
provided, however, that if the testator has indicated a particular intent in
his will, that intent must be complied with. ˜998@(Warranty Liability of Person Having
Obligation for to Testamentary Gift for Unspecified Things) (1)@In the case
where a testamentary gift has as its object unspecified Things but a third
party as a rightful claimant retakes them from a testamentary donee, a person
having an obligation in relation to testamentary gift is liable under the same
warranty with respect to those unspecified Things, just as a seller. (2)@In the case
where a testamentary gift has as its object unspecified Things, if those goods
are defective, a person having an obligation in relation to testamentary gift must
exchange them for Things that are not defective. ˜999@iExtension of Testamentary Gift over Right to
Claim from Third Party) (1)@If a
testator has a right to claim compensation from a third party resulting from
loss or alteration, or loss of possession, of the object of a testamentary
gift, that right is presumed to have been an object of the testamentary gift. (2)@In the case
of accession or mixture of the object of a testamentary gift with other Things,
if a testator has become a sole owner or co-owner of a compound or mixture
pursuant to the provisions of Art 243 thru 245, that entire ownership, or
share, is presumed to have been an object of the testamentary gift. ˜1000@iTestamentary Gift of Property Subject to the Rights of third party) If Things or rights being the object of a testamentary gift were
the object of the rights of a third party at the time of the testator's death,
a testamentary donee may not demand a person having an obligation with respect
to testamentary gift to extinguish the third party's rights; provided, however,
that this does not apply if the testator has indicated a contrary intent in his
will. ˜1001@iExtension of Testamentary Gift over Things Received for
Satisfaction of Claim) (1)@In the case
where a claim is the object of a testamentary gift, if the testator has
received performance for that claim and the received Things are already with
the inherited property, those Things are presumed to have been an object of the
testamentary gift. (2)@In the case
where money is the object of a claim which is the object of a testamentary
gift, that money is presumed to have been an object of the testamentary gift
even if there are insufficient funds equivalent to that claim in the inherited
property. ˜1002@(Testamentary Gift with Burden) (1)@A person
who has received a testamentary gift with burden bears a responsibility to
perform the duties borne, limited to an amount not exceeding the object of the
testamentary gift. (2)@If a
testamentary donee has renounced a testamentary gift with burden, the person
who would have received gain from the discharge of burden may become a
testamentary donee himself; provided that if the testator has indicated a
particular intent in his will, that intent is complied with. ˜1003@(Discharge of Testamentary Donee of
Testamentary Gift with Burden) If the value of an object of a testamentary gift with burden is
reduced due to the qualified acceptance of an heir, or a filing for recovery of
legally reserved portion, a testamentary donee may avoid the duties borne from
that testamentary gift, proportional to the reduction; provided, however, that
if the testator has indicated a particular intent in his will, that intent is
complied with. Section 4
Execution of Will ˜1004@(Probate of Will) (1)@A custodian
of a will, after coming to know of the commencement of inheritance, must
without delay submit the will to the family court and apply for probate. In the
case where there is no custodian of a will, the same applies after an heir
discovers the will. (2)@The
provision of para (1) does not apply to a will made by notarized document. (3)@A will that
has been sealed may not be opened unless in the family court in the attendance
of an heir or his representative. ˜1005@(Civil Fine) A person who fails to submit a will pursuant to the provisions of Art
1004, executes a will without passing thru probate, or opens a sealed will in a
place other than a family court is made subject to a civil fine of not more
than 50,000 yen. ˜1006@(Designation of Executor) (1)@A testator
may, by will, designate one or several executors, or entrust that designation
to a third party. (2)@A person
who has been entrusted with the designation of an executor must, without delay,
make that designation and inform the heir(s) of the designation. (3)@If a person
who has been entrusted with the designation of an executor intends to resign
from that entrustment, he must notify the heir(s) to that effect without delay. ˜1007@(Commencement of Duties of Executor) If an executor consents to taking office, he must undertake his
duties immediately. ˜1008@(Notice of Taking Office to Executor) An heir or other interested party may, having specified a
reasonable period, make a demand to an executor to the effect that he make a
definite answer within that period as to whether he consents to taking office.
In this case, if the executor does not make a definite answer to the heir
within this period, he is deemed to have consented to taking office. ˜1009@(Causes for Disqualification of Executor) A minor or a bankrupt may not become an executor. ˜1010@(Appointment of Executor) If an executor does not exist, or the office becomes vacant, the
family court may appoint an executor on the application of an interested party. ˜1011@(Preparation of Inventory of Inherited
Property) (1)@An executor
must, without delay, prepare an inventory of inherited property and deliver
this to the heir(s). (2)@On the
application of an heir, an executor must prepare an inventory of inherited
property in the heir's attendance, or have a notary public create the
inventory. ˜1012@(Rights and Duties of Executor) (1)@An executor
has the rights and duties of administration of inherited property and all other
necessary acts for the execution of a will. (2)@The
provisions of Art 644 thru 647 and Art 650 apply mutatis mutandis to an
executor. ˜1013@iProhibition of Interference with Execution of
Will) In the case where there is an executor, an heir may not make a
disposition of inherited property or any other act that interferes with the
execution of the will. ˜1014@iExecution of Will concerning Specified
Property) In the case where a will concerns specified property in the
inherited property, the provisions of Art 1011 thru 1013 apply only to that
specified property. ˜1015@iStatus of Executor) An executor is deemed the representative of the heir(s). ˜1016@iExecutor's Right to Appoint Subagent) (1)@An executor
may not allow a third party to undertake the duties of an executor unless there
are justifiable reasons; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
testator has indicated a contrary intent in his will. (2)@In the case
where an executor has allowed a 3rd party to undertake the duties of
an executor pursuant to the provision in the proviso to para (1), the executor
owes the responsibility referred to in Art 105 to the heir(s). ˜1017@iExecution of Duties Where Two or More
Executors) (1)@In the case
where there are two or more executors, execution of their duties must be
decided by majority; provided, however, that this does not apply if the
testator has indicated a contrary intent in his will. (2)@Despite the
provision of para (1), each executor may undertake an act of preservation. ˜1018@iRemuneration of Executor) (1)@The family
court may determine the remuneration of an executor according to the status of
the inherited property and other circumstances; provided that this doesl not
apply in the case where a testator has specified remuneration in his will. (2)@The
provisions of Art 648 para (2) & (3) apply mutatis mutandis to the case
where an executor receives remuneration. ˜1019@iDismissal and Resignation of Executor) (1)@If an
executor has failed to perform his duties, or if there is any other justifiable
reason, an interested party may apply to the family court for the dismissal of
that executor. (2)@An executor
may resign from his duties with the permission of the family court if there is
a justifiable reason. ˜1020@iMandate Provisions to be Applied Mutatis Mutandis) The provisions of Art 654 & 655 apply mutatis mutandis to the
case of termination of duties of an executor. ˜1021 iBurden of Expenses Relating to Execution of
Will) Expenses relating to the execution of a will are borne by the
inherited property; provided, however, that legally reserved portion may not be
reduced by this. Section 5
Revocation and Rescission of Will ˜1022@iRevocation of Will) A testator may at any time revoke a will in whole or in part in
compliance with the formalities for a will. ˜1023@iConflict between Previous and Later Will) (1)@If there is
a conflict between a previous and later will, the later will is deemed as having
revoked the previous will with respect to the part that is in conflict. (2)@The
provision of para (1) applies mutatis mutandis to the case where a will
conflicts with a disposition or other juridical act made while the testator was
still alive. ˜1024@(Destruction of Will or Things made the Object
of Testamentary Gift) If a testator intentionally destroys a will, this is deemed a
revocation of the will with respect to the part that has been destroyed. The
same applies if the testator has intentionally destroyed goods the object of a
testamentary gift. ˜1025@iEffect of Will That Has Been Revoked) The effect of a will that has been revoked pursuant to the
provisions of Art 1022 thru 1024 is not recovered even if the act of revocation
is revoked, rescinded, or invalidated; provided, however, that this does not
apply in the case where the act was the result of fraud or duress. ˜1026@iProhibition of Waiver of Right to Revocation) A testator may not waive the right to revoke a will. ˜1027@iRescission of Will concerning Testamentary
Gift with Burden) If a person who has received a testamentary gift with burden does
not perform the duty imposed thereby, an heir may demand performance of that duty fixing a reasonable
period to do so. In this case, if there is no performance within that period,
an application may be made to the family court for rescission of the will
concerning the testamentary gift with burden. Chapter
VIII Legally Reserved Portion ˜1028@iEntitlement and Amount of Legally Reserved
Portion) Heirs other than siblings receive, as legally reserved portion, an
amount equivalent to the ratio prescribed in each of the following items in
accordance with the divisions listed therein: (i)@in the case
where only lineal ascendants are heirs, one third of the decedent's property; (ii)@in cases
other than that referred to in item (i), one half of the decedent's property. ˜1029@iCalculation of Legally Reserved Portion) (1)@Total
legally reserved portion is calculated as the value of any gifts made by the decedent
added to the value of the property held by the decedent at the time of
commencement of inheritance minus the entire amount of obligations. (2)@The
determination of the value of conditional rights or rights of an uncertain
duration is made in accordance with an evaluation by an appraiser appointed by
the family court. ˜1030@iCalculation of Legally Reserved Portion) Only a gift made within one year before the commencement of
inheritance is included in the amount calculated pursuant to the provisions of
Art 1029. A gift made before one year prior to commencement is included in the
amount calculated pursuant to the provisions of Art 1029 if it was made with
the knowledge of both parties that it would cause harm to a claimant for
legally reserved portion. ˜1031@iClaim for Abatement of Gift or Testamentary
Gift) A claimant for legally reserved portion, or his heir, may claim for
abatement of a testamentary gift, or gift referred to in Art 1030, to the
extent necessary to preserve that legally reserved portion. ˜1032@(Partial Abatement of Gifts and Testamentary
Gifts of Conditional Rights etc.) In the case where a gift or testamentary gift has as its object a
right with conditions attached or a right of uncertain duration, if that gift
or testamentary gift is to be partially abated, a claimant for legally reserved
portion must, in accordance with the amount determined by the provision of Art
1029 (2), deliver the remainder to the beneficiary or donee immediately. ˜1033@(Order of Abatement of Gifts and Testamentary
Gifts) A gift may not be abated until after the abatement of a
testamentary gift. ˜1034@(Proportion of Abatement of Testamentary Gift) A testamentary gift is abated proportionally according to the value
of the object of that testamentary gift; provided, however, that if the
testator has indicated a particular intent in his will, that intent is complied
with. ˜1035@(Order of Abatement of Gifts) A later gift is abated before an earlier gift. ˜1036@iReturn of Fruits of Gift by Beneficiary) A beneficiary, in addition to the property to be returned, must
return the fruits of that property obtained after the day a claim for abatement
was made. ˜1037@iBurden of Loss Due to Insolvency of Beneficiary) The burden of loss arising from the insolvency of a beneficiary
subject to abatement lies with the claimant for legally reserved portion. ˜1038@iClaim for Abatement of Gift with Burden) A claim for abatement may be made regarding a gift with a burden
for the amount of the object of that gift minus the amount of the burden. ˜1039@iAct for Value with Inadequate Consideration) An act for value with inadequate consideration is deemed a gift if
both parties had knowledge that it would prejudice a claimant for legally
reserved portion. In this case, if a claimant for legally reserved portion
claims for abatement of the gift, he must reimburse the consideration given for
the act. ˜1040@iObject of Gift Assigned by Beneficiary etc.) (1)@If a
beneficiary of gift subject to abatement has assigned the object of a gift to
another person, he must compensate that amount to a claimant for legally
reserved portion; provided, however, that if the person who received the object
of the gift had knowledge at the time of assignment that this would prejudice a
claimant for legally reserved portion, a claimant for legally reserved portion
may claim for abatement of the object of the gift. (2)@The
provision of para (1) applies mutatis mutandis to the case a beneficiary
establishes rights with regard to the object of a gift. ˜1041@(Compensation by Value to Claimant for Statutory Reserved Portion) (1) A beneficiary or donee may avoid a duty to refund by
compensating a claimant to statutory reserved portion the value of the object
of the gift or testamentary gift, to the extent subject to abatement. (2)@The provision
of para (1) apply mutatis mutandis to the case referred to in the proviso to Art
1040 para (1). ˜1042@iLimitation on Period for Claim for Abatement) If a claimant for legally reserved portion, within 1 year from the
time of knowing of commencement of inheritance and the existence of a gift or
testamentary gift which may be abated, does not exercise the claim of
abatement, it is extinguished by prescription. This also applies if 10 years
have passed since the time of commencement of inheritance. ˜1043@(Renunciation of Legally Reserved Portion) (1)
Renunciation
of legally reserved portion before the commencement of inheritance only has
effect upon receiving permission from the family court. (2)@The
renunciation of legally reserved portion by one joint heir has no effect upon
the legally reserved portion of another joint heir. ˜1044@(Provisions regarding Heirs per Stirpes and
Share in Inheritance to be Applied Mutatis Mutandis) The provisions of Art 887 para (2) & (3), Art 900, 901, 903 &
904 apply mutatis mutandis to legally reserved portion. |
|||||||